NISPG v4.0 Draft

A.
Table of Contents
1. Overview....................................................................................13
2. Purpose......................................................................................19
3. Document distribution, applicability and review...........................20
4. Scope.........................................................................................20
5. Supplementary documents and references...................................21
6. Approach....................................................................................22
7. Information classification guidelines............................................26
8. Information security organization overview..................................27
9. Framework.................................................................................28
10. Domains impacting information security......................................30
11. Guidelines structure and components..........................................33
12. Network and infrastructure security.............................................34
13. Identity, access and privilege management..................................46
14. Physical and environmental security............................................55
15. Application security....................................................................64
16. Data security..............................................................................71
17. Personnel security......................................................................79
18. Threat and vulnerability management..........................................85
19. Security monitoring and incident management.............................91
Guidelines for technology specific ICT deployment...........................100
20. Cloud computing.......................................................................100
21. Mobility & BYOD........................................................................104
22. Virtualization............................................................................108
23. Social media.............................................................................112
Guidelines for essential security practices.......................................114
24. Security testing........................................................................114
25. Security auditing.......................................................................116
26. Business continuity...................................................................119
27. Open source technology............................................................121
Information handling matrix............................................................123
28. Adoption matrix based on information classification...................123
29. Annexures................................................................................167
National Information Security Policy and Guidelines |

Affairs
Ministry of Home
Overview
1.1.Background
1.1.1. Traditionally, information available with the government has been safely
managed by keeping it in paper records throughout its lifecycle i.e. when it
is created, stored, accessed, modified, distributed, and destroyed. This
information could be strategic, demographical, historical, legal, or may
contain financial statements, procedural documents, data of citizens,
industry or resources etc. Even though the lifecycle of information remains
the same in electronic documents, the methods to secure information in
electronic environment are significantly different. The challenges, as with
the information contained in paper format, remain of similar nature, namely
the ability to categorize, protect, archive, discover, transmit and attribute
information during its useful life and eventual destruction
1.1.2.
Information and Communication Technology (ICT) has empowered the

government to create generate, store, transmit, and access information
with much ease and efficiency. However, the importance of incorporating
effective, state-of-the-art information security measures is being realized
now. The departments, agencies and divisions recognize the security
concerns in the electronic environment and are creating policies to secure
the information in all stages of information lifecycle. The government and
its officers have tremendous experience in securing paper documents. For
example, several manual methods such as use of catalogs and paper-based
chain-of-custody logs help keep track of the locations of files within secure
record rooms. It is also known that information in the paper format may be
exposed to physical damage, fraud or modification which may be
sometimes difficult to track. The government is aware of the benefits of
electronic form of information - it has not only been able to identify and
gain visibility over the type of information available with its various
departments, and agencies, but also attribute changes or modification to
this information to specific personnel, thus making it easier to categorize,
archive, discover and attribute
1.1.3. The government organizations deploy a number of technologies and in the

process access, store and analyze vast amount of information. While the
ease of access to information in the electronic format has helped revitalize
governance, there are a number of threats which are emerging and required
to be tackled on top priority. Today, information has acquired critical status
for regulatory initiatives, policies and strategies, e-Governance, user
services, financial transactions; however, security threats are becoming
more organized and targeted, which pose serious threats and in the event
of any compromise of information, it could lead to major threats to internal
and national security, and/or embarrassment to the government.
Information is the reason for empowerment as well as a concern of threat
for government organizations and needs a specific and granular focus on
information which is created, stored, processed, transacted or accessed.
Additionally, the IT infrastructure of a government organization is getting
RestrictedPage 1

Affairs
Ministry of Home
significantly transformed through increasing use of technical innovations,

work-flow applications, mobility and extension to allow its usage by other
stakeholders, partners, and service providers from the private sector
1.1.4. Complexity of information is a big hurdle in managing and governing
security, privacy and compliance. Each government process or project
introduces a different level of complexity as a result of wide-ranging data
transactions, involvement of multiple stakeholders, exposure to diverse set
of infrastructure environments, networks, devices, platforms and
information assets
1.2.Key areas of national concern for ministries/ departments/

agencies (management)
1.2.1. Meeting dynamic security threats: Protecting information has not
typically been considered as a strategic element by the top level executives
in the ministries/ departments/ agencies (management); even after
promulgating various regulatory measures, global threats and many
security incidents. Information security remains an afterthought, either as a
line item or even worse not addressed at all by the top bureaucracy in
the ministries/ departments/ agencies. The growing complexity of managing
information security, rising exposure of an organization and close interlinkage of Government information with the strategic security of the nation
necessitates the elevation of the security function
1.2.2. Creating visibility over activities and operations: The security threat
environment is becoming more widespread and dangerous and it is
important that ministries/ departments/ agencies have visibility over their
activities, functions and operations. Security as a discipline has also evolved
over a period of time. The stimuli have been many - the dynamic threat
landscape, threats to national security, internal security concerns,
strengthening regulatory regime, privacy issues, economic value of
information, research & innovation, globalization, business models,
emerging technologies, etc.
1.2.3. Intelligence gathering, knowledge management and skill
development: For an organization to be secure in todays technology
driven work environment, it is important that it keeps track of all the latest
developments in the field of information security be it skills, technologies
or services. An organization is required to provide strategic attention to
security through commitment in all the facets of information security i.e.
people, process and technology. It should be equipped with adequate
knowledge, tools and techniques and human resources for gathering,
assessing and presenting information security events to the top executive
management levels in the ministries/ departments/ agencies. The aspects
of designing, implementing and governing security although a key
challenge for a ministries/ departments/ agencies, need to be addressed
suitably by a framework for managing the affairs of security
RestrictedPage 2

Affairs
Ministry of Home
1.3.Ministries/ Departments/ Agencies/ Management commitment

towards Information security
1.3.1. Introduction: Information security program implementations often suffer
due to inadequate resourcescommitment of the ministries/ departments/
agencies, time, budget, human resources or expertise. By understanding
the challenges of meeting compliance objectives, an organization can
understand and appreciate the level of commitment required towards
information security to overcome the obstacles and appreciate the gains
achieved through implementing effective security practices. The following
concerns emerge as executives in the ministries/ departments/ agencies
decode the complexity and inter-linkage of security and performance:
1.3.1.1.
Coverage of security risks: The foremost goal of an
organizations risk management process is to protect the organization,
and its ability to perform its functions, not just protect its information and
assets. Therefore, the security risk management process should be
treated as an essential management function of the ministries/
departments/ agencies/ organizations, rather than a technical function
carried out by the IT system administrators alone
1.3.1.2.
Protection from interruption in services: Ineffective security
measures due to inadequate budget/commitment or inflexibility of the
ministries, departments, agencies and their subordinate organizations to
obtain advanced security capability, may cause disruption of vital
services/ offerings. Information is one of the most important assets of an
organization. Ensuring the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of this
strategic asset allows ministries, departments, agencies and their
subordinate organizations to carry out their objectives and realize their
goals in a responsible manner
1.3.1.3.
Non-availability of information: Risks to operations can arise
through a variety of sources, in some cases resulting in damage to
infrastructure and the complete shutdown of the services. For example,
loss of all Internet connectivity, denial of service attacks, APTs, ransomware, physical theft etc and environmental factors (e.g., power outages,
floods, and fires) can result in a loss of availability of key / strategic
information, rendering any ministries, departments, agencies and their
subordinate organizations incapable of achieving their objectives.
Investment in security can assist in mitigating risks to operations
1.3.1.4.
Financial loss due to disclosure/ theft of information:
Inappropriate security measures may have a huge impact on an
organizations financial position. A data breach may not only have direct
financial loss, but will also dissolve the trust of residents, citizens,
suppliers, other government bodies etc. Further, in order to minimize the
damage of the breach, the organization may have to incur additional
expenses
RestrictedPage 3

Affairs
Ministry of Home
1.3.1.5.
Non- compliance with legal/ regulatory requirements: The
ministries, departments, agencies and their subordinate organizations
may face administrative and/or legal actions for not complying with
security advisories. Security is ultimately the responsibility of executive
management Secretary, Joint Secretary, Managing Directors, CEOs,
Directors, head of the department heads and other senior program
officials of the ministries/ departments/ agencies/ organizations. The
Management should deploy proactive security to enable delivery of its
services and enhance value of the organization, rather than viewing
security as an afterthought or as a reactionary mechanism to legislation,
regulation, security event and oversight
1.3.1.6.
Investment and resource channelization disproportionate
with risks: Ignoring security as a design principle results in ad hoc
investments, which more often than not focuses on adding controls after
the systems are made operationalor in the worst case, after an
organization has had a security breach or incident. The ministries,
departments, agencies and their subordinate organizations may not
realize the specific performance gains and financial savings by building
security into systems as they are developed. However, these save the
organization from incurring huge unbudgeted costs in covering up post
an incident or breach
1.4.Need for an information-centric approach

1.4.1. While designing a strategy for security, information-centric approach in
operational lifecycle should be an important consideration. Information and
its attributes such as its origin, creator, nature of transaction, life,
sensitivity, strategic importance and the operations performed on the
information are some of the factors which help identify security
requirements. Government ministries, departments, agencies and their
subordinate organizations need to establish a process of identification and
discovery of information for each of its processes, relationships and
functions. The security posture has to be dynamic and should evolve with
change in the value of information, information access methods and threat
ecosystem. The capability of security processes and infrastructure to
address information security should not only cover the different layers of
ICT infrastructure, but also address the extended government ecosystem
and new trends like mobility, big data and cloud computing. The
consideration of information security in the lifecycle of information is also
important from people, process and technical design perspective
RestrictedPage 4

Affairs
Ministry of Home
Figure 1: Domains impacting information security

1.4.2. Information can be classified based on its category or type, sensitivity,
value and the context throughout its lifecycle. Ministries, departments,
agencies and their subordinate organizations should ensure that a structural
thought process in designing information security initiatives and measures
is taken with respect to formation, grouping and arrangement of
countermeasures for security of information. Moreover, they should have
capability for responding to emerging threats by gathering intelligence on
the nature of threats; deploying tools, techniques and methods to identify
threats, build collaboration mechanisms which generate timely response
from other security & IT infrastructure management processes
1.4.3. To make all this possible, organizations require a focused accountability and
ownership structure for information security, where tasks are clearly
distributed with respect to administrative and technical arrangements. The
IT initiatives of an organization need to be revitalized to incorporate the
principles of information security. The disciplines of security, presented in
this document, need to be carefully and diligently implemented
1.5.Information Security focus areas

1.5.1. Managing scale and complexity: The increasing scale and complexity of
organizations requires a more coordinated and collaborative security
approach. The information age demands right proportions of security and
requires graduation of security from a technical specialty to an operational
strategy. The scope and reach of security function has been expanding with
innovative and extensive use of IT for operational transactions, changing
the nature of IT infrastructure and the ability of threats that impact the
security posture of an organization in different directions and at different
RestrictedPage 5

Affairs
Ministry of Home
layers. Organization should be well equipped to overcome these aspects

establish some key objectives which demonstrate its commitment to
security
1.5.2. Alignment of security with processes and functions: The ministries,
departments, agencies and their subordinate organizations need to
distinguish between security related operational tasks from strategic
security tasks. They need to estimate all security elements which are
distributed across the organizational ecosystem. This requires significant
efforts in building security characteristics and aligning the security function
with organizational processes and IT, thereby ensuring that security hygiene
is reflected across the organization. The management needs to focus its
efforts on helping the organization identify enterprise information assets,
processes and information resources and the commensurate protection
required to secure them. To achieve this, the security function needs to
work in close consultation and coordination with the ministries,
departments, agencies and their subordinate organizations and sub
functions to conduct risk assessments, and help them articulate the
confidentiality, integrity and availability requirements of their resources,
and develop appropriate security practices to ensure non-repudiation,
accountability, authenticity and due authorization for information handling
1.5.3. Compliance with laws and regulations: The responsibilities of, and the
extent of the role of security function within an organization is expanding;
crossing the traditionally defined boundaries of IT, and covering all
horizontal and vertical functions of ministries/ departments/ agencies/
organizations. Based on the nature of work and information handled, each
horizontal and vertical function of an organization may need to comply with
several laws and regulations. The Secretary/ the top management needs to
drive security in all organizations functions and should promote adequacy of
role & responsibility and efficacy of skills within its operational units. This
will help ensure compliance with information security laws, regulations,
standards, and guidance which are applicable to different departments and
units, breach of which poses a severe threat not only to the organization's
reputation, but also towards national security and internal security of the
nation
1.5.4. Formulating effective security functions and divisions: Meeting the
information security needs, necessitates ministries, departments, agencies
and their subordinate organizations to focus on effective information
security practices and functions which integrate security into the strategic
and daily operations of an organization, focuses more on information-centric
security strategy and ensures that security is part of the design principle
and maturity of security practices acts as a key differentiator in service
delivery. Formulating effective security function in the organization ensures
integration and builds collaboration between security, IT and other
organizations functions
RestrictedPage 6

Affairs
Ministry of Home
1.5.5. Allocation of budgets: There is a need for an effective and responsive

security organization that is competent and committed in managing the
complexity of security affairs and aligned to departmental requirements. For
that to happen there is a need for provisioning adequate budgetary
commitments towards security. This will help security to act not only as
deterrence but as also as an operational advantage. Globally, there are
many studies which suggest that budget for security should be proportional
to the size of the organization or proportional to its IT budget. On an
average, globally the budget for security varies between 8-10% of the ICT
budget. However there are various parameters which should be evaluated
before defining the security budget, it may be the sensitivity of information
that ministries, departments, agencies and their subordinate organizations
possess, the amount of transactions through varied platform, involvement
of third parties, etc. Ministries, departments, agencies and their subordinate
organizations should ensure that security budgets should be based on
reasonable analysis and risks to operations and the allocation should
depend on threat scenarios and risk to information
1.5.6. Availability of security professionals and tools: Apart from investing in
adoption of newer technology platforms for better business effectiveness,
should also be committed towards investment in hiring skilled resources,
procuring tools or increasing the efforts of the existing workforce. In order
to augment the existing skills and expertise, top executives should be
flexible to outsource specialized activities/operations to Subject Matter
Experts (SMEs) and be open to hire external consultants and experts post
due security vetting. The ministries, departments, agencies and their
subordinate organizations should also be flexible in changing procedural
aspects of managing security and consult with the hired ICT organization to
evaluate and implement effective security technologies and architecture
1.5.7. Building and fostering culture of information security: While
protection of information is of paramount importance, ministries,
departments, agencies and their subordinate organizations should support
the broader aim of securing the enterprise. This requires fostering a culture
of information security through commitment from top leadership who need
to demonstrate the strategic nature and value of information to its
workforce in the enterprise. This may be achieved by establishing the
principles of protecting information assets for the organization, as a priority.
The ministries, departments, agencies and their subordinate organizations
should focus on imbibing a "risk-aware" culture across the ministries,
departments, agencies and their subordinate organizations concerned,
ensuring that key personnel fully understand the risk implications
associated with their assets, processes and information
RestrictedPage 7

Affairs
Ministry of Home
1. Purpose
2.1.Purpose of NISPG
2.1.1. The National Information Security Policy and Guidelines (NISPG), developed
by the Ministry of Home Affairs once implemented, will help classify and
protect the classified information possessed by ministries, departments,
agencies and their subordinate organizations, and public sector
undertakings. Breach of such classified information may have an impact on
national security, or may cause unfavorable impact on internal security
2.1.2. This document elaborates baseline information security policy and
highlights relevant security concepts and best practices, which government
should implement to protect their classified information
2.1.3. These guidelines will help ministries, departments, agencies and their
subordinate organizations to establish minimum security processes and
controls and devise appropriate information security programs. The
ministries, departments, agencies and their subordinate organizations may
need to apply enhanced security measures commensurate with risks
identified with their specific operating environment and the information
being handled by them
2.1.4. These guidelines will help organizations to focus on security objectives and
strategy to protect their classified information, during every stage of
information lifecycle such as creation, acquiring, storing, accessing,
processing, transacting, retaining or disposal. These guidelines will help
drive organizations towards designing, implementing and operating focused
information security initiatives
2.1.5. The NISPG aims to provide:
2.1.5.1.
Guidance to organizations to prioritize and focus attention and efforts in

classification of information and securing such classified information
2.1.5.2.
Guidance to security staff of ministries, departments, agencies and their

subordinate organizations for deriving security measures and controls
commensurate with the criticality and sensitivity of classified information
2.1.5.3.
Guidance to drive security implementation
RestrictedPage 8

Affairs
Ministry of Home
2. Document distribution, applicability and review

3.1. Distribution
3.1.1. The MHA shall distribute this document to all ministries, who will be further
responsible for circulating the same to their departments, agencies and
subordinate organizations and bodies including public sector undertakings
(PSUs) and e-Governance projects etc., under their purview
3.2. Applicability
3.2.1. All ministries, departments, organizations, bodies, agencies including public
sector undertakings (PSUs) and e-Governance projects etc., of the
Government of India
3.2.2. All organizations included in the list above, shall ensure that the policy,
guidelines, procedures and controls detailed in this document, are also
adhered to by the private enterprises those support, maintain, manage or
operate the information systems, facilities, communication networks,
manpower etc. and in the process the information is created, accessed,
stored, transacted, disposed and processed by or on behalf of the
through appropriate means.
3.3. NISPG review and update

3.3.1. The guidelines and controls detailed in this document shall be reviewed and
updated to reflect the updated /current environment, or atleast once in
every two year, whichever is earlier
3.3.2. The Guidelines for technology specific ICT deployment shall be reviewed
and updated to reflect current technological environment or atleast once
every year, whichever is earlier
3.3.3. The Guidelines for essential security practices shall be reviewed and
updated to reflect the current technological environment or atleast once
every year, whichever is earlier
3. Scope
4.1.Scope
4.1.1. The NISPG issued by MHA provide guidance in setting up baseline
information security practices within government ministries, departments,
agencies and their subordinate organizations.
4.1.2. The following guidelines, procedures and controls shall be implemented at
all levels within ministries, departments, agencies and their subordinate
organizations., including all e-Governance projects, to protect the
confidentiality, integrity and availability of information created, accessed,
stored, processed, transacted or retained or disposed of by them; while
establishing and maintaining accountability, and nonrepudiation of actions
over classified information in its lifecycle
RestrictedPage 9

Affairs
Ministry of Home
4.1.3. This policy extends to all of the following within ministries, departments,
agencies and their subordinate organizations: top management, users,
system owners, staff/managers, system administrators, developers and
operators, including contractors and third party service providers or any
other party on their behalf, which maintain, manage, operate or support
information systems, facilities, and/or communications networks etc.
4. Supplementary documents and references

5.1.References
5.1.1. The policies and procedures suggested in this document take into account
the previous guidelines issued by various competent bodies and authorities
of the government e.g. Computer Security Guidelines 2006 by Intelligence
Bureau (IB), Cyber Security Policy for Government of India by National
Informatics Centre (NIC), Guidelines and controls mentioned in Cyber
Security Policy for Government of India ver 2.0 released 30th August,
2010, Guidelines issued by National Critical Information Infrastructure
Protection Centre, National Technical Research Organization and various
Security Guidelines issued by CERT-In. The directions laid out in this
document are inclusive in nature and have referred to the content and
suggestions from the above mentioned guidelines, wherever appropriate.
However, the ministries, departments, agencies and their subordinate
organizations concerned are advised to consult the previous documents on
the same subjects as well
5.1.2. MHA has done extensive work of studying various, international and
national standards and regulatory guidelines prevalent in the information
security domain worldwide. The guidelines have been influenced by, and
draw references from, the global standards and practices such as ISO 27001
(2005 as well as 2013), NIST Special Publication 800-53, Federal Information
Security Management Act (FISMA) of USA, SANS 20 Critical Security
Controls, Control Objectives for Information and Related Technology
(COBIT) for information technology (IT) management and IT governance, PCI
DSS, DSCI Security Framework (DSF) etc.
RestrictedPage 10

Affairs
Ministry of Home
5. Approach
6.1. Security of classified information
6.1.1. Securing classified information in government and public sector
processes lifecycle: The ministries, departments, agencies and their
subordinate organizations should ensure that they establish appropriate
processes and capabilities to secure information throughout its lifecycle i.e.
as information is created, accessed, modified, stored, processed,
transacted, transmitted, deleted, disposed of or destroyed. Information can
be classified based on its category or type, sensitivity, value and the
context throughout its lifecycle
6.2. Security risk assessment

6.2.1. Conducting periodic risk assessment: Security risk assessments should
be conducted periodically to evaluate risks and associated threats leading
to loss of confidentiality, integrity and availability of information. Threat and
vulnerabilities associated with the information must also be evaluated for
their potential impact, including impact on internal and national security.
6.2.2. Risk assessment framework: Due to the diverse nature of operations of
different organizations there can be no single approach recommended for
risk assessment. However, to develop a risk based methodology which
helps develop resilience to changing threat environment, ministries,
departments, agencies and their subordinate organizations need to
integrate information security risk assessment with the broader risk
management framework for operations. Frameworks such as ISO
27005:2008 or others may be referred to based on the organizations
requirements
6.2.3. Periodicity of risk assessments: Information security risk assessment
should be an on-going activity, triggered early into the lifecycle of system
design and development. It should be conducted at least once every year or
when changes are made to existing information assets or when threat
perception over information and information systems changes. For systems
containing classified data, a thorough risk assessment should be conducted
at-least once every quarterly
6.2.4. Methodology: A comprehensive security risk assessment may include
methodologies prescribed in Section 18 of this document for threat and
vulnerability management
6.2.5. Additional insights: A comprehensive information security risk
assessment will also provide insights into expected ICT security
expenditure, thereby helping formulate budgets and estimate costs and
help strategic decision making
6.3. Principles for establishing organization wide security

framework
RestrictedPage 11

Affairs
Ministry of Home
6.3.1. Core security goals: Information security frameworks should be designed

to ensure confidentiality, integrity, availability of information to
authenticated and authorized users, while establishing accountability over
transactions conducted over the lifecycle of information and establishing
nonrepudiation of information, across layers of people, process and
technology
6.3.1.1.
Architecture: Adequate steps must be taken for integrating information

security measures with the IT architecture of organizations to address
contemporary security threats. Capability to respond to new issues or
threats through integrating internal and external intelligence measures,
deployment of tools, techniques and methods in identifying threats, which
generate timely and desired response from other security & IT
management processes, must be established
6.3.2. Security division structure: The ministries, departments, agencies and

their subordinate organizations must establish accountability and ownership
structure for information security, where tasks are clearly distributed with
respect to administrative and technical arrangements required for
information security. The head of security must report directly to the head
of the ministries, departments, agencies or organizations and not to the IT
head.
6.3.3. Deployment of professionals and skill development: The ministries,
departments, agencies and their subordinate organizations must ensure
that trained professionals in the field of Information Security are deployed
to address their Information Security initiatives, at appropriate levels.
Further, adequate measures to train existing users, human resources, to
acquaint them with best practices for securing information and align them
with the overall objectives of the organization for protection of information
and information assets must be undertaken at periodic intervals. Every new
employee should go through the information security awareness program
which could be organized in-house. Also every employee should be given
training in information security atleast once every two years.
6.4. Security audit

6.4.1. Security audits: The ministries, departments, agencies and their
subordinate organizations must conduct appropriate evaluation, testing and
audits of all organizational structures, mechanisms, policies, procedures,
technologies and controls to ensure their alignment with the
implementation objectives of the information security policy and guidelines
at regular intervals. Areas of improvement should be identified and a
mechanism to improve the overall deployment of such structures,
mechanisms, policies, procedures, technologies and controls should be
undertaken
6.4.2. Identification and response to data breach: The ministries,
departments, agencies and their subordinate organizations should develop
RestrictedPage 12

Affairs
Ministry of Home
the ability to identify, alert, evoke responses & resolve a data breach in
timely manner
6.4.3. Coordination with agencies: The ministries, departments, agencies and
their subordinate organizations should interact with relevant agencies in the
domain of information security to gather and share intelligence about
threats and vulnerabilities
6.5.
Exception to implementation of recommended guidelines and

controls
6.5.1. The ministries, departments, agencies and their subordinate organizations

are expected to conduct a thorough risk assessment and use the practices
outlined in this document to help implement a framework within the
organization
must exercise its own discretion in customizing and adapting the guidelines
mentioned in this document, while upholding the core objectives and
principles of the NISPG. Further, the ministries, departments, agencies and
their subordinate organizations are free to deploy relevant capabilities in
the form of tools, solutions etc. to help implement information security
practices and its governance framework
6.5.3. The MHA, through its agencies, may seek compliance in the form of audit
reports to demonstrate adherence to controls and guidelines specified in
the NISPG from ministries, departments, agencies and their subordinate
organizations
6.5.4. In case some guidelines and controls are not adhered to, ministries,
departments, agencies and their subordinate organizations should be able
to substantiate their stance by reproduction of appropriate documentation
specifying at a minimum, the following parameters:
6.5.4.1.
Reason for non-conformance to guidelines
6.5.4.2.
Risk evaluation reports detailing the risks due to non-conformance
6.5.4.3.
Additional controls implemented, if any
6.5.4.4.
Timeline for introduction of recommended controls
6.5.5. Such instances should also be brought to the notice of the Information
security steering committee (refer section 8) and a formal signoff should be
undertaken in all cases, where guidelines specified under the NISPG are not
followed
RestrictedPage 13

Affairs
Ministry of Home
6.6. Limitations
The figure below summarizes the overall security ecosystem by explaining the
relationship between national security, cyber security, organization security and
information security. The policy focuses on protection of classified information
and hence intends to only provide guidance, procedures and controls which are
relevant to this specific area. While it is beyond the scope of this document to
detail every single practice involved in the design, implementation,
configuration, management and security enforcement, an effort has been made
to capture information security measures through security domains.
Figure 2: Each area encompasses information which has ramifications towards

National Security
RestrictedPage 14

Affairs
Ministry of Home
6. Information classification guidelines

7.1.Information classification
All information available with organizations should be classified into one of the
following categories (based on existing classification of Manual on paper records
Issued by Ministry of Home Affairs, 1994):
7.1.1.Top Secret: Information, unauthorized disclosure of which could be
expected to cause exceptionally grave damage to the national security or
national interest. This category is reserved for nations closest secrets and
is to be used with great reserve
7.1.2.Secret: Information, unauthorized disclosure of which could be expected to
cause serious damage to the national security or national interest or cause
serious embarrassment in its functioning. This classification should be used
for highly important information and is the highest classification normally
used
7.1.3.Confidential: Information, unauthorized disclosure of which could be
expected to cause damage to the security of the organization or could be
prejudicial to the interest of the organization, or could affect the
organization in its functioning. Most information, on proper analysis, will be
classified no higher than confidential
7.1.4.Restricted: Information, which is essentially meant for official use only and
which would not be published or communicated to anyone except for official
purpose
7.1.5.Unclassified: Information that requires no protection against disclosure.
e.g. Public releases
7.2.
Information handling: Appropriate information handling procedures

must be developed, commensurate with the level of classification. For
further guidance on information management and handling refer Adoption
matrix based on information classification table below
RestrictedPage 15

Affairs
Ministry of Home
7. Information security organization overview

1.1.Security division
1.1.1. Role of Chief Information Security Officer (CISO): The responsibility
of security management should be entrusted to the Security Division
under the charge of the Chief Information Security Officer (CISO). Its role
cuts across the traditionally defined boundaries of IT and covers all the
horizontal and vertical functions of an organization. CISOs role is detailed
below:
1.1.1.1. Design, implement, monitor and govern an organization-wide information
security program
1.1.1.2. Ensure information security risk assessments and audits are performed as
necessary. Oversee risk assessment exercise to understand the threats to
key information assets, analyze risks with the concerned divisions of the
organization
1.1.1.3. Design information security related policies, procedures and processes to
ensure confidentiality, integrity, availability of classified information while
establishing accountability, authorization and nonrepudiation of actions
over information
1.1.1.4. Review policies, procedures and standard operating procedures
1.1.1.5. Work on positioning of security division, so as to make it more effective
1.1.1.6. Devise programs for capacity building and oversee information security
training and development of personnel. Additionally, the CISO should
establishing mechanisms for information security awareness in the
organization
1.1.1.7. Liaison with relevant agencies to gather intelligence about prevailing
threats and best practices
1.1.2. Reporting structure: The Chief Information Security Officer (CISO) or
equivalent will report directly to the Secretary concerned of the respective
Ministry/ Department
1.2. Information security division & roles

(Refer Cyber Security Policy for Government of India ver 2.0 released 30th
August, 2010)
1.2.1. The following roles are required based on the fact that each Ministry/
Department/ Organization is located in one of more location/ Bhawan and
each location/ Bhawan has one or more Ministries / Departments /
Organizations.
1.2.1.1.
National Information Security Officer (NISO): Responsible for cyber

security of all Ministries/ Departments of Government of India
RestrictedPage 16

Affairs
Ministry of Home
1.2.1.2.
Chief Information Security Officer (CISO): Responsible for cyber

security in the respective Ministry/ Department. This role is to be
designated by the respective Ministry/ Department
1.2.1.3.
Cyber Security Administrator (CSA): Responsible for technical

functions, related to cyber security for Ministries/ Departments
1.2.1.4.
Information Security Officer (ISO): Responsible for administrative

functions related to security for every location of the Ministry/
Department. This role is to be designated by the Ministry/ Department for
each location of the Ministry/ Department
1.2.1.5.
System Administrator (SA): Responsible for performing functions, that

requires system administration privileges of the user systems, for each
location of the Ministry/ Department
1.2.1.6.
Network Security Administrator (NSA): Responsible for managing the

security of the networks per location/ Bhawan. This role will be performed
by the service provider
1.2.1.7.
National Security Operations Center Head (NSOC): Responsible for

managing the NSOC round the clock. This responsibility will be handled by
the service provider
1.2.1.8.
NSOC Administrator: Responsible for administration of the NSOC round

the clock
1.2.1.9.
NSOC operator: Responsible for operations of the NSOC round the clock
1.3.
Information Security Steering Committee (ISSC)
1.3.1. An Information Security Steering Committee (ISSC) under the chairmanship

of the Secretary of the concerned Ministry should be established
1.3.2. The members of the ISSC should comprise of:
1.3.2.1. IT Head or equivalent
1.3.2.2. Chief Information Security Officer (CISO)
1.3.2.3. Financial Advisor
1.3.2.4. Representative of National Critical Information Infrastructure Protection
Center (NCIIPC), or representative of Department of Electronics and
Information Technology (DeitY)
1.3.2.5. Any other expert to be nominated by the ministry or department
8. Framework
9.1.Standard for information security management
should ensure enforcement of a globally accepted standard of information
security management and governance. Reference to the standard used,
should be documented in the ministry/ departments security policy, or in
RestrictedPage 17

Affairs
Ministry of Home
some other high level document, developed by the Chief Information

Security Officer (CISO), and approved by the ISSC
9.1.2. The implementation of information security and its governance requires
coordinated effort between designated personnel and well defined
framework for governance. The governance process and the personnel
tasked with governance of information security should be stated in the
security policy, and brought to the notice of ISSC
RestrictedPage 18

Affairs
Ministry of Home
9.2. Introduction to globally accepted Information security

management standards
9.2.1. There are several standards accepted globally which help an organization
conduct risk assessment , gap analysis and govern security implementation
at different levels such as network access points, user authentication,
applications etc. across the people, process, and technology (PPT) layers.
There are several information security management standards which are
adopted by organizations worldwide. The ministries, departments, agencies
and their subordinate organizations may use such globally accepted
standards to design, implement and govern information security within their
organization and mandate all partner organizations and third parties to
implement similar practices
(For more details on globally accepted information security management
standards refer to Annexure 10)
RestrictedPage 19

Affairs
Ministry of Home
9. Domains impacting information security

10.1. Overview
10.1.1. Alignment with security framework: While following the above
framework, the ministries, departments, agencies and their subordinate
organizations should consider developing strategy and competence in
specific disciplines to enhance security. The NISPG has identified eight core
domains namely, network and infrastructure security, identity and access
management, physical security, application security, data security,
personnel security, threat & vulnerability management, security monitoring
& incident management. Additionally, the areas of security audit, security
testing and business continuity, which cut across all domains, have been
covered as part of the guidelines. Further, guidelines for technology specific
areas such as virtualization, cloud computing, mobility and social media are
provided in a separate section
10.1.2. Achieving maturity in security domains: Domains mentioned above
need to be understood critically for security of classified information.
Strategies for each of them, along with tactical guidelines for
implementation, and security controls are essential for making security
robust. The ministries, departments, agencies and their subordinate
organizations should organize, allocate and drive resources towards each of
these security domains and strive to achieve maturity over time to counter
the increasing threats and attacks
10.1.3. Information security domains
10.1.3.1. Network and infrastructure security: The architectural plan of
locating information in a network arrangement and other infrastructure
security arrangements such as internal and external connections to
information, protocols that are used to transfer information, preparedness
to withstand attacks etc. require specific consideration and treatment
from the perspective of securing information
10.1.3.2. Identity and access management: Sensitivity and criticality of
information specifies the requirements with respect to ability of an
individual or group of users to access and perform a set of operations on
the said information. The increasing reliance on third parties and external
SMEs makes it imperative for the organization to secure itself against risk
arising from misuse of identities or additional or illegitimate access
provided to the users
10.1.3.3. Physical security: Organizations generally have multiple touch points
from where information can be accessed physically. To add to that,
technology enables easy availability of portable devices. This can defeat
traditional physical screenings of individuals. With more solutions and
techniques becoming available in the market, physical security concepts
are also evolving, establishing it as an important discipline for protecting
information security. While it focuses more on restriction to physical
intrusion, technological solutions provide means to raise alarms by
RestrictedPage 20

Affairs
Ministry of Home
detecting anomalies and patterns of information being accessed which

help in detection and containment of information security incidents
10.1.3.4. Application security: The primary objective of application security is to
secure information as it is processed, transferred or stored during the
lifecycle of an application. The characteristics of applications vary from
basic versions, to context aware, and Internet rich usage of apps. These
variations at various fronts expose the information processed, stored,
accessed, transacted through these applications to a larger threat
landscape
10.1.3.5. Data security: Each data item collected, stored, processed, transmitted
and accessed by an organization has to be protected against cyberattacks especially that are sensitive or critical for internal and national
security as stated in classification of information. The entire focus and
effort is to secure data. It is this which has led to the evolution of the
discipline of data security - the ultimate goal of an organizations security
10.1.3.6. Personnel security: Risks due to insider threat and internal security
breach undermines all security measures taken to fortify information
systems and data from the outside world. The personnel security focuses
on both the aspects of employee as well as third party security and
focuses on sourcing patterns of an organization which requires specifics
checks from a security viewpoint
10.1.3.7. Threat & vulnerability management: There is an ever increasing rise
of security threats with enhanced capabilities, varieties and scales;
exploring new ways to find vulnerabilities and exploits in an
organizations infrastructure to cause maximum possible damage. Threat
and Vulnerability Management (TVM) ensures that an organizations
resources are protected against the perennial as well as evolving threats,
and provides assurance over the management of its resources in a way
that the relevance of new vulnerabilities, exploits or malware is
immediately tested and that the organization responds swiftly to them.
TVM adds critical value to an organizations security initiatives, which not
only delivers protection capabilities but also provides means to manage
IT infrastructure securely
10.1.3.8. Security monitoring & incident management: Security Monitoring
and incident response management is a key component of an
organizations information security program, as it demonstrates its ability
to respond to an information breach which might emanate from external
or internal sources
10.1.3.9. Security audit and testing: Security audit, testing and reviews should
be conducted on a continuous basis to check for conformance of security
measures deployed by the organization with security policies, standards
and requirements. Specific requirements are implicit in all disciplines.
Moreover, general best practices have been provided as part of this
document
RestrictedPage 21

Affairs
Ministry of Home
10.1.3.10. Business continuity: Business continuity of the operations has to be

planned by the respective government departments and is kept outside
the scope of this policy. However, this document covers areas which are
important from the perspective of ensuring availability of critical
operations and classified information
Business Continuity/ Disaster Recovery

Security Audit and Testing
Figure 3: Information security domains
RestrictedPage 22

Affairs
10.
Ministry of Home
Guidelines structure and components
11.1. Structure: Each domain in the National Information Security Policy &
Guidelines consists of five parts, as follows:
11.1.1. Section X.1: Background This section provides an overview and the
coverage of each domain and states the important evolutions and
developments in each area. This section provides an overview of each
domain for the reader to understand the importance and significance of
achieving maturity in each area.
11.1.2. Section X.2: Relevance of domain to information security This
section establishes role and scope of a domain in context of Information
Security. It provides insights into the impact of compromise of information
due to the current and emerging threats and vulnerabilities of the said
domain.
11.1.3. Section X.3: Management guidelines This section provides domain
specific recommendations in the form of guidelines and objectives. These
guidelines will help the senior management in an organization to institute
security processes, procedures and governance mechanisms. The
management guidelines section provides a high level view of each domain,
focusing on areas which are of significant importance in order to establish
practices in each domain.
This section also provides intent to senior management in order to pursue
further action in design, development, implementation and governance of
security domain. The management guidelines can also be used to derive
assurance from operating divisions and will help in the high level
performance evaluation of the security function. Each guideline is mapped
with a number of security controls which provide clarity on the diverse
elements contained in a management guideline.
These are denoted by the nomenclature G followed by the
guideline number. For example, G1, G2, G3 G112
11.1.4. Section X.4: Security controls Provides control statements which are
administrative, technical, operational or procedural and need to be
diligently followed. Security controls provide insight into multiple areas
which need to be implemented/ addressed in order to achieve the
objectives laid out in the management guidelines section. Security controls
provide exact direction and articulate expectations needed to develop
adequate protection.
Each control statement is further complimented by implementation
guidelines, which provide specific information with respect to area covered
in each security control.
These are denoted by the nomenclature C followed by the
control number. For example, C1, C2, C3 C135
11.1.5. Section X.5: Implementation guidelines This section provides
specific recommendations to aid implementation of management
guidelines and security controls. Implementation guidelines offer granular
detail on the expectations from each organization, for implementation of
controls and management guidelines. This section provides practical
guidance considering the depth of implementation of various controls,
while considering the value of information based on its classification.
RestrictedPage 23

Affairs
Ministry of Home
These are denoted by the nomenclature IG followed the

implementation guideline number. For example, IG1, IG2, IG3
IG181
RestrictedPage 24

Affairs
11.
Ministry of Home
Network and infrastructure security
12.1. Background
12.1.1. The increased adoption of information technologies has created immense
opportunities to connect, expand and integrate different entities. This led
to the expansion of the network capabilities and adoption of emerging
connectivity techniques
12.1.2. The network infrastructure itself has evolved with various options of
network topologies, types of routing and switching devices and different
connectivity options. Networks are playing important role in providing
access to information and information systems; providing new ways for
executing transactions and helping organizations leverage fruits of
globalization and hyper specialization. The diversity of these topologies,
devices and connections contributes to creating immense possibilities,
however; it also introduces several new security issues and concerns
12.1.3. The organizational ecosystem is undergoing transformation, extending its
boundaries by increasingly providing access to third parties and vendors,
integrating external interfaces, adopting innovations in endpoint, mobility
and wireless technologies, while relaxing norms of standardization and
ownership of connecting devices. Enterprise architectures are becoming
more complex, multiple new system components are under deployment,
and their capabilities are extensively utilized through virtualization. This
provides multiple opportunities by which security can be compromised
12.2. Relevance of domain to Information Security

12.2.1. Network plays an important role as it binds all the information assets
together and provides a means for operational transaction where different
entities can participate, exchange information and carry operations over
the information by making use of specific ports, protocols and services
provided by the network. This may create the possibilities of exposure of
information
12.2.2. Network plays a role in provisioning users and devices access to data as it
is the first point of connects. Users seek flexibility in accessing data across
different devices and access paths. This may expose organizations
information through these devices and the way users access information
12.2.3. Network infrastructure typically spreads across geographies, providing
access, facilitating exchange of information and executing a variety of
transactions. A combination of network solutions and devices are required
in order for these transactions to be successful. They may create
possibilities of compromising security of information at various levels
12.2.4. Traffic flow, connections, devices and traffic patterns introduce significant
vulnerabilities and weaknesses. These vulnerabilities and weaknesses may
lead to serious security threats to information
RestrictedPage 25

Affairs
Ministry of Home
12.2.5. Insiders have easy access information and IT systems. Network aids their
access to the information and IT systems. They may be source or reason
for compromise of security of information
12.2.6. The new components and architectural elements incorporated as a part of
the plan for infrastructure transition may introduce serious security issues.
Adoption of trends such as mobility and usage of personally owned devices
exposes the network to a new set of threats
12.3. Network and infrastructure security management guidelines

12.3.1.
Inventory of assets and infrastructure: The organization G 1

should ensure that a network diagram illustrating all network
devices and other significant devices is available. Since this
contains classified information, such documentation should be
appropriately protected and its distribution should be limited.
The organization must maintain and update a map/inventory of
authorized devices such as:
a. Infrastructure components spread across the
organization and connected to the network endpoints,
server systems, applications, databases and data files, and
messaging systems
b. Connectivity and access to users, endpoints, devices,
server systems, applications, databases and messaging
systems should be recorded and maintained
c. The spread of the organizational assets across the
operational functions and geographies and their access
requirements should also be recorded
12.3.2.
Security testing of network & infrastructure devices: All G 2

infrastructure and network hardware may be procured, from
manufacturers or resellers who are authorized by
manufacturers, with reasonable demonstration of compliance
with global security best practices
12.3.3.
Network perimeter security: The government organization G 3

must secure the network perimeter by deploying competent
security solutions
12.3.4.
Network zones: The organization must divide their networks G 4

into multiple functional zones according to the sensitivity or
criticality of information or services in that zone. Wherever
possible, physical isolation must be performed
a. Access from external environment: Sensitive IT assets
must not be directly accessible from the external
environment
b. Network segmentation technologies: The organization
must ensure that appropriate network segmentation
technologies are enforced to logically and physically isolate
RestrictedPage 26

Affairs
Ministry of Home
the network and protect classified information and critical

services (such as user authentication and user directory
information)
c. Operating zones for users: Environment that allow
internal users access to information assets and systems
should be separated from the environment created for
external users
12.3.5.
LAN security: The organization must develop, document andG 5

periodically update security policies and procedures related to
Local Area Networks (LAN)
a. The organization must evaluate risks associated with
transmission of classified information over LAN on a periodic
basis
b. The organization must clearly define roles and responsibility
of personnel for supporting planning and implementing of
LAN security, through appropriate job functions
c. The organization must ensure that appropriate security
measures, tools and methodologies are implemented to
protect transmission of classified information over LAN.
Traffic over LAN should be protected with use of appropriate
encryption methodologies
12.3.6.
Wireless architecture: The organization must ensure that

Wireless LAN (WLAN) planning and implementation
incorporates security best practices
G6
a. Confidentiality and integrity: The organization must

implement appropriate encryption for transmission of
classified information over WLAN
b. Administration of access points: The access to WLAN
key distribution program should be controlled and limited to
the administrators only
c. Logging of device activities and audit trails: Network
traffic and access to the WLAN should be logged by using
suitable methodologies
12.3.7.
Network security management: Network security

management processes should be created and documented.
These processes should define the governing procedures for
any security mechanism, changes or modification to the
network configuration, the approval matrix, backup
mechanisms, guidelines for testing and failover switching
amongst others. The organization should ensure that all
network security management tasks are approved and
performed under the aegis of a single authority or team
RestrictedPage 27
G7

Affairs
Ministry of Home
G8
12.3.8.
Unauthorized device connection: Organizations should

implement stringent measures to minimize the risk of
unauthorized devices from accessing the network. The
necessary countermeasures must be deployed to deter the
attempts of unauthorized access
12.3.9.
Extending connectivity to third parties: The government G 9

organizations must integrate the infrastructure security with
other security solutions such as identity & access management,
security monitoring & incident management for integrated
defense and response against the threats
RestrictedPage 28

Affairs
Ministry of Home
12.4. Network and infrastructure security controls

C1
12.4.1.
Identification & classification: The organization must

ensure that all infrastructure devices are grouped and
classified in accordance to the criticality of the information
that they contain/ process
12.4.2.
Network diagram: The organization must ensure that the

C2
network diagram is updated as changes are made to the
network. The date of last modification should be clearly stated
12.4.3.
Network configuration: The organization should regularly

review their network configuration to ensure that it conforms
to the documented network configuration
12.4.4.
Testing and certification of network & infrastructure

C4
device: Network and Infrastructure devices should be tested
basis globally accepted security standards, in appropriate test
labs prior to their purchase. A secure and stable configuration
of the device and product may only be procured for
deployment
12.4.5.
Network security measures: The organization must ensure C 5

the competent security countermeasures for network security
are established, such as:
C3
a. Perimeter defense
b. Traffic inspection and detection of anomalies and threats
c. Detection and prevention of intrusion
d. Filter, block and prevent the malicious traffic
e. Restrict insecure ports, protocols and services
f.
Protection against the denial of service and distributed

denial of service attacks
g. Restriction on connections to the external world and the

internet
h. Malicious code detection and filtering
i.
Restrict, change and segment users access
12.4.6.
Security of IPv6 device: The organization must ensure that C 6

all dual-stack network devices, equipment and operating
systems that support IPv6 must disable the functionality
unless it is being used and appropriate security measure have
been deployed for their protection. All future networks should
be IPv6 compatible
12.4.7.
Segmentation: The organization must create appropriate

network segmentation and maintain updated network access
control lists
RestrictedPage 29
C7

Affairs
Ministry of Home
12.4.8.
Security zones: The organization must create separate zones C 8

for and apply additional security protections to network zones
that contain classified information from the environment where
their users access the Internet and external email.
12.4.9.
Network traffic segregation : The organization must

C9
implement network access controls to limit traffic within and
between network segments to only those that are required for
operations
12.4.10.
LAN security: The organization must implement relevant

controls to ensure security of information traversing the
organizations Local Area Network (LAN)
C 10
12.4.11. Wireless LAN security: The organization should implement C 11

appropriate controls to protect the confidentiality and integrity
of information traversing over WLAN.
12.4.12. Disabling unused ports: The organization must disable
unused physical ports on network devices such as switches,
routers and wireless access points
C 12
12.4.13. Personal devices usage policy: The organization must

C 13
ensure that incase personally owned devices are permitted to
be connected to the organizations network, a prior security
validation must be performed on such devices at each log-in
instance to check for basic system health requirements.
Devices which are non-compliant with health requirements
should be quarantined
12.4.14. Restricting access to public network: The organization
C 14
must ensure that devices are prevented from simultaneously
connecting to an organization controlled network and to a
public data network.
12.4.15. Network access control: The organization must implement C 15
network access controls on all networks
12.4.16. Firmware upgrade: The organization must ensure that
firmware for network devices is kept up to date
C 16
12.4.17. Network change management: All changes to the network C 17

configuration, in the form of upgrades of software and
firmware or in the form of addition or removal of hardware
devices and systems should be undertaken post approval from
competent authority. All changes to the network configuration
should be documented and approved through a formal change
control process
12.4.18. Securing transmission media: All cables and encompassingC 18
cabinets must be secured from unauthorized access, physical
damage and tampering
12.4.19. Default device credentials: The organization must ensure C 19
that default usernames and passwords are changed before
RestrictedPage 30

Affairs
Ministry of Home
network devices are deployed

12.4.20. Connecting devices: The organization must deploy
C 20
appropriate monitoring and network scanning methodologies
to detect systems connecting to the network and portable
devices connected to workstations via USB ports
12.4.21. Audit and review: The organization must conduct periodic C 21
audits of network devices which are being added or removed
from networks and create an inventory of authorized network
devices
a. Network logs: The organization must set up logging of
access and activity of network devices. Depending on the
scale of the network components, organisation may be also
evolving to have automated alert systems wherever there
is a deviation in the acceptable log parameters
12.4.22. Extending connectivity to third parties: The connectivity C 22
to third party must be securely managed
12.5. Network and Infrastructure security implementation

guidelines
12.5.1.
Identification and classification: The organization must

ensure that classified information is mapped with the
infrastructure elements through which it will be transmitted,
processed or stored.
IG 1
a. All infrastructure devices should be categorized as per

classification of information that they manage
12.5.2.
Network diagram: The organization must develop an

IG 2
accurate mapping of the core components, connections and
information of the network to build organizations network
diagram including network components such as routers,
switches, firewall and computer systems, IP addresses, data
flow routes, blacklisted or white listed systems/IP addresses,
open/entry ports, subnet mask, administrative interface, zones,
access control lists, network name amongst others
a. All amendments to network diagram should be documented
with reason of change, nature of change, person responsible
b. All previous configuration diagram must also be retained for
reference
12.5.3.
Network configuration: Organization must review network IG 3

configuration periodically by using configuration audit and
configuration comparison tools
a. The organization must establish a mechanism that
compares the running configuration of network devices
against the documented configuration
RestrictedPage 31

Affairs
Ministry of Home
b. There must be documented standards/procedures for

configuring network devices (e.g. routers, hubs, bridges,
concentrators, switches, firewalls, IPS, IDS etc.), which cover
- security architecture, device configuration, access control
to network devices, vulnerability and patch management,
changes to routing tables and settings in network devices
and regular review of network device configuration and setup.
c. Security controls applied to network devices must
incorporate security architecture principles (e.g. secure by
design, 'defense in depth', secure by default, default
deny, fail secure, 'secure in deployment' and 'usability and
manageability').
12.5.4.
Testing and certification of network & infrastructure

IG 4
device: Devices deployed must be tested and certified prior to
their implementation in the organizations environment
b. Network and infrastructure devices must be self-certified by
the manufacturer
c. Network and infrastructure devices must be tested and
certified in any globally recognised lab
d. The organization must ensure comprehensive network and
infrastructure device testing from established testing labs of
STQC, DRDO or other designated government test labs
12.5.5.
Network security measures: For perimeter defense,

IG 5
organization must use appropriate security capability, such as
a. For traffic inspection and detection of anomalies and threats
organization should implement Security Information and
Event Management (SIEM) capability
b. Organization should deploy Intrusion Detection System (IDS)
capabilities to monitor network or system activities for
malicious activities or policy violations
c. Organization should deploy Intrusion Prevention System
(IPS) capabilities to identify malicious activities in the
network, log information and attempts to block them
d. For protection against the distributed denial of service
(DDoS) and denial of service (DoS) attacks appropriate
protection must be incorporated in-house such as on
premise traffic filtering equipment or from service providers
for services such as traffic-routing service through Border
Gateway Protocol, DNS change to traffic snubbing centers,
cloud based mitigation etc.
e. The organization should conduct or participate in mock drill
RestrictedPage 32

Affairs
Ministry of Home
exercises to test network security measure

12.5.6. Security of IPv6 device: The organization should have
security measures specific to IPv6 security
IG 6
a. Disable IPv6 functionality at the gateway level until and

unless required for use by organization with additional DoS
security measures. Block all IPv6 traffic on IPv4-only
networks
b. Use standard, non-obvious static addresses for critical
systems
c. Firewall, IDS/IPS must be able to scan IPv6 traffic and
enforce policies on the same
d. The event and transaction logging mechanism must be
capable of capturing activity of IPv6 devices
e. All future networks should be IPv6 compatible
12.5.7.
Segmentation: To restrict, segment and modify user access, IG 7

organization should deploy tools such as Active Directory to
limit or grant permissions to a user
a. The organizations must ensure segmentation of the
network to create security zones for isolating sensitive
traffic and secure critical IT systems. This is typically done
by using means such as establishing Demilitarized Zone
(DMZ) and configuring virtual LANs
b. Organization should limit and segment user rights for
access by implementing proper Access Control Lists in the
network. Access control lists should be configured on
devices such as routers and/or switches
12.5.8.
Security zones: Virtual LAN should be used by an

organization to logically separate zones which deal with
confidential information from the rest of the network
a. VLANs should not be used between classified networks and
any other sensitive networks
b. VLANs between classified networks and any other network
of a lower classification must not be used
c. VLANs between a sensitive or classified network and public
network infrastructure must not be used
d. VLAN trunking must not be used on network devices
managing VLANs of differing security classifications
e. Administrative access for network devices using VLANs
must only be permitted from the most trusted network
RestrictedPage 33
IG 8

Affairs
12.5.9.
Ministry of Home
Network traffic segregation: Organization should enforce IG 9

rule set to minimize methods and level of access to classified
information in order to limit access to authorized personnel
a. Implementation of traffic flow filters, VLANs, network and
host based firewalls,
b. Implementation of application level filtering, proxies,
content-based filtering etc.
c. Wherever possible physical segregation must be preferred
over logical segregation
12.5.10. LAN security: The organization must implement the followingIG 10

to ensure LAN security:
a. Securing LAN devices: Ensure that all default passwords
of routers and switches are changed prior to deployment
b.
Strong device passwords: Use strong passwords such

using a minimum of 12 characters or more (combination of
alphanumeric and special characters)
c. Using secure protocols: Disable all non-IP-based access

protocols such as TELNET, and use secure protocols such as
SSH, SSL, or IP Security (IPSec) encryption for all remote
connections to the router/switch/server
d. Traffic monitoring: Deploy traffic management capabilities
which continuously monitors and controls IP network
e. Allocating IP address: Ensure that IP addresses allocated
to each network appliance/system/server is associated with
their respective MAC address and is not user modifiable
12.5.11. Wireless LAN security: The organization must implement the
IG 11
following for wireless LAN security:
a. Limiting coverage of access points: Organization must
evaluate physical perimeter to define positioning of wireless
device thereby limiting radio transmission and coverage,
inside the physical premises or intended coverage area
b. Device configuration: Organization owned systems with
ability to connect wireless network should be preconfigured
with relevant and appropriate drivers by the relevant ICT
personnel. Configuration of wireless access including WiFi/Bluetooth and similar technologies should not be user
configurable
c. Wireless encryption: Organization must ensure that
communication between user system and wireless AP are
secured using highest graded encryption (WPA-2 or higher)
RestrictedPage 34

Affairs
Ministry of Home
for data confidentiality and integrity. Under no

circumstances, should open APs be deployed in the network
d. Using secure protocols: Organization must ensure that all
available measures are applied on Access Points (APs) or
WLAN switches to secure them from unauthorized access,
use of plaintext protocols such as SNMP, Telnet or HTTP for
access management services should not be done. Restrict
systems from which management access is permitted
e. Wireless security gateway: Organization should place
firewalls or application proxies between client and server
subnets and before network admission of any new devices
proper security scanning should be done.
f.
Visitor access to WLAN: If the organization sets up

external WLANs primarily to provide Internet access to
visitors; such WLANs should be architected so that their
traffic does not traverse the organizations internal trusted
networks such as configuring a guest WLAN access with a
second SSID for limiting guest access to Internet only.
Organization should further ensure use of guest accounts
and require login (guest authentication)
g. Perform a WLAN security audit to identify

vulnerabilities: Organization with WLANs should conduct
regular periodic security audit to see if organizations WLAN
networks are vulnerable to attacks resulting from
configuration errors; if equipment or software used have
critical flaws that attackers can exploit to penetrate the
network; if network is vulnerable to denial of service;
impersonation (rogue AP, DHCP, or other spoofing) attacks,
and more
h. Logging and monitoring: Organization must have a
logging mechanism in place to record and maintain
unauthorized attempts and authorized user activity
i.
Prevent simultaneous connections: Organization must

implement appropriate technical security controls to
separate Wi-Fi network and wired network, if any. Devices
used for connecting the Wi-Fi network should not be allowed
to connect simultaneously to the wired network such as by
explicitly disabling or enabling wireless adapters
j.
Physical isolation: Organization should ensure that there

is proper physical isolation of sensitive and wireless
networks. All the terminals or computers dealing with
sensitive/classified information should not have any wireless
equipment including Internet and Bluetooth
k. Disable SSID broadcasting to prevent the access points from

RestrictedPage 35

Affairs
Ministry of Home
broadcasting the SSID to enable only authorized users with

preconfigured configured SSID to access the network
l.
Disable DHCP and assign static IP addresses to all wireless

users
12.5.12. Disabling unused ports: The organization must identify

IG 12
ports, protocols and services required to carry out daily
operations and block all others, including all non-IP based and
unencrypted protocols, by establishing policies in routers and
wireless access points
12.5.13. Personal devices usage policy: Use of personal devices
IG 13
must be authorized by concerned personnel of the
organization, with documented forms maintained to reflect
approvals and rejections. This documentation should include
fields such as employee name, employee ID, device
approved/rejected status, date and time, device identity and
type etc. (refer section 20.2)
a. The organization must perform security check of the
personal device prior to authorization for use in official
premises. A comprehensive security evaluation of the
device must be performed to ensure no security loophole is
induced in the network due to introduction of such devices.
These checks should include at a minimum checking for
malwares, open ports, installed firewall, antivirus, latest
system patches installed amongst others
b. The organization must create a secure data container on the
personal device
c. Classified information marked secret and top secret must be
prohibited from storage, transaction or processing on
personal devices
12.5.14. Restricting access to public network: The organization IG 14
must disable unused network adapters in systems and restrict
internet connection sharing and adhoc network creation.
a. Organization owned information assets should be
configured to connect to organization owned/ operated
networks only
b. Organization must disable Internet connection sharing, Ad
hoc networks, Routing between virtual private network
interfaces and other network interfaces on all organization
owned devices
12.5.15. Network access control: The organization must implement IG 15
network access control mechanism across the network
a. Verify identity of device upon request to connect to the
RestrictedPage 36

Affairs
Ministry of Home
network
b. Perform health scan of device post access to network
resources
c. Authorize access to information sources post validation of
policy implementation and update in device
d. There must be documented standards/procedures for
managing external network access to the organizations
information systems and networks, which specify: List of
external connections must be maintained, access control
must be implemented, allow only authorized remote device,
external connection must be removed when no longer
required
e. Information systems and networks accessible by external
connections must restrict external network traffic to only
specified parts of information systems and networks as per
the business requirements, provide access to defined entry
points, verify the source of external connections, log all
security-related activity, record details relating to external
connections established
f. Access to the network must be restricted to devices that
meet minimum security configuration requirements, which
includes verifying that devices which are authorized, are
running up-to-date malware protection, have the latest
systems and software patches installed, are connecting over
an encrypted network
g. There should be policy for use of firewalls, remote access,
VOIP and Telephony and Conferencing
12.5.16. Firmware upgrade: Organization must regularly check for IG 16
updated firmware for network appliances. All upgrades must be
installed post appropriate validation and testing
12.5.17. Network change management: Organization must
test/simulate the changes required for the network in the
network simulator tools before implementing in live
environment
a. Ensure that appropriate test and simulation facility/ lab is
available
b. Select and download appropriate patches/ upgrades and
prepare them for test and simulation in facility/ lab
c. Examine test results to ensure there are no conflicts with
existing patches/ upgrades
d. Appropriate permissions should be obtained from the
concerned department
RestrictedPage 37
IG 17

Affairs
Ministry of Home
e. Significant changes to network configuration must be

approved by the ISSC
12.5.18. Securing transmission media: All cables and encompassingIG 18
cabinets must be secured from unauthorized access, physical
damage and tampering
a. Ensure proper mapping and labeling of transmission media
b. Physical access to cables must be restricted
c. All connectivity points must be secured inside a cabinet
12.5.19. Default device credentials: The organization must ensure IG 19
that default credentials of network devices and information
systems such as usernames, passwords, tokens are changed
prior to their deployment or first use
12.5.20. Connecting devices: The organization must identify active IG 20
hosts connected to its network using tools and techniques such
as IP scanners, network security scanners etc.
a. Deploy client-side digital certificates for devices to authorize
access to network or information resources
12.5.21. Audit & review: Refer section 21.2
IG 21
12.5.22. Extending connectivity to third parties:
IG 22
a. The organization must restrict the use of ports, service,

protocols etc. used for extending access of organizations
network to third parties
b. The organization must limit the access granted to third
parties to the purpose of granting such access and to the
time duration specified for completion of defined tasks
c. The organization must ensure that network documentation
provided to a third party, such as to a commercial provider,
must only contain information necessary for them to
undertake their contractual services and functions. Detailed
network configuration information must not be published in
documentation
d. All traffic emanating from third partied must be monitored
RestrictedPage 38

Affairs
12.
Ministry of Home
Identity, access and privilege management
13.1. Background
13.1.1. Users have a diverse set of access requirements based on their roles and
privileges that lead to complex authentication, access, role & privilege
management scenarios in respect of access to information and information
systems
13.1.2. The access requirements vary widely from providing access to endpoints
to network, server systems, applications, data and databases, messaging
systems, and so on. Organizations information is stored, processed and
shared over these components of infrastructure. Access to these systems
may expose the users to the information
13.1.3. Further, users and user groups, with their respective operational roles,
seek access to different information assets for diverse purposes and
through various platforms and means. Changing operational ecosystem
introduces significant level of dynamism in access requirements in the life
cycle of information and information systems
13.2. Relevance of domain to information security

13.2.1. Identity breach is one of the most common threats for organization:
intruders try and defeat the organizations authentication scheme; or might
steal a critical element of their identity; or might misuse an attribute of
their identity to engage in fraud
13.2.2. As there is significant complexity of user identities, privileges and access
patterns, the organization may struggle to comprehend the exposure of
information and exposure of information to unintended persons may get
unnoticed
13.2.3. Without specific attention on identification, access and privilege
management of employees of external service providers and vendors,
information may be exposed outside the boundaries of an organization
13.3. Identity, access and privilege management guidelines

13.3.1.
Governance procedures for access rights, identity &

privileges: The organization must establish appropriate
procedures to govern access rights to information systems and
assets; establish a process for creation of identities; establish a
process for defining user privileges and a devise a mechanism
to understand how access to information is provided.
a. Each information assets must have an appointed custodian
or owner, who should be responsible for classification of
data and approving access to the same
b. Information about the user identities, privileges, access
patterns must be managed in secure manner
c. The management oversight must be enforced through the
RestrictedPage 39
G 10

Affairs
Ministry of Home
process of approval, monitoring and review to manage

identity, users and privileges through their life cyclesidentity request, creation, assignment, operations and
revocation
d. The changes should be approved by a designated authority
e. The changes should be recorded for any future analysis
13.3.2.
Authentication & authorization for access: The

organizations must establish processes for authenticating each
user accessing information systems or assets. The access
requests should be authorized based on predetermined rules
that consider type of information, access types, access
requirements, users roles and security requirements (Refer
section 7.2)
G 11
a. Instances that authenticate users and authorize their access

to critical information must be recorded
b. Inactive accounts must be disabled as per the organization's
policy
13.3.3.
Password management: The organizations must have

standardized, reliable and secure way of managing passwords
of users
G 12
a. A standard for password must be defined length, type of

characters permitted
b. Password history, password change duration etc. should be
determined depending on the sensitivity of information and
transactions
c. Password reset requests must be handled carefully and
securely
d. Password of privileged user accounts should be handled
with additional care
e. Shared passwords with vendors must be changed regularly
13.3.4.
Credential monitoring: The organization must ensure that

instances of user access provisioning, identification,
authentication, access authorization, credential changes and
deprovisioning are logged
G 13
a. The access instances should be monitored and reviewed for

identifying discrepancies
b. Malicious attempts of authentication should be prevented,
recorded and reviewed
13.3.5.
Provisioning personal devices and remote access: The

organizations must ensure that provisioning of access to
employees of external service providers and vendors is
RestrictedPage 40
G 14

Affairs
Ministry of Home
managed in a standardized and secure manner

13.3.6.
Segregation of duties: The organization must ensure that

user roles are appropriately segregated for performing
operations. It should be ensured that user levels and their
designated actions are segregated based on the criticality of
information and transactions
G 15
a. Each user action must be distinguished from other users.

Any discrepancies must be identified, reviewed and
corrected
13.3.7.
Access record documentation: The organization must

ensure that it maintains an updated record of all personnel
granted access to a system, reason for access, duration for
which access was granted.
G 16
13.3.8.
Linkage of logical and physical access: The organizations

must correlate logical access instances with physical access
rules for areas where sensitive information is processed and
stored
G 17
13.3.9.
Disciplinary actions: The organizations must incorporate

provisions for managing discrepancies and non-conformance in
the disciplinary processes
G 18
13.4. Identity, access and privilege management controls

13.4.1.
Operational requirement mapping: The organization must C 23

ensure that operational requirements are carefully studied to
translate them into access requirements
13.4.2.
Unique identity of each user: The organization must ensure C 24

that each user identity (User-ID) is uniquely attributable to only
one unique user
13.4.3.
User access management: The organization must document C 25

procedures for approving, granting and managing user access
including user registration/de-registration, password delivery
and password reset. The procedures must be updated in a
periodic manner as per policy
a. Authorization for access: The organization must not
allow access to information unless authorized by the
relevant information or information system owners
13.4.4.
Access control policies: The organization must define accessC 26

control policies which are integrate-able with existing
architecture and technological, administrative and physical
controls
13.4.5.
Need to know access: Access rights to information and C 27

information systems must only be granted to users based on a
need-to-know basis
RestrictedPage 41

Affairs
Ministry of Home
13.4.6. Review of user privileges: The organization must enforce a C 28

process to review user privileges periodically
13.4.7. Special privileges: The organization must ensure that the useC 29
of special privileges shall be restricted, controlled and
monitored as per organizations policy
13.4.8.
Authentication mechanism for access: The organization

must enforce appropriate authentication mechanism to allow
access to information and information systems which is
commensurate with the sensitivity of the information being
accessed.
C 30
13.4.9. Inactive accounts: Inactive accounts must be disabled as per C 31

organizations policy
13.4.10. Acceptable usage of Information assets & systems: The C 32
organization must define an acceptable usage policy and
procedures specifying the security requirements and user
responsibility for ensuring only organization mandated use of
user account privileges
13.4.11. Password policy: The organization must define a password
policy
C 33
a. Password standards- such as minimum password length,

restricted words and format, password life cycle, and
include guidelines on user password selection
b. Password reset process must be set in order to secure the
credential in the process
13.4.12. Default device credentials: The organization must ensure C 34
that all vendor-supplied default passwords for equipment and
information systems are changed before any information
system is put into operation
13.4.13. Monitoring and retention of logs: The organization must
monitor and retain records for all activity related to granting
access to users
C 35
13.4.14. Unsuccessful log-in attempts: The organization must

C 36
monitor all log-in attempts to information systems and block
access to users with consecutive unsuccessful log-in attempts
a. The organization must ensure appropriate monitoring
mechanism is available to identify fraudulent or malicious
activity. The authorization credentials of user accounts
suspected of being compromised must be reset immediately
13.4.15. Ad-hoc access to systems: The organization must ensure
C 37
that prior approval from the head of the department is obtained
in-case it is required to connect a departmental information
system with another information system under the control of
another organization. The security level of the information
RestrictedPage 42

Affairs
Ministry of Home
system being connected shall not be downgraded upon any

such interconnect of systems
a. Under any circumstances the authorization level should not
allow vendors to access sensitive information / database of
the organization. If needed proper supervision mechanism
may be evolved to watch the activities of the vendors
13.4.16. Remote access: The organization must ensure that security
measures are in place to govern the remote access to
information systems
C 38
a. Appropriate security technologies must be implemented to

protect information or information systems being accessed
via remote access. These may include use of protocols such
as SSL, TLS, SSH and IPsec
13.4.17. Provisioning of personal devices: The organization must
govern provisioning of access to personal computing devices
such as smartphones, tablets, and memory devices to its
internal network as per its security policy
C 39
13.4.18. Segregation of duties: The organization must ensure that

C 40
duties, roles, responsibilities and functions of individual users
are segregated, considering factors such as conflict of
privileges
13.4.19. User awareness & liability: The organization must ensure C 41
that all users are made aware of their responsibilities towards
secure access to and usage of the organizations information
and information systems. All users shall be accountable and
responsible for all activities performed with their User-IDs
13.5. Identity, access and privilege implementation guidelines

13.5.1.
Operational requirement mapping: The organization mustIG 23

develop a formal procedure to govern allocation of user
identification and access mechanism. All privileges associated
with a user-ID must also be governed as per standard
procedure
a. Operational roles must be mapped to corresponding IT roles
b. IT roles must be grouped for performing particular
operations
c. Credential requirements of the roles must be mapped
carefully
d. Operational rules for granting and revoking access must be
studied and an inventory should be created of the same
13.5.2.
Unique identity of each user: All employees including

IG 24
temporary and contract workers must be allotted a unique ID.
RestrictedPage 43

Affairs
Ministry of Home
The system for managing user IDs must function directly under
the head of the department or his authorized representative
a. User identity schemes must be defined and enforced
b. Identity provisioning workflow must be defined with proper
checks and balances
c. Identity provisioning process must be audited at periodic
interval
d. Any sharing of user IDs should be restricted to special
instances, which are duly approved by the information or
information system owner
e. The shared IDs passwords must be changed promptly when
the need no longer exists and should be changed frequently
if sharing is required on a regular basis
f. There must be clear ownership established for shared
accounts
g. There must be a log maintained as to whom the shared ID
was assigned at any given point of time. Multiple parallel
sessions of the same ID must be strictly prohibited
13.5.3.
User access management: The organization must establish a

IG 25
process to manage user access across the lifecycle of the user
from the initial registration of new users, password delivery,
password reset to the final de-registration of users who no
longer require access to information systems and services in
the organization
a. Details of users authorized by the head of the department
to access information systems and devices must be
communicated as per standard user access request form
containing details such as name of person, location,
designation, department, access level authorization, access
requirement for applications, databases, files, information
repositories etc.
b. Any changes or update to user access level must be made
only post approval from head of department
c. User access deactivation request must be submitted
immediately upon termination of employment, instances of
non-compliance, suspicious activity and incase required as
part of disciplinary action etc.
d. The organization must ensure that all user access requests
are well documented with details including, but not
restricted to, reason for access, user details, type or user
admin, super user, contractor, visitor etc., period of access,
HOD approval, information asset/ system owner approval
RestrictedPage 44

Affairs
13.5.4.
Ministry of Home
Access control policies: The organization must enforce,

govern and measure compliance with access control policy.
IG 26
a. Enforcement of access control policies: Access control

policies must be defined to be enforced on ICT infrastructure
components such as network, endpoints, servers systems,
applications, messaging, databases and security devices
b. Governance of access control policies: Access to the
systems, network resources and information must be
governed as per organizations policies
c. Compliance with access control policies: Nonconformance to policy must be monitored and dealt with as
per standard practice defined by organization
d. Correlation of logical and physical access: The
organization must implement a mechanism to correlate
instances of physical access and logical access using IP
enabled physical security devices, collection and correlation
of logs and rules written to correlate physical and logical
instances
13.5.5.
Need to know access: Access privileges to users must beIG 27

based on operational role and requirements
a. Access to higher category of classified information must not
be granted unless authorized by information owner
b. Access to systems containing higher category of classified
information must be restricted by logical access control
c. Access security matrix must be prepared which contains the
access rights mapped to different roles. This must be done
to achieve the objective of role based access control (RBAC)
d. Access to system must be granted based on access security
matrix
13.5.6.
Review of user privileges: All user accounts must be

IG 28
reviewed periodically by concerned authority by use of system
activity logs, log-in attempts to access non-authorized
resources, abuse of system privileges, frequent deletion of data
by user etc.
13.5.7.
Special privileges: The organization must ensure that the use

IG 29
of special privileges for users to access additional information
systems, resources, devices are granted only post documented
approval from information owner
a. All such additional privileges must be issued for a prenotified duration and should lapse post the specified period.
b. Allocation of special privileges must be strictly controlled
RestrictedPage 45

Affairs
Ministry of Home
and restricted to urgent operational cases

c. All activity conducted with the use of special privileges must
be monitored and logged as per organizations policy
13.5.8.
Authentication mechanism for access: The organization

must have various levels of authentication mechanisms
IG 30
a. Depending on the sensitivity of information and

transactions, authentication type must vary
b. For access to sensitive information system, authentication
such as 2-factor authentication should be implemented.
Authentication levels must be defined to include a
combination of any two of the following authentication
mechanisms:
Level 1: PIN number or password authentication against a
user-ID
Level 2: Smart card or USB token or One-time password
Level 3: Biometric identification
c. Credential sharing must be performed on an encrypted
channel which is separate from the message relay channel
d. Use directory services such as LDAP and X500
13.5.9.
Inactive accounts: The organization must ensure the

following:
IG 31
a. All user accounts which are inactive for 45 days should be

disabled
b. The authentication credentials of all disabled accounts must
also be reset upon deactivation
c. All disabled accounts must be reactivated only post
verification of the user by concerned security administrator
d. All accounts in disabled state for 30 days must be deleted
13.5.10. Acceptable usage of Information assets & systems: The IG 32
organization must ensure that users are made aware of their
responsibility to use their account privileges only for
organization mandated use
a. The organization must clearly state that it provides
computer devices, networks, and other electronic
information systems to meet its missions, goals, and
initiatives and users must manage them responsibly to
maintain the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of the
organizations information
b. This needs to be elaborate across areas such as email,
internet, desktops, information, clear desk policy, password
RestrictedPage 46

Affairs
Ministry of Home
policy etc.
c. The organization must obtain user sign-off on acceptable
usage policy
13.5.11. Password policy: The organization must define its password IG 33
policy, with specific focus on password issuance and activation
methods along with standard process for governance and
communicate the same to user upon creation of user account
a. All active sessions of a user must be terminated post 15
minutes of inactivity and must be activated only post reauthentication by specified mechanism such as re-entering
password etc.
b. Passwords must be encrypted when transmitting over an
un-trusted communication network
c. Issue guidelines to end user to help in selection of strong
alphanumeric password comprising of a minimum of 12
characters
d. Prevent users from using passwords shorter than a predefined length, or re-using previously used passwords
e. Passwords must be automatically reset if user accounts are
revoked or disabled upon inactivity beyond 30 days of
inactivity
f. Password communication must on verified alternate channel
such as SMS, email, etc.
13.5.12. Default device credentials: The organization must ensure IG 34
that default login credentials of devices such as routers,
firewall, storage equipment etc, are changed prior to the
deployment of such devices in the operational environment
13.5.13. Monitoring and retention of logs: The organization must IG 35
retain information pertaining to requests for user ID creation,
user rights allocation, user rights modification, user password
reset request and other instances of change or modification to
user profile, as per audit and governance requirements
13.5.14. Unsuccessful login attempts: The organization must
monitor unsuccessful log-in attempts from each of the
authentication mechanisms, to track for consecutive
unsuccessful log-in attempts
IG 36
a. The user account must be disabled for a pre-defined limit

post five unsuccessful log-in attempts
b. A random alpha numeric text CAPTCHA should be
introduced post second unsuccessful log-in attempt
13.5.15. Ad-hoc access to systems: The organization must ensure IG 37
that authentication credentials of information systems which
are disclosed to vendors for maintenance and support are reset
on a periodic basis or upon termination of maintenance
RestrictedPage 47

Affairs
Ministry of Home
activity, as defined under the organizations policy

13.5.16. Remote access: Appropriate device configuration must be
IG 38
maintained and security capability must be deployed, to
prevent remote access to information systems and data from
outside the organizations boundary, unless approved by the
head of the department.
a. Implement appropriate security technologies to protect
information or information systems being accessed via
remote access, such as using VPN based on SSL/TLS, SSTP
or IPsec
b. Enable capture of logs of all activity conducted via remote
access
c. Audit logs of all activity conducted via remote access
13.5.17. Provisioning of personal devices: Refer section 20.3
IG 39
13.5.18. Segregation of duties: The organization must ensure the

following:
IG 40
a.
Separate duties of individuals as necessary, to prevent

malevolent activity without collusion
b. Documents separation of duties

c. Implements separation of duties through assigned
information system access authorizations
d. Restricts mission functions and creates distinct information
system support functions are divided among different
individuals/roles
e. Prevent different individuals perform information system
support functions (e.g., system management, systems
programming, configuration management, quality
assurance and testing, network security)
f.
Separate security personnel who administer access control

functions from performing administer audit functions
g. Create different administrator accounts for different roles

13.5.19. User awareness & liability: Refer section 17.4
RestrictedPage 48
IG 41

Affairs
13.
Ministry of Home
Physical and environmental security
14.1. Background
14.1.1. Organizations generally have multiple touch points, which may be spread
across different geographic regions, from where information can be
accessed physically. Thus geographies, locations and facilities play an
important role in the security posture of information and information
systems
14.1.2. Physical aspects have a role in determining how information and
information systems are housed in a facility, who can possibly reach
physical systems, which way one can enter or exit from the facility, what
can human elements physically do with the system housed in a facility and
what will be impact of regional physical events on the particular facilities
14.1.3. Physical security in an important component of information security and
requires a careful attention in planning, selecting countermeasures,
deploying controls, ensuring secure operations and respond in case of an
event
14.1.4. Physical security is not only restricted to barriers or locks but have
evolved with the use of access control measures, risk based or multifactor
authentications, monitoring cameras, alarms, intrusion detectors, etc.

14.2.1. Lack of due consideration to the area and to the choice of the building
may expose information and IT systems to threats. Choice of the area,
building architecture and plan have a significant impact on security posture
of information and information systems
14.2.2. Insufficient entry controls may give access to unintended persons. It may
allow entry of unauthorized assets or easy passage of sensitive assets from
premises
14.2.3. Without adequate interior physical control, unauthorized personnel may
gain access to sensitive areas. Instances such as theft of information may
remain undetected
14.2.4. Without processes for physical access provisioning and deprovisioning,
governing access to the sensitive physical locations will remain a
challenging task. This will have serious impact on security of information
and information during their life cycle in a particular physical facility
14.3. Physical and environmental security guidelines

G 19
14.3.1.
Map and characteristics of physical facilities: The

organization must create an map of access point and
information assets and systems housed within
14.3.2.
Protection from hazard: The organization must ensure that

all facilities housing information systems and assets are
provided with adequate physical security measures, which
RestrictedPage 49
G 20

Affairs
Ministry of Home
include protection from natural and man-made hazard

14.3.3.
Physical boundary protection: The organization must

deploy an adequate level of perimeter security measures such
as barriers, fencing, protective lighting, etc.
G 21
14.3.4.
Restricting entry: The organization must deploy an adequate

level of countermeasures for restricting the entry to the
facilities only to authorized persons
G 22
14.3.5.
Interior security: The organization must ensure that all

information systems and assets are accessed by only
authorized staff and protected by adequate interior security
measures
G 23
14.3.6.
Security zones: The organization must ensure that

appropriate zones are created to separate areas accessed by
visitors from areas housing classified information assets and
systems
G 24
a. Basis information classification: Appropriate security

zones must be created inside the premises/ building based
on the location of information assets and systems,
commensurate with the classification of information
b. Marking of zones: Zones must be clearly marked to
indicate type of personnel allowed access to the said zone
within the premise
c. Security and monitoring of zones: Strict security
measures in addition to round the clock monitoring of such
areas must be done
14.3.7.
Access to restricted area: Access of people and equipment

movement and disposal from the restricted area should be
regulated and governed. A special care must be taken for
wearable devices. Such clearances should be done by the
concerned head of the department. The organization must
establish a methodology to ensure coordination between
internal functions and staff for the same
G 25
14.3.8.
Physical activity monitoring and review: All physical

access to information assets and systems should be monitored
and tracked. User should not be allowed to carry external
devices such as laptops; USB drives etc. without prior approval
and authorization, into areas which house critical information
infrastructure such as data centers etc.
G 26
14.4. Physical and environmental security controls

14.4.1. Map and characteristics of physical facilities: The
organization must obtain visibility over physical facilities and
information systems housed within
a. A list of persons who are authorized to gain access to
information assets and systems housed in data centers or
other areas supporting critical activities, where computer
equipment and data are located or stored, shall be kept up-
RestrictedPage 50
C 42

Affairs
Ministry of Home
to-date and should be reviewed periodically

14.4.2.
Hazard assessment: The facility housing information assets

and systems must be protected from natural hazard and manmade hazard. All facilities located in geographically vulnerable
areas must undergo annual assessment to check structural
strength
C 43
14.4.3.
Hazard protection: All facilities must be equipped with

adequate equipment to counter man-made disasters or
accidents such as fire. The facility should have a combination of
hazard detection and control measures such as smoke sensors,
sprinklers, fire extinguishers etc. Other sensors and alarms
should also be installed for early warning
C 44
14.4.4.
Securing gateways: All entry and exit points to facilities

housing information assets and systems must be secured by
deploying manpower and appropriate technological solutions
C 45
14.4.5.
Identity badges: The entry to a facility is restricted to only

those users who provide proof of their organizational identity.
Users must be aware of the importance of carrying their
identity proof with them
C 46
14.4.6.
Entry of visitors & external service providers: the

organization must define process for allowing and revoking
access to visitors, partners, third-party service providers and
support services
C 47
14.4.7.
Visitor verification: All visitors to the facility must only be

permitted to enter post validation from concerned employee.
Visitor must be instructed to record their identity credentials
into the visitor register prior to permitting them inside the
facility
C 48
14.4.8.
Infrastructure protection: Power and telecommunications

cabling carrying data or supporting information services should
be protected from interception or damage
C 49
14.4.9. Guarding facility: The organization must ensure that an

adequate number of security guards are deployed at the
facilities
C 50
14.4.10. Vehicle entry: Ensure that an adequate level of security

measures are implemented for vehicle entry & exit, vehicle
parking areas, loading/unloading docks, storage areas,
manholes, and any other area that may provide passage for
physical intrusion
C 51
14.4.11. Correlation between physical and logical security: The

instances of physical access should be analyzed with logical
access instances. Restrictions should be imposed for on
premise access of information systems to unauthorized
personnel.
C 52
RestrictedPage 51

Affairs
Ministry of Home
14.4.12. Monitoring & surveillance: All entry and exit points should
be under surveillance round the clock to look for suspicious
activity. Further, all security zones inside the facility/ building
must be secured by deploying manpower and appropriate
security technologies
C 53
14.4.13. Disposal of equipment: Physical disposal of computer or

electronic office equipment containing non-volatile data
storage capabilities must be checked and examined to ensure
all information has been removed. Destruction, overwriting or
reformatting of media must be approved and performed with
appropriate facilities or techniques such as degaussing of hard
drives, secure delete technologies etc. (Refer Annexure 7.2)
C 54
14.4.14. Protection of information assets and systems: All

information assets and systems must be protected with
appropriate access control methodologies such as authorized
log-in and password control, smart cards or biometric access
C 55
14.4.15. Authorization for change: Ensure that security

authorization is performed for all changes pertaining to
physical security, instances that may introduce security
vulnerabilities and exception to the policy
C 56
14.4.16. Inactivity timeout: All information systems must be

configured to time-out a users activity post inactivity for a
designated period of time
C 57
14.4.17. Protection of access keys and methodology: All access

keys, cards, passwords, etc. for entry to any of the information
systems and networks shall be physically secured or subject to
well-defined and strictly enforced security procedures
C 58
14.4.18. Shoulder surfing: The display screen of an information

system on which classified information can be viewed shall be
carefully positioned so that unauthorized persons cannot
readily view it
C 59
14.4.19. Categorization of zones: The facilities in the organization

must be categorized based on parameters such as the
sensitivity of information in the facility, roles of employees in
facilities, operational nature of facility, influx of visitors etc.
C 60
14.4.20. Access to restricted areas: Visitors requiring access to

restricted areas, in order to perform maintenance tasks or
activities must be accompanied by authorized personnel from
the concerned department at all times. A record of all
equipment being carried inside the facility must be maintained
along with equipment identification details. Similarly a record of
all equipment being carried outside the facility must be
recorded and allowed post validation and written consent from
employee concerned
C 61
RestrictedPage 52

Affairs
Ministry of Home
14.4.21. Visitor device management: Visitors must be instructed to

avoid carrying any personal computing devices or storage
devices inside facilities housing classified information, unless
written permission is obtained from the head of the department
14.4.22. Physical access auditing and review: All attempts of
physical access must be audited on a periodic basis
C 62
C 63
14.5. Physical security implementation guidelines

14.5.1.
Map and characteristics of physical facilities: The

IG 42
organization must appropriately position security and
monitoring measures commensurate with criticality of Physical
facilities, information and IT systems housed within these
facilities
a. Create map of facilities, their entry & exit points,
deployment of IT systems and people
b. Create list of authorized personnel, permitted to access
areas/ facility housing sensitive information systems/
devices, should be maintained at all entry points
c. Physical access to such areas/facility must be granted only
post verification of person as well as by user authentication
by use of smart cards, etc.
14.5.2.
Hazard assessment: The organization must undergo hazard IG 43

assessment at regular intervals to counter disasters or
accidents such as fire safety risk assessment, seismic safety
assessment, flood control assessment and other natural
calamities amongst others
14.5.3.
Hazard protection: The organization must deploy sufficient IG 44

tools, techniques, equipment etc., to deal with hazard.
Capability for detection, prevention and control measures such
as fire alarms, sprinklers, fire extinguishers, safety evacuation
plans, clear exit markings must be available in each facility
housing classified information
14.5.4.
Securing gateways: All entry and exit points to

IG 45
facilities/areas housing classified information in an organization
must have biometric access controls such as fingerprint
scanners or other similar gateway access control mechanisms
14.5.5.
Identity badges: The organization must issue photo identity IG 46

cards with additional security features such as smart chips to
employees for identification and entry to facilities
a. Appropriate measures must be undertaken to prevent
tailgating inside the organizations facility
14.5.6.
Entry of visitors & external service providers: The

organization should maintain records for visitor entry such as
name of visitor, time of visit, concerned person for visit,
RestrictedPage 53
IG 47

Affairs
Ministry of Home
purpose of visit, address of the visitor, phone number of the

visitor, ID proof presented, devices on-person etc.
a. Entry by visitors such as vendor support staff, maintenance
staff, project teams or other external parties, must not be
allowed unless accompanied by authorized staff
b. Authorized personnel permitted to enter the data center or
computer room must display their identification cards at all
instances
c. Visitor access record shall be kept and properly maintained
for audit purpose. The access records may include details
such as name and organisation of the person visiting,
signature of the visitor, date of access, time of entry and
departure, purpose of visit, etc.
d. The passage between the data center/computer room and
the data control office, if any, should not be publicly
accessible in order to avoid the taking away of material from
the data center/computer room without being noticed
14.5.7.
Visitor verification: Visitor entry must be permitted only if

IG 48
prior notification has been shared via email from the concerned
personnel.
a. Visitors must present a valid photo identification card,
preferably issued by the Government of India at the
reception, for verification
b. Visitors must always be escorted by the concerned person
into the designated meeting area in the facility
c. Visitors should be issued a temporary identity card that
identifies them as a visitor and must be returned to issuing
authority while leaving the premises after marking out time
in the visitors record
14.5.8.
Infrastructure protection:
IG 49
a. Power and telecommunication lines into information

processing facilities should be underground, where possible,
or subject to adequate alternative protection
b. Network cabling should be protected from unauthorized
interception or damage, for example by using conduit or by
avoiding routes through public areas
c. Power cables and switching centers should be segregated
from communication cables to prevent interference
14.5.9.
Guarding facility: Background checks of all private guards

IG 50
manning the facility should be conducted prior to employment/
deployment. Details such as address verification, criminal
records, past experience, references, family details, medical
RestrictedPage 54

Affairs
Ministry of Home
records must be maintained as a minimum

a. Ensure that background checks and credibility is established
prior to recruitment of guards. In- case guards are hired
from a third party organization a stringent process to verify
and establish credibility of the third-party organization must
also be undertaken
b. The organization must conduct regular trainings for security
guards to handle routine security operations as well as
security incidents, physical intrusions, awareness about new
storage devices, etc.
14.5.10. Vehicle entry: Adequate security measures should be adoptedIG 51
at vehicle entry, exit and parking areas such as deploying
physical barriers, manual inspection of vehicles, security
lighting, video surveillance, deploying adequate security guards
etc.
14.5.11. Correlation between physical and logical security:
IG 52
Physical security and logical security linkages must be created
a. Only approved personnel should have physical access to
facility housing systems or devices which enable physical or
logical access to sensitive data and systems. This includes
areas within the facility which house backup tapes, servers,
cables and communication systems etc.
b. Access controls should encompass areas containing system
hardware, network wiring, backup media, and any other
elements required for the systems operation
14.5.12. Monitoring & surveillance: The organization must establish IG 53
mechanism for 24/7 surveillance of all areas inside the physical
perimeter by use of technology such as security cameras (or
closed-circuit TV)
a. The organization must monitor the areas such as hosting
critical/sensitive systems and have video images recorded.
The recording of the camera should be retained for at least
a month for future review
b. Intruder detection systems can be considered to be installed
for areas hosting critical/sensitive systems
14.5.13. Disposal of equipment: Destruction and disposal of hard
IG 54
drives/ memory devices should be performed by techniques
such as removing magnets, hammering, burning, degaussing,
shredding, secure deletion etc.
a. Any equipment, being carried out of the facility for disposal,
must be authorized by the head of the department, under
whom the equipment was deployed as well as the
RestrictedPage 55

Affairs
Ministry of Home
concerned representative of the information security team

14.5.14. Protection of information assets and systems: Physical IG 55
access to information assets and systems must be governed by
employing techniques such as biometric access, smart cards,
passwords etc.
14.5.15. Authorization for change: Any modification or changes to IG 56
the physical security layout/ established procedure must be
done post documented approval of concerned authority in the
security team/ Head of the department
14.5.16. Inactivity timeout: All information systems should be
IG 57
configured to automatically lock the computer system after 10
minutes of inactivity
14.5.17. Protection of access keys: : All access keys, cards,
IG 58
passwords, etc. for entry to any of the information systems and
networks shall be physically secured or subject to well-defined
and strictly enforced security procedures
a. Maintain a record of all physical access keys by capturing
details such as serial number, card ID
b. Create a mapping of physical cards issued with details of
person authorized to use the same
c. Establish governance and audit procedures to manage issue
of all physical access cards and eventual return to
concerned authority on employee departure or revocation of
access rights of individual authorized to access using
physical cards
14.5.18. Shoulder surfing: Information systems containing classified
information should be secured, to avoid shoulder surfing, by
deploying privacy filter, positioning the systems to reduce
chances of unauthorized viewing
IG 59
14.5.19. Categorization of zones: The facility should be categorized IG 60

as follows:
a. Public zone: where the public has unimpeded access and
generally surrounds or forms part of a government facility.
Examples: the grounds surrounding a building, or public
corridors and elevator lobbies in multiple occupancy
buildings
b. Reception zone: where the transition from a public zone to
a restricted-access area is demarcated and controlled. It is
typically located at the entry to the facility where initial
contact between visitors and the department occurs; this
can include such spaces as places where services are
provided and information is exchanged. Access by visitors
RestrictedPage 56

Affairs
Ministry of Home
may be limited to specific times of the day or for specific

reasons
c. Operations zone: an area where access is limited to
personnel who work there and to properly-escorted visitors;
it must be indicated by a recognizable perimeter and
monitored continuously. Examples: typical open office
space, or typical electrical room
d. Security zone: area to which access is limited to
authorized personnel, and to authorized and properlyescorted visitors; it must be indicated by a recognizable
perimeter and monitored continuously. Example: an area
where secret information is processed or stored
e. High security zone: an area to which access is limited to
authorized, appropriately-screened personnel and
authorized and properly-escorted visitors; it must be
indicated by a perimeter built to the specifications,
monitored continuously and be an area to which details of
access are recorded and audited. Example: an area where
high-value assets are handled by selected personnel
14.5.20. Access to restricted areas: Visitors requiring access to
IG 61
restricted areas must be accompanied by authorized personnel.
Visitor details such as name of the visitor, time of visit, purpose
of visit, serial number of the equipment (if being carried), name
of authorized person, signature of authorized person etc. must
be maintained by the security personnel responsible for the
area/facility
a. In case, any equipment is being carried out by the visitor,
appropriate written authorization granted by the head of the
department/ concerned official must be presented to
security personnel
b. An inventory of all equipment taken out of the facility should
be maintained. Details such as equipment name, serial
number, model number, department/ owner, name of
approver etc. must be maintained
c. The information security team must co-authorize the
removal of equipment from its deployment site
14.5.21. Visitor device management: Visitors must not be allowed to IG 62
carry personal computing or storage devices such as USB,
laptop, hard drive, CD/DVD etc. unless written permission is
obtained from head of department.
a. Wearable devices: Visitors must be prohibited from carrying
any wearable computing and processing devices such as
smart watchs, glass or similar equipment
RestrictedPage 57

Affairs
Ministry of Home
b. All visitors and Third parties authorized to carry information

processing equipment (like Laptops, Ultra books, PDAs) or
Media (like Mobile phones with cameras, DVD/CDs,
Tapes, Removable storage), shall be asked to declare
such assets. They will be issued a returnable gate pass
containing the date, time of entry and departure along
the type of equipment and its serial number, if
applicable. The same shall also be recorded in a register at
the security gate.
c. Equipment like laptops, hard disks, tape drives, camera
mobile phones, etc. shall not be allowed inside the
restricted areas, shared services area, etc. unless authorized
by the concerned authority
14.5.22. Physical access auditing and review: All attempts of
IG 63
physical access must be captured in logs and audited for illegal
access attempts, number of access attempts, period of access,
facilities visited etc. The following steps should be undertaken
a.
b.
Enabling and collecting logs physical devices

Writing rules to correlate logs to identify physical security
incidents
c.
Integrating physical security logs with logical security logs
d.
Integrating physical security with SIEM solutions
e.
Real time monitoring of physical security logs for classified

information
RestrictedPage 58

Affairs
14.
Ministry of Home
Application security
15.1. Background
15.1.1.
Application portfolios of organizations are becoming increasingly
complex with a mix of legacy applications, addition of new applications,
deployment of enterprise packaged applications and adoption of
externally provisioned applications. Each of these applications and their
modules provide means of achieving a certain set of organizations
objectives. These variations at various fronts expose information to a
larger threat landscape
15.1.2.
Protecting applications against attacks simply by defending the
perimeter with firewalls and network traffic encryption has proven to be
insufficient. To address the risks at application layer, several technology
and tactical measures have emerged that have helped the evolution of
application security as an important discipline in itself. The application
itself should build in additional security measures, depending on the
vulnerability of the system and the sensitivity of the data it is dealing with
15.2. Relevance of discipline to information security

15.2.1. As most information, both for operational and governance operations, is
processed and transacted through applications, it becomes important to
secure applications throughout their lifecycle
15.2.2. Information of the organization may be compromised or exposed if
applications are not securely designed, developed, tested, configured and
deployed
15.2.3. Inadequate visibility over how applications handle information; inadequate
effort and resources deployed for application security; and lack of key
application security capabilities endanger security of information
15.2.4. Applications liberate access to information and information systems,
providing multiple avenues for internal as well as external users to connect
and perform their respective tasks. However, they provide opportunities to
attackers or introduce security threats which may help attackers penetrate
into information systems
15.2.5. Applications are undergoing continuous innovation, several architectural
ideas and platforms are under evolution and numerous have already been
deployed. New ways of managing and setting up sessions are being
implemented and transaction processing is undergoing change with
respect to the way information is handled. This makes applications
vulnerable to many new types of attacks
15.3. Application security guidelines

15.3.1.
Application security process: The organization must

establish application security processes to ensure all tasks
performed for securing applications are done in a standardized
manner
RestrictedPage 59
G 27

Affairs
Ministry of Home
15.3.2.
Application design: The organization must ensure that the

system specification and design phase should incorporate
necessary and relevant practices for application security
G 28
15.3.3.
Application threat management: The organization must

ensure a threat model is built, and threat mitigation measures
are present in all design and functional specifications by
analyzing high-risk entry points and data in the application
G 29
15.3.4.
Application security testing: The organization must have a

plan for testing applications for identifying vulnerabilities and
weaknesses
G 30
15.3.5.
Data management: Information owners must evaluate the

sensitivity of their data and define associated parameters for
securing information
G 31
15.3.6.
Application lifecycle management: The organization must

ensure that appropriate security measures such as version
control mechanism and separation of environments for
development, system testing, acceptance testing, and live
operation are adhered with
G 32
15.3.7.
Application vulnerability intelligence: The organization

must ensure that it compiles information around application
vulnerabilities, exposures and weaknesses. The information
should be compiled from both internal and external sources
G 33
15.3.8.
Application security governance: The organization must

deploy a governance mechanism to ensure that the security
issues of applications are timely identified, analyzed and
remediated
G 34
15.4. Application security controls

15.4.1.
Application security process: The organization must ensure

that documentation and listing of applications is properly
maintained and relevant personnel are tasked with dedicated
responsibilities for application security
C 64
15.4.2.
Application security architecture: The organization must

ensure that application security is considered during the design
of application
C 65
a. Application security controls should be planned in early

stages of the development rather than post deployment
15.4.3. Application user authentication: User authentication by the
application must be managed in a standardized manner
C 66
15.4.4. Secure configuration: Ensure that the application and

system are properly and securely configured, including turning
off all unused services and setting security configurations as
per policy
C 67
a. Installation audit and control: The organization must

audit and control the installation of all computer equipment
and software
15.4.5. Ports & services: Ensure that unused or less commonly used
services, protocols, ports, and functions are disabled to reduce
RestrictedPage 60
C 68

Affairs
Ministry of Home
the surface area of attack

15.4.6.
Session management: The organization must ensure that

applications have proper and secure session management to
protect the sessions from unauthorized access, modification or
hijacking
15.4.7. Input validation: The organization must ensure that strict

validation is applied to all input of the application such that any
unexpected input, e.g. overly long input, incorrect data type
are handled properly and would not introduce a exploitable
vulnerability into the application
C 69
C 70
a. Ensure that security mechanisms are designed to reject

further code execution if application failure occurs
15.4.8. Error handling: The organization must ensure that error
handling by applications should not provide system information
or become reason for denying service, impairing system or
leading to a system crash
C 71
15.4.9. Application security testing: The organization must test

applications to know their strength against contemporary
security threats
C 72
a. Security testing schedule for the applications must be

defined considering their criticality and sensitivity
b. Testing requirements, testing types, and frequency of
testing should be defined for the applications
15.4.10. Code review: For sensitive applications, the source code must
be reviewed for evaluating vulnerabilities. Code review should
be done while new application is being developed or any
significant changes are under progress
C 73
15.4.11. Black box testing: Application security testing, vulnerability

assessment and penetration testing, should be performed at a
frequency determined by sensitivity of the information handled
by applications
C 74
15.4.12.
Data handling: The organization must ensure that

applications handle data in a secure manner
C 75
15.4.13.
Least privileges: The organization must ensure that

applications are designed to run with least amount of system
privileges necessary to perform their tasks
C 76
15.4.14.
Segregation of duties: The organization must ensure that

the practice of segregation of duties is followed in such a way
that critical functions are divided into steps among different
individuals to prevent a single individual from subverting a
critical process
C 77
15.4.15.
Secure Software Development Life-Cycle (SDLC)

processes: The organization must ensure that security is
considered at different stages of application development
,deployment and maintenance such as application
conceptualization, requirement definition, architecture
planning, development, testing, deployment, operation and
C 78
RestrictedPage 61

Affairs
Ministry of Home
continuous improvement
15.4.16.
Application change control: The organization must develop

a change control procedure for requesting and approving
application/system changes. All change activity must be
documented
C 79
15.4.17.
Application vulnerability intelligence: Ensure that

application threat management incorporates knowledge about
vulnerabilities from both internal as well as external
intelligence sources
C 80
C 81
15.4.18. Application logs & monitoring: Ensure that applications

have the capability of generating logs of exceptions, error or
other instances which impact security
15.5. Application security implementation guidelines

15.5.1.
Application security process: The organization must

IG 64
maintain an updated document containing the list of authorized
applications, their usage, custodian(s) assigned to each
application, level of criticality, version implemented, Number of
installed instances, application license details etc.
a. Specific personnel must be entrusted with the task of
application security, who should be accountable for defining
and enforcing enterprise level standards and guidelines for
application security
b. The application security process should specify tasks and
activities required to be performed for application security
c. The process should drive and guide other organizational
functions such as operations, application development and
maintenance and infrastructure management for the purpose
of application security
15.5.2.
Application security architecture: For applications

developed in-house or sourced from a third party vendor, the
organization must ensure that secure coding principles are
adhered to.
IG 65
a. The web software applications must be developed as per

secure coding guidelines such as the Open Web Application
Security Project (OWASP) guidelines
b. Methods such as threat modeling, data flow, risk assessment
etc. should be deployed to understand the threat exposure of
an application
c. Application interactions, data handling, session
management, processing of transactions, authentication,
authorizations, etc. should be planned in early stages
d. The applications must not have hardcoded passwords to
connect to other databases and start services
e. There must be application security standards developed and
all applications must be subjected to those during the time of
induction or during any major change release
RestrictedPage 62

Affairs
15.5.3.
Ministry of Home
Application user authentication: Ensure applications

integrate with central authentication systems to authenticate
users
IG 66
a. Authorization of users should be based on centralized

system rather than at an individual application level.
Application may be integrated with central authentication
system such as active directory
b. Authorization and access to resources should be based
role, affiliation and membership of group rather than
individual basis
c. Periodic review of authorization should be performed
15.5.4.
Secure configuration: Ensure that applications are securely

configured through use of secure protocols and services and
measures such as implementing encrypted storage of data,
using strong password for administrative access of application
amongst others
IG 67
a. Perform installation security audit prior to production launch

and post major changes to the system
15.5.5.
Ports & services: The organization must identify ports,

IG 68
protocols and services required to carry out daily operations of
application and restrict or block all others, including all non-IP
based and unencrypted protocols, in addition to removing
unnecessary content such as server banners, help databases,
online software manuals, default or sample files etc.
15.5.6. Session management: Ensure that applications have secure IG 69

session management to protect the sessions from unauthorized
access, modification or hijacking
a. Protection measures include generating unpredictable
session identifiers, limiting the session lifetime, applying
appropriate logout function and idle session timeout, and
filtering invalid sessions
b. Ensure that sessions established by applications are secured
by using appropriate encryption technologies, especially
when sensitive information is transferred using HTTPS/TLS
protocols
c. Ensuring encrypting sensitive session contents using
protocols such as S/MIME
15.5.7. Input validation: Ensure applications validate input properly
and restrictively, allowing only those types of input that are
known to be correct. Examples include, but are not limited to,
cross-site scripting, buffer overflow errors, and injection flaws
amongst others
IG 70
a. Organization should ensure that applications validate the

data on the server-side and not on client-side
15.5.8.
Error handling: Ensure applications execute proper error

IG 71
handling so that errors will not provide detailed system
information, deny service, impair security mechanisms, or crash
RestrictedPage 63

Affairs
Ministry of Home
the system
a. Ensure that the application will provide meaningful error
message that is helpful to the user or the support staff
b. Ensure that errors are detected, reported, and handled
properly
c. Error messages shouldnt reveal much information
d. No debug message for errors, no debugging in application
itself
e. Application safe mode for occurrence of unexpected instance
15.5.9.
Application security testing: Ensure comprehensive securityIG 72

testing of applications in its lifecycle. The testing may be
performed either in-house or in government approved labs :
a. Applications should be subjected to rigorous application
security testing and risk assessment since the beginning of
design phase
b. Application security testing process must be coordinated with
and approved by authorized individuals in an organization
c. Vulnerability scans should be performed whenever there are
developer changes to application code or configuration
d. Daily vulnerability scanning for sensitive applications
e. All security flaws should be prioritized, and fixed prior to the
release of the application
f.
Flaws discovered in applications that are already released

must be assessed to determine whether there is a
low/medium/high level of exposure due to the following
factors:
i. The likelihood that the security flaw would be exposed
ii. The impact on information security, integrity and
application availability
iii. The level of access that would be required to exploit the
security flaw
g. Automated escalation workflow of resolving application

security flaws
h. Emergency procedures for addressing security flaws must be
defined and documented prior to production deployment.
Methods such as limiting application use, blocking access,
temporarily blocking some parts of applications must be
used amongst others
15.5.10.
Code review: The organization must conduct code-level

security reviews with professionally trained personnel for all
applications along with document details of actions performed
a. Perform source code review to identify security bugs
overlooked during development stage. It may focus on input
validation, information leakage, improper error handling,
object reference, resource usages, and weak session
RestrictedPage 64
IG 73

Affairs
Ministry of Home
management
b. Organization should consider reviewing the source code of
the application for vulnerabilities with the help of
government approved labs or organizations such as DRDO
c. Code review by automated code review tools
d. Combination of automated tool and manual skills for code
review
15.5.11.
Black-Box Testing: Ensure specification based testing is

performed, to assure that defined input will produce actual
results that agree with required results documented in the
application development specifications
IG 74
a. Periodic application penetration testing must be performed

b. Quarterly for sensitive application
c. Vulnerabilities identified should be resolved on priority based
on the criticality of the underlying information impacted
d. For sensitive applications, critical vulnerability must be
resolved within 3 days of detection
15.5.12. Data handling: The organization must ensure that applicationsIG 75
handle data securely, by use of:
a. Security measures based on classification of data
b. AES 128 bit encryption for the classification level of secret
c. AES 256 bit encryption for storage for the classification level
of top secret
d. Auditing of each instance of data access
15.5.13. Least privileges: User privileges and rights to use an
application must be configured using the principle of least
functionality with all unnecessary services or components
removed or restricted
IG 76
a. Ensure that end-user account only has the least privilege to

access those functions that they are authorized, and the
account has restricted access to backend database, or to run
SQL or other OS commands
b. Restrict access to application and web server system or
configuration files
15.5.14. Segregation of duties: The organization must ensure that no IG 77
employee handles more than one critical function and avoid
execution of all security functions of an information system by a
single individual. Functions such as custody of assets, record
keeping, authorization, reconciliation etc. should be allocated to
different individuals
a. The access rights shall be kept to the minimum and
authorized by the application owner
b. Ensure that proper access control is implemented to enforce
the privileges and access rights of the users
RestrictedPage 65

Affairs
Ministry of Home
15.5.15. Secure Software Development Life-Cycle (SDLC)

IG 78
processes: The organization must incorporate security at each
level of software development lifecycle such as during
development, deployment and maintenance of application etc.
to limit inclusion of threats or vulnerabilities
a. SDLC processes such as change management, release
management, test management, backlog management
should incorporate security
b. Security responsibility of SDLC roles such as change
manager, release management, engineering support,
platform manager must be defined
c. SDLC infrastructure such as development, test, build,
integration and pilot environments must be segregated
d. Security testing must be incorporated in each stage of SDLC
15.5.16. Application change control: The organizations must
IG 79
implement and maintain a change management process to track
and monitor activity related with changes to existing software
applications
a. Activity such as application maintenance, installation of
critical changes, review of changes and post testing,
responsibility of changes, documenting change requests
amongst others must be documented with relevant details
b. Each significant change in application must be approved ISSC
15.5.17. Application vulnerability intelligence: Ensure that a
mechanism exists to manage the application security specific
information
IG 80
a. Sources of information
i.
Internal sources: historical vulnerability trend of

application, vulnerability scans and penetration testing
results
ii.
External sources: vulnerability databases, exploit &

threat databases, vendor alerts and third party
penetration testers
b. Diligent integration of intelligence in application threat

management process
15.5.18.
Application logs & monitoring: Exceptions which are thrown IG 81

by the application such as a warning or as a validation error
should be logged for monitoring and incident management
a. The log generation should adhere to the standard process so
that it can be integrated with monitoring and incident
management mechanism
b. Enable web server log and transactions log
c. Ensure implementation of web application firewalls
d. Log monitoring at periodic interval
e. Daily log monitoring for application processing secret
information
f. Real time monitoring for application processing top secret
RestrictedPage 66

Affairs
Ministry of Home
information
g. Integration of application log monitoring with SIEM solution
h. Application security dashboard
RestrictedPage 67

Affairs
15.
Ministry of Home
Data security
16.1. Background
16.1.1.
Increasing complexity of data access due to multiplicity of platforms
leads to multiple leakage scenarios while data is being created, accessed
and utilized
16.1.2.
Network, server systems, endpoints, applications, physical
environments, and communication channels are involved in the execution
of a data transaction. These elements contribute to the security posture of
data
16.1.3. Value associated with data collected by an organization is increasing
phenomenally, attracting attention of adversaries and attackers
16.1.4. Security threats are becoming more organized and targeted, reaping
immense benefits out of data compromises. This has led to the increasing
concentration of these threats at the data layer

16.2.1. Without classification of information, it will be difficult to sensitize
services, processes and functions towards importance of information
16.2.2. Secondly, it will misalign measures planned for security. Critical
information may not get the desired level of protection
16.2.3.
Without labeling of information, criticality of information may not be
recognized and may not invoke the corresponding actions for protection
16.2.4.
Lack of prior knowledge about potential data leakage scenarios will
lead to inadequate threat mitigation measures
16.2.5.
There have been increasing instances of cyber espionage, where
there have been concentrated and targeted efforts on attacking the data
resulting in data breaches, which attracts a high level of media attentions.
Organization should ensure that the weaknesses leading to data leakages
are addressed in a timely manner
16.3. Data security guidelines

16.3.1.
Information discovery, identification & classification:

The organization must continually ascertain the information
being created, accessed, received, processed, stored and
shared
G 35
Identification & classification: Prior to determining security

measures, the information to be protected needs to be
identified and classified. For information classification norms,
refer section 7.1
16.3.2.
Cryptography & encryption: Ensure that proportionate

encryption protection is applied to protect sensitive information
G 36
16.3.3.
Key management: The organization must retain control over

the encryption keys while allowing efficient and effective
G 37
RestrictedPage 68

Affairs
Ministry of Home
encryption operations
16.3.4.
Information leakage prevention: The organization must

establish procedures to protect classified information from
unauthorized access or unintended disclosure, by identifying
possibilities of data breach. Appropriate data backup and data
leakage prevention methodologies, to monitor and protect
classified information while at rest in storage, in use at
endpoint, or in transit with external communications must be
implemented
G 38
16.3.5.
Information access rights: The organization must establish

appropriate procedures to govern access rights of users to
access information systems and assets; establish process for
creation of identities; establish process for defining user
privileges and devise mechanisms to understand how access to
information is provided
G 39
16.3.6.
Third party access: The organizations must set up norms for

third parties, which will be involved in the processing of
information and seek the desired level of assurance from thirdparties, for security of information available with them
G 40
16.3.7.
Monitoring & review: The organizations must monitor the

instances of access of information. Activity logs must be
enabled to help in review of information usage and handling
G 41
16.3.8.
Breach management & corrective action: The

organizations must have proactive measures to identify, notify,
remediate and manage breach of information (refer section 19)
G 42
a. Any breach of classified information should be reported to

relevant agencies such as CERT-In , NCIIPC and any such
agency duly notified by the Government of India
16.4. Data Security Controls

16.4.1.
Data discovery: The organization must establish a process of

discovering information that is created, received, accessed and
shared
C 82
16.4.2.
Data classification: The organization must enforce the

information classification across all processes, functions and
operations
C 83
a. Establish easily accessible data classification guidelines,

with proactive contextual help to bring data consciousness
in the organizations operations
b. Information labeling should be strictly adhered
c. Integrate information identification and classification in the
organizations operational life cycle
d. Automated tool for classification and labeling information
16.4.3.
Cryptography & encryption: The organization must use

encryption techniques to protect the data and enforce
confidentiality during transmission and storage. Several
methods exist for encryption of files such as encryption feature
on external hardware device, secret key encryption, and public
RestrictedPage 69
C 84

Affairs
Ministry of Home
key encryption
a. SAG (Scientific Analysis Group) approved encryption should
be used for secret and top secret classification levels.
16.4.4.
Key management: Encryption key must be managed securely

and governed by a documented key management process. For
sensitive networks, Cryptographic keys for the systems must be
obtained from Joint Cipher Bureau (JCB)
C 85
16.4.5.
Data-at-rest: The organization must implement appropriate

capability to protect all data storage including backup files
C 86
16.4.6.
Data-masking: The organization must use data masking

techniques while provisioning access to application interfaces
and providing data for testing
C 87
Database management: The organization must incorporate

security considerations in database management and
administration. Access to database management should be
governed as per organizations policy
C 88
16.4.7.
16.4.8. Public mail and collaboration tools: The organization must

ensure that access to public mail and collaboration tools such
as instant messaging should be restricted
C 89
16.4.9. External media and printing devices: The organization

should prohibit use of external media such as USB memory,
external HD, mobile storage where classified information is
handled
C 90
a. The organization must enable security feature on printing

devices
16.4.10. Preventing loss of information: The organization must
ensure that the loss of information is prevented
C 91
16.4.11. Backup: The organization must ensure that backup copies

should be maintained for all operational data to enable
reconstruction should they be inadvertently destroyed or lost
C 92
16.4.12. Data retention and disposal: The organization must

implement data retention and disposal policy, considering laws,
regulations and guidelines regarding the storage of data:
C 93
a. Limit data storage for the time required as per applicable

policy, law or regulation etc.
b. Deploy/ devise system to delete and purge data beyond that
its storage date
c. Classified and personal data must be erased before any ICT
asset such as media, computer system and electronic office
equipment etc. are to be transferred or disposed
d. Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) regarding transfer and
disposal of Information media should be maintained
e. Encryption modules / memory modules / chips having cipher
related data in the embedded device, if any, should be
removed and destroyed beyond recovery
RestrictedPage 70

Affairs
Ministry of Home
16.4.13. Third party access: Access to third parties systems and

persons must be granted and governed by predestinated
policies and procedures
C 94
16.4.14. Monitoring & review: The organization must have

mechanism to monitor and review access, use and share of
information at the predetermined level
C 95
16.4.15. Breach management: The organization must respond to

security compromises, incidents and breaches in predicable
and responsive manner.
C 96
RestrictedPage 71

Affairs
Ministry of Home
16.5. Data security implementation guidelines

16.5.1.
Data discovery: The organization must deploy a process and

techniques for discovering data generated, received, accessed
and shared
IG 82
a. Scanning all projects, processes and functions

b. Scanning all applications, endpoint systems, servers and
network storages
c. Scanning connections, emails, and collaboration tools
d. Deployment of data discovery tools
16.5.2.
Data classification: Ensure classification of data based on its

level of criticality and the impact to the organization and on
internal and national security of the nation, should that data be
disclosed, altered or destroyed without authorization. The
organization must enforce the information classification as per
Section 7, across all processes, functions and operations.
IG 83
a. Implement a mechanism that helps identify the information,

classify and report it
b. Information without any security classification should also
be protected at-least on par with restricted information
16.5.3.
Cryptography and encryption: The organization must use

encryption techniques to protect the data and enforce
confidentiality during transmission and storage
IG 84
a. For data at rest, the organization should use secure

encryption methodologies such as AES (128 bits or higher)
b. To avoid data tampering during transmission and to
establish authenticity of source or origin of data,
cryptographic and hashing algorithms such as SHA -2 should
be applied while using digital signature. Passwords that are
used for authentication or administration should be hashed
or encrypted in storage
c.
Passwords that are used for authentication or

administration should be hashed or encrypted in storage
d. In cases where the information asset or system is reachable

via web interface, web traffic must be transmitted over
Secure Sockets Layer (SSL), using only strong security
protocols, such as SSLv3, Transport Layer Security (TLS 1.2
or higher)
e. SAG (Scientific Analysis Group) approved encryption
algorithms must be used for secret and top secret
classification
16.5.4.
Key management: Ensure key management process is

documented and includes key distribution plan which must
describe circumstances under which key management
components are encrypted or decrypted, their physical form
such as electronic, optical disk, paper etc.
a. Central key management function, however the execution
RestrictedPage 72
IG 85

Affairs
Ministry of Home
should be distributed to ensure to avoid single point of

failure
b. It should support multiple encryption standards
c. Centralize user profiles for authentication and access keys.
Users must be assigned and issued credentials to provide
access to encryption resources
d. Ensure extensive logging of operational instances of key
management function Restrict access to cryptographic keys
to the fewest number of custodians
e. Keys should be distributed securely
f.
Periodic key changes should be implemented at the end of

their crypto- period
g. Ensure one key management solution for field, file and

database management
h. For sensitive networks, Cryptographic keys for the systems
must be obtained from Joint Cipher Bureau (JCB)
i.
Ensure to support to third party integration should be

restricted for Secret and Top Secret unless it is required
j.
Ensure that keys must be stored securely inside

cryptographic hardware and encrypted using master key
etc.
k. Proper SOP must be placed for outlining Key Management

during:
Day-to-day operations
Emergency circumstance
l. In the event of key compromise

16.5.5.
Data-at-rest: The organization must:
IG 86
a. Implement segmentation to secure access paths to storage

containing classified data
b. Enforce strict access control on the file systems of the
storage devices in the storage network
c. Data should be protected as it is in active use as well as
when it is archived to external storage devices/ media by
use of encrypted storage
d. For sensitive data, a suitable a full-disk encryption may be
deployed
16.5.6.
Data masking: Ensure use of data masking techniques such

as randomization, blurring, nulling, shuffling, substitution
amongst others while provisioning access to data
IG 87
16.5.7.
Database Management: The following must be implemented

for database management
IG 88
a. Access to database must be restricted to authorized users

b. Sensitive fields must be encrypted in databases
RestrictedPage 73

Affairs
Ministry of Home
c. Instances of database accesses must be logged and

activities of database administrator must be recorded
d. Database administration credentials must be protected from
unauthorized access
e. A mechanism for real time monitoring of databases
16.5.8.
Public mail and collaboration tools: The following must be

implemented for securing public mail and collaboration tools
IG 89
a. Information systems containing classified information

marked top secret should not be connected with the Internet
b. Public mail such as gmail, yahoo etc. should strictly not be
used for official purposes or official communication. Access
to public mails from official systems should be prohibited,
unless approved the head of the department, for limited
personal use.
c. Files and messages transferred from public mails should be
monitored using capabilities such as Data Loss Prevention
(DLP)
d. Official collaboration tools such as inter office chat facility
should prohibit transfer of classified files and data, using
such services. Public chat applications/ web portals should
be strictly prohibited on official information systems or
assets
16.5.9.
External media & printing devices:
IG 90
a. External storage media (e.g., USB memory devices/readers,

removable hard drives, SD, CompactFlash, flash drives, key
drives, rewritable DVDs, and floppy disks) should not be
allowed to be connected with official information systems or
assets.
b. The organization must implement appropriate detection
capability and take necessary corrective action to thwart
instances of unauthorized attempts to use such media.
c. All endpoint devices allocated to users must have their USB
ports disabled, unless authorized for use by head of
department due to operational requirements
d. User authentication such as PIN, smart card, user password
for printing information
e. The printing devices must be configured to remove spooled
files and other temporary data using a secure overwrite, or
device storage for data processing must be encrypted
f.
All printing devices must be allocated a static IP address
g. Enable secure network protocols and services (e.g. IPsec or

Secure Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)) to prevent
unauthorized network interception
16.5.10. Preventing loss of information: External storage media
used for official purposes should be encrypted prior to use
a. Classified information shall not be stored in privately-owned
RestrictedPage 74
IG 91

Affairs
Ministry of Home
information processing equipment, mobile devices or

removable media, unless authorized by head of department.
Top secret or secret information must not be processed in
privately-owned computers or mobile devices in any case
b. External connections from information systems and assets
should be restricted for information exchange and
transmission
c. External connections from information systems and assets
should be restricted & monitored for information exchange
and transmission
d.
Email exchanges should be evaluated to build visibility over

what information is leaving the organization
e.
Activity on information systems should be monitored for

information exchange and transmission
f. Classified information meant for internal use only, should be

prevented from transmission
16.5.11. Backup: The backup copies should be taken at regular
intervals such that recovery to the most up-to-date state is
possible
IG 92
a. Backup activities must be reviewed and tested for integrity

on a periodic basis. Hash signature of the backup data must
be maintained to verify the integrity of data at the time of
restoration
b. Backup should be properly labelled as per the classification
of data stored. Backup labels should also indicate the exact
date and time of backup creation as well as the name/type
of system from which backup has been created
c. Copies of backup media and records should be stored at
safe and secure location where they may be recovered/
reconstructed in case of disaster at the original location
d. Adequate and strong encryption methodology such as AES
(256 bit) must be deployed for backup of data at the
operations and recovery center
e. Backup media disposal should be in accordance with asset
destruction controls
f.
16.5.12.
Backup may be extracted as per daily schedule, weekly

schedule, monthly schedule, quarterly schedule etc. Backup
data of atleast the last 5 cycles should be maintained at a
minimum
Data retention & disposal: Data erasure from storage

devices must be done prior to its transfer or destruction from
storage devices using secure technologies such as degaussing
or overwriting disks and tapes etc. obsolete storage devices
must be physically destroyed
a. All media must be checked to ensure secure deletion of
information and data prior to transfer or destruction
b. The organizations must ensure that all ICT assets are
RestrictedPage 75
IG 93

Affairs
Ministry of Home
securely disposed of by authorized users when they are no

longer required by physically destroying the ICT assets, to
ensure that no information can be retrieved
c. Asset transfer or destruction decisions, and the reasons for
taking them, must be documented. Record of all ICT assets
transferred or destroyed must be maintained with an officer
of appropriate level of authority
d. Periodic audit should be in place to verify the storage media
disposal process
e. Obsolete ICT equipment such as laptops, desktops and other
computing devices must only be allowed outside the
organizations premises post secure deletion of data
f. 2 years retention of data from the levels of top secret to
restricted after active use. The retention period is subject to
respective regulatory requirements
16.5.13. Third party access: Ensure that third party access to
information is restricted and governed
IG 94
a. Block access to third party systems and persona unless it is

required
b. Ensure the security provisions are incorporated into the
contract
c. Ensure background verification and security clearance of
external people before providing the access
d. Establish a mechanism for seeking assurance from third
party organizations
e. Restrict access to public emails, writing material and mobile
phone in the premises of third party accessing information
16.5.14. Monitoring & review: The organization must deploy a process
for monitoring use and access of information
IG 95
a. Each instance of access to information is logged

b. Access of fields, files and databases is recorded and logged
c. Activity of database monitored
d. Behavior of people and systems access data is closely
tracked
e. Logs are reviewed frequently
f.
Logs of reviewed on real time basis for sensitive information
g. Integration with SIEM solution

h. Dashboard of data security
16.5.15. Breach management: The organization must ensure that
each security, incident or breach generates desired level of
attention to resolve in a timely manner
a. Mechanism to identify or recognize security incident
b. Define type of incidents and their respective severity
RestrictedPage 76
IG 96

Affairs
Ministry of Home
c. Escalation matrix for each type of incident

d. Establish remediation workflow
e. Automated tool and technology for incident management
like SIEM
f.
Process to notify the breaches to authorities like CERT-In,

NCIIPC, etc
RestrictedPage 77

Affairs
Ministry of Home
16. Personnel security

17.1. Background
17.1.1. Insider threat has been a large contributor towards a number of security
incidents faced by organizations. Additionally, the sourcing patterns of an
organization are increasingly dependent on external service providers, for
bridging gaps in their skills and competence, saving costs, augmenting
capabilities to improve scalability and for making operations lean and
efficient
17.1.2. However, granting access to organizations information assets and
systems to third-party service providers (TPSPs) increases the security
risk. As employees and third parties have access to confidential
information during their tenure of employment it is crucial that greater
emphasis be given to securing threats originating from human resources
17.1.3.
The organization may have robust security framework; however,
the third party may not have a similar framework, thus placing the
information at risk of compromise or theft. The third party may become the
weakest link in the security ecosystem of the organization

17.2.1. Personnel are owners, custodian or users of information assets and
systems. Lack of data about these personnel, who may be either
employees or third parties, will lead to inadequate protection of these
assets and systems from a security standpoint
17.2.2. As processes and sub processes continue to be outsourced or managed by
third party personnel, it is important to keep track of information and data
they have access to. All vendors, third parties, consultants etc. should be
contractually liable to implement and follow security best practices for
personnel security, understanding the applicable legal and regulatory
compliances, assessment of the sensitivity of information and formulation
of robust contractual agreements
17.2.3. Without the knowledge over how and what employees access, it will be
difficult to assess risk posed to information and IT systems by employee
actions
17.2.4. Without training and awareness, employees may not be aware of the
security implications of their actions, resulting in unintentional loss
17.2.5. Third party environment and employees may not be sensitive to the
specific security requirements of the organization. If coverage of the
personnel security does not extend to them, it will be difficult to get the
desired level of assurance
17.3. Personnel security guidelines

17.3.1.
Awareness & training: The organization must develop an

appropriate information security awareness and training
program for all personnel. All adequate tools and systems to
RestrictedPage 78
G 43

Affairs
Ministry of Home
support such training programs should be made available by

the organization
17.3.2.
Employee verification: The organization must conduct

background checks or security clearance as part of its
employee hiring process
G 44
17.3.3.
Authorizing access to third parties: The organization must

develop and document a process for authorizing physical and
logical access to third parties for organization owned
information assets and systems
G 45
17.3.4.
Record of authorized users: The organization should

maintain an updated record of all users granted access to each
information asset and system
G 46
17.3.5.
Acceptable usage policy: The organization must develop an

acceptable usage policy for all information assets and systems
including Web and email resources provided to employees,
amongst others
G 47
17.3.6.
Monitoring and review: The organization must implement

appropriate monitoring tools and technology to track
compliance of personnel with organizations policies
G 48
17.3.7.
Limiting exposure of information: The organizations must

ensure that coverage of personnel security program limits the
exposure of information to unintended recipients, parties or
organizations
G 49
17.4. Personnel security controls

17.4.1. Training and Awareness: The organization must ensure that C 97
role based training is provided to all personnel within the
organization to familiarize them with their roles and
responsibilities in order to support security requirements. The
organization must ensure that information security awareness
and training includes the following:
a. Purpose of the training or awareness program
b. Reporting any suspected compromises or anomalies
c. Escalation matrix for reporting security incidents
d. Fair usage policy for organizations assets and systems
e. Best practices for the security of accounts
f.
Authorization requirements for applications, databases and

data
g. Classifying, marking, controlling, storing and sanitizing

media
h. Best practices and regulations governing the secure
operation and authorized use of systems
17.4.2. Employee verification: The organization must ensure
appropriate verification such as background checks are
performed for employees and personnel of TPSP(s) before
providing access to classified information
RestrictedPage 79
C 98

Affairs
Ministry of Home
a. The organization must conduct pre-employment verification

through authorized/competent agency
17.4.3. Authorizing access to third parties: The organization must C 99
identify individuals representing third party organizations such
as consultants, contractors, or any other individuals who
require authorized access to the organizational information and
information system
a. Access to information and information systems by
employees of external / Third Party Service Provider(s)
(TPSP) should only be allowed after due verification (which
should be repeated after specific intervals), and such access
should occur under supervision of relevant authority
b. Under no circumstances shall third party vendors or partner
be allowed unmonitored access to the organizations
information or information systems
17.4.4. Acceptable use policies: Ensure that the policies for
acceptable use are established for secure usage of
organizations resources such as email, internet, systems,
networks, applications and files amongst others
C 100
17.4.5. Disciplinary processes: Ensure that a mechanism and

C 101
supporting disciplinary processes are established to resolve
non-compliance issues and other variances in a timely manner
17.4.6. Record of authorized users: The organization must prepare C 102
and continuously update records of access granted to all users
such as employees and third party personnel
The record management must be performed in an automated
manner to ensure access authorization granted by different
functions are maintained in a central repository/ system
17.4.7. Monitoring and review: The organization must define
C 103
processes to monitor and review access granted to personnel
including temporary or emergency access to any information
asset or system
17.4.8. Non- disclosure agreements: The organization must
incorporate considerations such as signing non-disclosure
contracts and agreements in the HR process, both for
employees and third parties allowed to access information
assets and systems
C 104
17.4.9. Legal and contractual obligations: The organization must C 105

ensure that employees and third parties are aware of legal and
contractual obligations with respect to security of information
a. The organization must ensure that users are aware of
policies, procedures and guidelines issued with respect to
Information Security
17.4.10. Communication practices: The organization must prohibit itsC 106
employees and external parties from disseminating/
communicating classified information for any other purpose
expect its authorized and intended use
a. Information regarding security incidents must only be
RestrictedPage 80

Affairs
communicated by designated personnel
RestrictedPage 81
Ministry of Home

Affairs
Ministry of Home
17.5. Personnel security implementation guidelines

17.5.1.
Training and awareness: Organization must undertake the

development, implementation and evaluation of role-based
training for all personnel
IG 97
a. Impart role-based training to all personnel through specially

designed training courses or modules, on a regular basis
b. Emphasize on role of the employees towards information
security while designing training courses or modules
c. Organization should work with an IT/cyber security subject
matter expert when developing role-based training material
and courses
d. Organization must measure effectiveness of role-based
training material by means of internal evaluation of
attendees
e. Organization must ensure that role-based training material
is reviewed periodically and updated when necessary
f.
Organization should provide an effective mechanism for

feedback on role-based training security material and its
presentation
g. Employee awareness on information security: Organization

must provide information security awareness training as
part of the employee induction process and at regular
intervals during the employees tenure. This must be
extended to all third party employees working from the
organizations facility
h. Awareness training program should aim to increase user
understanding and sensitivity to threats, vulnerabilities
17.5.2.
i.
Awareness training should focus on the need to protect

organizations and personal information
j.
Awareness training must cover topics such as security

procedures, security policies, incident reporting amongst
others
Employee verification: Organization must conduct employee

verification by using methods such as
IG 98
a. Perform identity verification through authorized/ competent

agency
b. Conduct background checks of all personnel including third
party personnel, prior to allowing access to classified
information
c. Background verification check should include details such
as address verification, criminal records, past experience,
medical records, family details amongst others
17.5.3.
Authorizing access to third parties: The organization must

restrict the level of access provided to authorized individuals
from third parties based on their role; function performed and
RestrictedPage 82
IG 99

Affairs
Ministry of Home
associated need for access

a. Prior to granting physical and logical access to third party
personnel, the organization must seek sufficient proof of
identity of personnel from the third party employer such as
recent background check and verification by competent
authority
b. Authorization for access to third party personnel must be
supported by documented request from head of
department, where third party personnel will be deployed
c. Organization must strictly monitor all activity conducted by
third party personnel
d. Organization must strictly monitor physical movement of
third party personnel within its facility
e. Organization should permit authorized individuals to use an
external information system to access or to process, store,
or transmit organization-controlled information only post
verification of the implementation of required security
controls on the external system as specified in the
organizations information security policy
f.
17.5.4.
Organization must limit the use of organization-controlled

portable storage media by authorized individuals on
external information systems
Acceptable use policies: Organization must identify,

document, and implement acceptable usage policy and
incorporate the following:
IG 100
a. All users of information systems must take responsibility

for, and accept the duty to actively protect organizations
information and information systems
b. The acceptable usage policy must include information about
usage of organization ICT resources such as computing
equipment, email, optical drives, hard drives, internet,
applications, printers, fax machine, storage media amongst
others
c. Ensure all employees including third party
vendors/consultants/personnel are signatory to the
acceptable use policy
17.5.5.
Disciplinary process: Organization must establish

disciplinary process to cater to instances of non-compliance to
its security or acceptable usage policy
IG 101
a. The organization must empower the security team to take

disciplinary action whenever instances of non-compliance to
the organizations security policy or procedures by any
employee or third party personnel are encountered
17.5.6.
Record of authorized users: Organization must implement a

centralized automated access request and authorization
capability to establish clear visibility over clearance level
granted to each user including employees and third party
personnel. Details about each user must be updated in a timely
RestrictedPage 83
IG 102

Affairs
Ministry of Home
manner and should include:

a. User details personal details, contact details, role,
function, status of employment
b. Details of background checks and verification
c. Details of HOD
d. List of authorized areas allowed to access
e. Registered/allocated devices and information systems
f.
17.5.7.
Category of classified information permitted to access
Monitoring and review: Organization must implement

monitoring mechanism to track user access activity and limit
the access to explicitly allowed to personnel by defining areas
visited, time of access, activities conducted etc.
IG 103
b. The organization must periodically review the physical and

logical access granted to personnel to detect instances of
non-compliance
17.5.8.
Non-disclosure agreements: Organization should include

signing of non-disclosure contracts and agreements in HR
process during employment
IG 104
a. Non-disclosure agreements should restrict employees and

third parties from sharing organizational information
publically
17.5.9.
Legal and contractual obligations: Organization must brief

all personnel about their legal and contractual obligation to
protect the organizations information and to follow all security
advisories issued by competent authority so as to prevent
disclosure of information, loss of sensitive data amongst and
information compromise
IG 105
a. The terms of employment must contain a copy of all

relevant policies and guidelines
b. The organization must obtain a formal signoff from the
employee on all such policies and guidelines such as end
user policy, acceptable usage policy etc.
17.5.10. Communication practices: Organization must establish,
documented and implemented policies, procedures and
controls to restrict personnel from unintended communication,
both internally and with external entities such as media
a. Communication messages should be circulated to state
security requirements or alert employees must be sent by
designated personnel only
b. Only official spokesperson/ designated person from
organization must be allowed to communicate with media
c. Information/ communication shared with internal or external
personnel or entities must be approved by top management
RestrictedPage 84
IG 106

Affairs
RestrictedPage 85
Ministry of Home

Affairs
Ministry of Home
17. Threat and vulnerability management

18.1. Background
18.1.1. Organizations typically deploy security measures to guard against known
threats. However, evolving threats add a different set of challenges, which
require continuous vigil, monitoring and analysis. The discovery of a new
vulnerability, disclosure of a new exploit or emergence of a new malware
threat and the capability to incorporate protection from them on a real
time basis fall under Threat and Vulnerability Management (TVM)
18.1.2. Keeping the infrastructure security posture up-to-date, scanning the
infrastructure for identification of new issues or vulnerabilities that could
potentially lead to a security compromise, taking corrective measures in
case of a likely compromise, effectively managing infrastructure that
inherently is risk prone and delivering a fast response in case of
compromise are essential characteristics of the TVM function
18.2.
Relevance of domain to information security
18.2.1. ICT Assets (infrastructure and application) are used for creation,
processing, transaction, and retention of information. These information
assets are vulnerable to attacks because of issues such as configurations
gaps or newer vulnerabilities with respect to the infrastructure or
unpatched systems, etc.
18.2.2. Compromise of one element of ICT infrastructure may have catastrophic
effect jeopardizing security of overall infrastructure and information
18.2.3. ICT infrastructure is increasingly becoming diverse, introducing complexity
of dealing with multiple entities and their independencies. This complexity
makes managing threats and vulnerabilities a daunting challenge.
Information that is stored, transmitted, accessed and processes by these
entities will be compromised if their exposure to threats and vulnerabilities
are managed effectively
18.2.4. Threat and vulnerability information is diverse in nature reflecting
diversity of infrastructure in an organization on the one hand. On the other
hand, each element of ICT infrastructure is made up of components
sourced from around the globe. Configuration and positioning of these
elements and components also contribute to exposure to threats and
vulnerabilities. Security of information may be compromised due to
vulnerabilities identified in the components and elements of ICT
infrastructure. Insecure configuration may lead to serious security breach
18.3.
Threat and vulnerability management guidelines
18.3.1.
Interdependence of systems: The organization must create

a high level map of interdependencies of ICT systems such as
applications, servers, endpoints, databases, networks etc.
G 50
18.3.2.
Standardized operating environment: The organization

should attempt to achieve a standardized operating
G 51
RestrictedPage 86

Affairs
Ministry of Home
environment
a. The diversity in terms of hardware, application platforms,
database types, operating environment and their versions
must be minimized
18.3.3.
Including TVM in change management: The change

management process for ICT infrastructure and systems
should include a stringent threat assessment prior to
deployment
G 52
18.3.4.
Integration with external intelligence sources: The

organization must identify sources to gather threat and
vulnerability intelligence for ICT infrastructure components
including externally provisioned systems such as mobile and
personally owned devices
G 53
18.3.5.
Intelligence gathering: The organization must develop

capability correlate information about ICT infrastructure and
systems
G 54
a. Capability to correlate logs capturing activity of users

b. Capability to monitor and analyze traffic
c. Capability to scan anomalous behaviors of applications and
systems
d. Obtain information from other industry peers
e. Obtain information from security intelligence organizations
18.3.6.
Technical policies: The organization must define technical

policies to guide configuration of ICT systems
18.4.
Threat and vulnerability management controls
18.4.1.
Interdependence of systems: Categorization of ICT

systems should be based on lifecycle stages such as
development, testing, staging, production and disaster
recovery
G 55
C 107
a. Compatibility of various ICT systems must be analyzed,

understood and documented
18.4.2.
Standard operating environment:
C 108
a. The organization must aim to establish standard operating

environments for server and endpoint systems
b. The organization must ensure that infrastructure is
standardized and homogenous
18.4.3.
Threat assessment: The organization must conduct periodic

assessment of ICT infrastructure for identifying exposure to
threats
C 109
b. All changes to ICT infrastructure and information systems

must be made post thorough threat assessment
c. Changes to ICT infrastructure and information systems
18.4.4.
Integration with external intelligence: The organization

RestrictedPage 87
C 110

Affairs
Ministry of Home
must ensure that vulnerabilities and threat exposures are

managed through appropriate agreements, obligations and
service level requirements established with all vendors,
TPSP(s) and partners
Vulnerabilities knowledge management: The organization
must ensure that it maintains record of vulnerabilities in
existing configurations of systems by tracking and identifying
vulnerabilities present in the Operating System (OS),
applications, databases, network or endpoints and their
impact on information leakage
C 111
18.4.6.
Changing threat ecosystem: The organization must

evaluate all information systems continually to identify
exposure to new and unknown vulnerabilities and threats
C 112
18.4.7.
Threats emanated from third parties: The organization

must ensure that vendors, third party providers and partners
adopt equivalent threat and vulnerability protection for
information transacted, processed and stored on behalf of the
organization
C 113
18.4.8.
System hardening: The organization must define standard

operating procedures for system hardening
C 114
18.4.9.
Patch management: The organization must ensure that the

security updates and patches are applied to the information
systems as per schedule
C 115
18.4.10.
Malware protection: The organization must ensure that all

information systems are protected with adequate measures to
ward off threats from malware
C 116
18.4.11.
Perimeter protection: Ensure that perimeter security

protects the organization from possible exploitation of
vulnerabilities
C 117
18.4.12.
Threat protection: The organization must deploy appropriate

capability to protect against attempts to penetrate into
systems and traffic scanning
C 118
18.4.5.
18.4.13. Configuration: The organization must ensure that all the

unnecessary services, ports and interfaces in systems,
network equipment and endpoints are blocked
C 119
18.4.14. Remediation: The organization must establish processes to

ensure remediation of threats and vulnerabilities in the least
possible time
C 120
a. Threat and vulnerability management system should

integrate with ICT infrastructure management systems for
triggering remediation tasks
18.5.
Threat and vulnerability management implementation
guidelines
18.5.1.
Interdependence of systems:
RestrictedPage 88
IG 107

Affairs
Ministry of Home
a. Replacement of ICT assets with newer/upgraded version

must be done keeping in view their backward and forward
compatibility with existing infrastructure devices
b. Ensure that addition of ICT infrastructure components is
made post compatibility analysis of the additional
components with existing ICT infrastructure
18.5.2.
Standard operating environment: The organization must

ensure standardization of operating environment across the
organization. This should include, but not limited to, the
following:
IG 108
a. Operating systems
b. Servers and platforms
c. Limit diversity of endpoints
d. Uniform and homogenous network devices
e. Application platforms and installed versions
f. Database types should be uniform
g. Depending the size of the IT assets and to have standard,
secure and smooth operating environment, organizations
may create Network Operation Center (NOC) and Security
Operations Center (SOC)
18.5.3.
Threat assessment: The organization must identify the

possible threat vectors paths, exploitation points, tools and
techniques which can compromise the security of the
organization. The organization must also analyze the impact of
compromise of security of a device or components to its
operations:
IG 109
a. Perform vulnerability assessment to identify vulnerabilities

and weaknesses as a result of specific way of configuring
devices and systems; vulnerabilities and threats associated
with the use of specific ports, protocols and services;
vulnerabilities introduced due to changes in ICT
infrastructure
b. Vulnerabilities and threats associated with specific types of
infrastructure components
c. Vulnerabilities associated with specific versions of
infrastructure components
d. Whenever there is a change in ICT system, new
configuration should take care of established identification,
authorization and authentication policies
18.5.4.
Integration with external intelligence: The organization

must establish a formal relationship with external entities for
receiving timely notification
a. Relevant feeds, information about emerging threats,
vulnerabilities, bugs and exploits must be obtained
b. Relevant sources should include a mix of different vendors,
trusted third parties, product developers, open source
RestrictedPage 89
IG 110

Affairs
Ministry of Home
communities, industry bodies and other relevant

organizations
c. The organizations risk management function must
incorporate inputs received from such external sources and
entities
18.5.5.
Vulnerabilities knowledge management: The organization

must document and maintain list of vulnerabilities present in
installed instances of operating system, applications,
databases, network device, endpoints
IG 111
a. Specify the level of severity associated with each known

vulnerability
b. Ensure availability of security capabilities to protect against
all known threats and vulnerabilities
c. Maintain and update vulnerability information and integrate
with change management process
d. Integrate information from external intelligence sources
18.5.6.
Changing threat ecosystem: The organization must

evaluate all ICT systems and devices on regular basis to
uncover new vulnerabilities
IG 112
a. Conduct periodic security testing for all ICT systems and

devices
b. Conduct ad-hoc security testing for all ICT systems and
devices
18.5.7.
Threats emanated from third parties: The organization

must ensure that all third party vendors, agencies, partners
with access to the organizations information implement
capability to counter emerging threats and address
vulnerabilities, as per the organizations requirements
IG 113
18.5.8.
System hardening: The organization must aim to establish

standard operating environments covering hardware, software
and the process of IT assets without comprising the security
aspects of the IT assets. The organization must develop a
standard procedure for system hardening which includes, but
is not limited to the following:
IG 114
a. Developing standard hardened configuration for

implementation across the organization by modification of
default security controls, tailored to organizations
requirements, eliminating known risks and vulnerabilities
b. Keeping security patches and hot fixes updated Implement
encryption on all information systems
c. Establish hardening security policies, such as local policies
relating to how often a password should be changed
d. Shut down unused physical interfaces on network devices
e. Use secure protocols when transmitting over the network
f.
Implement access lists that allow only those protocols,

ports and IP addresses that are required by network users
RestrictedPage 90

Affairs
Ministry of Home
and services, and then deny everything else

g. Restrict remote management connectivity to only
controlled machines that are on a separate security domain
with robust protection
h. Monitor security bulletins that are applicable to a systems
operating system and applications
i. Removal of unnecessary software,
j. Enable system security scanning and activity and event
logging mechanism
18.5.9.
Patch management: The organization must ensure that

patch management is carried out at regular intervals or as
soon as critical patches for ICT systems or software are
available
IG 115
a. Integrate patch management with operational cycle of ICT

infrastructure management such as such as asset
management, capacity management, change
management, configuration management, problem
management and service management
b. The organization must regularly be in touch with vendors
and service providers to ensure latest patches are installed
on priority basis
18.5.10.
Malware protection: The organization must ensure that

each information system is protected by installation of
antivirus software and regular updates are made available to
the same
IG 116
a. Capabilities to protect against specific malware which

attempt information theft should be available
18.5.11.
Perimeter threat protection: The organization must ensure

perimeter threat protection of its network infrastructure
through implementation of capabilities such as a firewall
IG 117
18.5.12.
Protection from fraudulent activity: The organization must

deploy techniques for protection from fraudulent applications
such as key loggers, phishing, Identity theft and other rogue
applications
IG 118
18.5.13.
Configuration of endpoints: The organization must block all

unnecessary services and system level administrator
privileges through methods such as active directory, group
policies on endpoint devices and systems
IG 119
Remediation: The organization must ensure that ICT systems

and devices are updated with the latest security patches and
virus signature to reduce the chance of being affected by,
malicious code or vulnerabilities
IG 120
18.5.14.
a. The organization must prioritize the order of the

vulnerabilities identified and treat them based on their
impact and severity
b. The organization must pre-test the security updates and
patches of the identified vulnerabilities. The organization
RestrictedPage 91

Affairs
Ministry of Home
must apply appropriate patches and perform post-test to

confirm the return to desired secure state
c. The organization should deploy patches to the target
machines and make sure that patches are only installed on
machines where they are required
d. The organization must perform security risk assessment
regularly by using capabilities such as vulnerability
scanning tools (host-based or network-based) to identify
patch inadequacy or potential system misconfiguration
RestrictedPage 92

Affairs
18.
Ministry of Home
Security monitoring and incident management
19.1. Background
19.1.1. Organizations face significant risks of information loss through
inappropriate account access and malicious transaction activity etc. which
have implication such as information leakage resulting in misuse, financial
loss and loss of reputation
19.1.2. Security monitoring and incident response management is a key
component of an organizations information security program as it helps
build organizational capability to detect, analyze and respond appropriately
to an information breach which might emanate from external or internal
sources
19.2.
Relevance of domain to information security
19.2.1. The success of a security program and the value being delivered by
security initiatives lies in the organizations responsiveness to an external
attack and its ability to sense and manage an internal data breach
19.2.2. In the operating cycle of an organization, information is exchanged,
processed, stored, accessed and shared. There are multiple ways through
which the information may be exposed to unintended persons, it may be
intentionally or unintentionally lost or external attackers may able to steal
information. This requires continuous monitoring of operations to identify
likely instances of information loss
19.2.3. Information loss instances lead to serious consequences. An organization
has some window of opportunity to curb the losses and reduce the impact.
This requires a predictable and responsive incident management
19.2.4. The logs generated by information systems, servers, operating systems,
security devices, networks and application systems provide useful
information for detection of incidents pertaining to security of information
19.2.5. Disruptive and destructive information security incidents demand a
competent monitoring and incident management
19.3.
19.3.1.
Security monitoring & incident management guidelines

Incident response coverage: The organization must
G 56
develop the monitoring and incident response program such
that it addresses the requirements of its extended ecosystem
a. The organization must ensure that the scope of security
monitoring and incident management is extended to all
information emerging from internal as well as external
sources such as threats emerging from vendors, partner or
third parties
19.3.2.
Breach information: The organization must build incident

matrix, particular to its own threat environment, helping it
identify possible breach scenarios that can expose or leak
information whilst listing down appropriate response
RestrictedPage 93
G 57

Affairs
Ministry of Home
procedure
a. The incident scenarios should be based on criticality and
sensitivity of information, threat ecosystem around the
organization
19.3.3.
Security intelligence information: The organization must G 58

establish capability to monitor and record specific information
about vulnerabilities (existing and new) that could affect
information, systems & assets
19.3.4.
Enterprise log management: The organization must ensure G 59

that logs are collected, stored, retained and analyzed for the
purpose of identifying compromise or breach
19.3.5.
Deployment of skilled resources: The organization must

deploy adequate resources and skills for investigation of
information security incidents such as building competencies
in digital forensics
G 60
19.3.6.
Disciplinary action: The organization must establish

procedures in dealing with individuals involved in or being
party to the incidents
G 61
19.3.7.
Structure & responsibility: The organizations should define G 62

and establish roles and responsibilities of all the stakeholders
of incident management team, including reporting measures,
escalation metrics, SLAs and their contact information
19.3.8.
Incident management awareness and training: The

G 63
organization must conduct educational, awareness and
training programs as well as establish mechanism by virtue of
which users can play an active role in the discovery and
reporting of information security breaches
19.3.9.
Communication of incidents: The organization must

establish measures for effective communication of incidents
along with its impact, steps taken for containment and
response measures to all stakeholders including clients and
regulators
19.4.
G 64
Security monitoring & incident management controls
19.4.1.
Security incident monitoring: The organization must build

capability to monitor activity over information assets and
systems that are being used across its ecosystems
C 121
19.4.2.
Incident management: The organization must define an

information security incident management plan which includes
process elements such as incident reporting, incident
identification and notification, incident metrics based on the
type of incidents, procedural aspects and remediation
measures, mechanisms for root cause analysis,
communication procedures to internal as well as external
stakeholders
C 122
a. The organization must deploy security measures for

incident monitoring and protect the system during normal
operation as well as to monitor potential security incidents.
The level and extent of measures to be deployed should be
RestrictedPage 94

Affairs
Ministry of Home
commensurate with the sensitivity and criticality of the

system and the information it contains or processes
19.4.3.
19.4.4.
Incident identification: Ensure that a set of rules exists that

helps to detect, identify, analyze and declare incidents from
the information collected from different sources
C 123
Incident evaluation: The organization must define polices

and processes for logging, monitoring and auditing of all
activity logs
C 124
a. The organization must deploy relevant forensic capability

to aid in incident evaluation
19.4.5.
19.4.6.
Escalation process: The organization must create and

periodically update an escalation process to address different
types of incidents and facilitate coordination amongst various
functions and personnel during the lifecycle of the incident
C 125
Breach information: Ensure that knowledge of incidents,

and corrective action taken should be compiled in a structured
manner. The organizations must record, at a minimum, the
following information:
C 126
a. The time information security incident was discovered

b. The time when incident occurred
c. A description of incident, including the information, asset &
system, personnel and locations involved
d. Action taken, resolution imparted and corresponding
update in knowledge base
19.4.7.
Configuring devices for logging: The organization must

configure the devices to generate log information required to
identify security compromise or breach
C 127
19.4.8.
Activity logging: The organization must define a process for

collection, management and retention of log information from
all information sources
C 128
a. The scope of generating logs should be extended to all

critical systems
19.4.9.
Log information: Logs must contain, at a minimum the

following information: unauthorized update/access,
starting/ending date and time of activity, user identification,
sign-on and sign-off activity, connection session or terminal,
file services such as file copying, search, log successful and
unsuccessful log-in attempts, activities of privileged user-IDs,
changes to user access rights, details of password changes,
modification to software etc.
C 129
a. The organization must ensure that time consistency is

maintained between all log sources through mechanisms
such as time stamping and synchronization of servers
19.4.10.
Log information correlation: Organization should ensure

that a process is established for regular review and analysis of
logs and log reports
RestrictedPage 95
C 130

Affairs
Ministry of Home
19.4.11. Protecting log information: Periodic validation of log

records, especially on system/application where classified
information is processed/stored, must be performed, to check
for integrity and completeness of the log records.
C 131
a. Any irregularities or system/application errors which are

suspected to be triggered as a result of security breaches,
shall be logged, reported and investigated
b. For sensitive network, all logs should be stored in
encrypted form or place tamper proof mechanism for
during creation / storing / processing logs
19.4.12. Deployment of skilled resources: The organization must
deploy personnel with requisite technical skills for timely
addressing and managing incidents
C 132
19.4.13. Incident reporting: The organization must ensure that a

mechanism exists for employees, partners and other third
parties to report incidents
C 133
a. Incident management should support information breach

notification requirements as well as formal reporting
mechanisms
b. Ensure that a significant level of efforts are dedicated
towards spreading awareness about incident response
process throughout the organization and to partners and
other third parties
19.4.14.
Sharing of log information with law enforcement

agencies: The organization must make provisions for sharing
log information with law enforcement bodies in a secure
manner, through a formal documented process
19.4.15. Communication of incidents: The organization must ensure

that timely communication is done to report the incident to
relevant stakeholders such as the Information Security
Steering Committee (ISSC), sectorial CERT teams and CERT- In
etc.
C 134
C 135
19.5.
Security monitoring and incident management
implementation guidelines
19.5.1.
Security incident monitoring: The roles and

responsibilities for incident management must be defined by
the organization. Necessary tools and capability to enable
monitoring must be made available. The following groups,
entities form an essential part of the coverage of the
organizations monitoring capability:
a. Users their roles, associations and activities over
multiple systems and applications, disgruntled employee
b. Assets ownerships, dependency on related applications
or business processes and what information is accessed
c. Applications usage of applications, transactions, access
points, file systems which holds sensitive information
d. Networks traffic patterns, sessions and protocol
RestrictedPage 96
IG 121

Affairs
Ministry of Home
management which are used to access the information

e. Databases access patterns, read & updates activity,
database queries on information
f.
19.5.2.
Data access and transactions on the amount of

unstructured/ structured data, sensitivity of data such as
PII, PHI, financial Information etc
Incident management: The organization must establish a

security incident response procedure with necessary guidance
on the security incident response and handling process. The
procedure must be communicated to all employees,
management and third party staff located at the organizations
facility
IG 122
a. Organization should establish guidelines for prioritization of

information security incidents based on - criticality of
information on affected resources (e.g. servers, networks,
applications etc.) and potential technical effects of such
incidents (e.g. denial of service, information stealing etc.)
on usage and access to information
b. Organization should assign a category to each type of
information security incident based on its sensitivity for
prioritization of incidents, arranging proportionate
resources, and defining SLAs for remediation services
c. Organization must define disciplinary action and
consequences in-case employee or authorized third party
personnel are responsible for breach or triggering security
incident by deliberate action
d. Organization must define liability of third party entity incase breach or incident originates due to deliberate action
of such parties
19.5.3.
Incident identification: The organization must continuously

monitor users, applications, access mechanisms, devices,
physical perimeter, and other aspects of its operations to
check for disruption in their normal functioning
a. Security capability should seek to detect and/or "prevent"
attacks through monitoring activity
b. Establish processes to identify and report intruders
leveraging unauthorized access
c. Monitor downloading and installing activity
d. Monitor hosts, network traffic, logs, and access to sensitive
data to identify abnormal behavior
e. Detect, seek establishment of unauthorized peer-to-peer
networks, or intruder-operated botnet servers
f. The organization must develop guidelines to classify
incident based on certain parameters such as identity theft,
unauthorized access, and malicious code execution etc.
This will aid in classification of incidents and help in
identification of most frequent types of incidents
RestrictedPage 97
IG 123

Affairs
Ministry of Home
g. Direct all users to report suspicious activity or abnormal

system performance
h. Conduct periodic training of all users to acquaint with
incident reporting processes
19.5.4.
Incident evaluation: The organization must focus on

developing procedures for incident evaluation such as type of
incident, loss of information, access of information, IP address,
time, and possible reason for incident, origin of threat etc.
IG 124
a. Obtain snapshot of the compromised system as soon as

suspicious activity is detected. The snapshot of the system
may include system log files such as server log, network
log, firewall/router log, access log etc., information of
active system login or network connection, and
corresponding process status
b. Conduct impact assessment of the incident on data and
information system involved
c. Segregate and isolate critical information to other media
(or other systems) which are separated from the
compromised system or network
d. Keep a record of all actions taken during this stage
e. Check any systems associated with the compromised
system through shared network-based services or through
any trust relationship
f.
Isolate the compromised computer or system temporarily

to prevent further damage to other interconnected
systems, or to prevent the compromised system from being
used to launch attack on other connected systems
g. Remove user access or login to the system

h. Ensure that incidents are reported in timely manner so that
fastest possible remedial measures can be taken to reduce
further damage to the IT assets
19.5.5.
Escalation processes: The organization must create and

periodically update an escalation process to address different
types of incidents and facilitate coordination amongst various
functions and personnel during the lifecycle of the incident
a. The escalation procedure must identify and establish points
of contact, at various levels of hierarchy, both within the
organization and with vendors and third parties responsible
for hardware/ software
b. Maintain an updated list containing details of points of
contacts from all concerned departments and functions
such as technical, legal, operations and maintenance staff,
supporting vendors, including the system's hardware or
software vendors, application developers, and security
consultants etc.
c. Establish procedure for incident notification to be shared
with the above identified personnel, based on the type and
RestrictedPage 98
IG 125

Affairs
Ministry of Home
severity of impact caused by the incident, in a timely

manner
d. Every system should have a specific escalation procedure
and points of contact which meet their specific operational
needs. Specific contact lists should be maintained to
handle different kinds of incidents that involve different
expertise or management decisions
e. Different persons may be notified at various stages,
depending on the damage to or sensitivity of the system.
Communication at each stage must be supported by details
such as issue at hand, severity level, type of system under
attack or compromise, source of incident, estimated time
to resolve, resources required amongst others
19.5.6.
Breach information: The organization must ensure adequate

knowledge of incident/ breach is obtained through post
incident analysis.
IG 126
a. Recommendations to thwart similar incidents in the future,

possible method of attack, system vulnerabilities or
exploits used amongst other information about incidents
must be recorded
b. Details such as time of occurrence, affected
devices/services, remediation etc. must also be
documented
c. Save image of the compromised system for forensic
investigation purpose and as evidence for subsequent
action
19.5.7.
Configuring devices for logging: The organization must

establish logging policies on all ICT systems and devices
including security devices such as firewalls etc., by enabling
syslog, event manager amongst others
IG 127
a. The organization must capture and retain logs generated

by activity on information assets and systems
b. The organization should subscribe to knowledge sources
and correlate the information to generate intelligence out
of various events and instances
19.5.8.
Activity logging: The organization must define a process for

collection, management and retention of log information from
all information sources
a. Logs should be securely managed in accordance to the
organizations requirements and should focus on securing
process for log generation, limiting access to log files,
securing transfer of log information and securing logs in
storage
b. Organization should integrate the log architecture with
packaged applications or/and customized systems. There
should be standardized log formats of unsupported event
sources which may lead to information security incidents
RestrictedPage 99
IG 128

Affairs
Ministry of Home
c. Log archival, retention and disposal measures should be

deployed as per the compliance requirements of the
organization
19.5.9.
Log Information: Ensure that system logs contain

information capture including all the key events, activity,
transactions such as:
IG 129
a. Individual user accesses;

b. Rejected systems, applications, file and data accesses;
c. Attempts and other failed actions;
d. Privileged, administrative or root accesses;
e. Use of identification and authentication mechanisms;
f.
Remote and wireless accesses;
g. Changes to system or application configurations;

h. Changes to access rights;
i.
Use of system utilities;
j. Activation or deactivation of security systems;

k. Transfer of classified information
l. Deletion and modification of classified information
m. System crashes
n. Unexpected large deviation on system clock
o. Unusual deviation from typical network traffic flows
p. Creation or deletion of unexpected user accounts
q. Unusual time of usage
r.
A suspicious last time login or usage of a user account
s. Unusual usage patterns (e.g. programs are being compiled

in the account of a user who is not involved in
programming)
t. Computer system becomes inaccessible without
explanation
u. Unexpected modification to file size or date, especially for
system executable files
v. All log generation sources such as information systems and
critical devices must be synchronized with a trusted time
server periodically (at least once per month)
19.5.10.
Log information correlation: The organization must

schedule a periodic log review process for examination of any
attempted system breaches, failed login attempts amongst
others
a. The organization must undertake regular review of log
records on systems/ applications where classified
information is stored or processed to identify unauthorized
access, modification of records, unauthorized use of
RestrictedPage 100
IG 130

Affairs
Ministry of Home
information, system errors and security events,

unauthorized execution of applications and programs, in
addition to review of changes to standard configuration of
systems storing or processing classified information
b. Appropriate capabilities must be implement to check for
modification of information ownership and permission
settings
c. Appropriate capabilities such as intrusion detection system
(IDS) or intrusion prevention system (IPS) should be
implemented to analyze log information to detect Intrusion,
malicious or abusive activity inside the network,
verification of integrity of classified information and
important files
19.5.11.
Protecting log information: Periodic validation of log

records, especially on system/application where classified
information is processed/stored, must be performed, to check
for integrity and completeness of the log records
IG 131
a. Access to system and device logs must be restricted only

to ICT personnel through administrative policies and other
measures
b. Logs must be retained for adequate period of time
considering organizational, regulatory and audit
requirements
c. Log information must be securely archived and stored in
secure devices and placed under the supervision of
concerned Information security personnel
d. Log information, beyond its intended period of retention,
must be disposed as per standard data disposal policy
e. Log information of all administrative and privilege accounts
activity must also be maintained
f.
Log information must be protected from modification or

unauthorized access
19.5.12. Deployment of skilled resources: The organization must

define the resources and management support needed to
effectively maintain and mature an incident response
capability
a. Individuals conducting incident analyses must have the
appropriate skills and technical expertise to analyze the
changes to information systems and the associated
security ramifications
b. The organization must trains personnel in their incident
response roles and responsibilities with respect to the
information system
c. The organization should incorporate simulated events into
incident response training to facilitate effective response
by personnel in crisis situations
d. The organization should develop competencies in cyber
RestrictedPage 101
IG 132

Affairs
Ministry of Home
forensics and investigations or seek support from

authorized cyber investigation agencies
19.5.13. Incident reporting: The organization must ensure that
appropriate procedures are followed to enable reporting of
incidents both by employees and partner agencies
IG 133
a. The reporting procedure should have clearly identified

point of contact, and should have easy to comprehend
steps for personnel to follow
b. The reporting procedure should be published to all
concerned staff for their information and reference
c. Ensure all employees and partner agencies are familiar
with the reporting procedure and are capable of reporting
security incident instantly
d. Prepare a standardized security incident reporting form to
aid in collection of information
Sharing of log information with law enforcement
agencies: The organization must make provisions to share log
information with law enforcement agencies such as police on
receiving formal written notice or court orders.
IG 134
19.5.15. Communication of Incidents: The organization must

ensure that apart from addressing an incident, the information
about its occurrence should be shared with relevant
stakeholders such as the Information Security Steering
committee (ISSC), sectorial CERT teams and CERT- In, service
providers and partner vendors and agencies etc.
IG 135
19.5.14.
RestrictedPage 102

Affairs
Ministry of Home
Guidelines for technology specific ICT deployment

19.
Cloud computing
20.1. Background
20.1.1.
Essentially, cloud computing offers a new way of delivering
traditional ICT services to an organization, by combining platforms,
operating systems, storage elements, databases and other ICT
equipment
20.1.2.
While, the security guidelines and controls described above will be
useful for the cloud service provider, to establish a security baseline,
specific guidance has also been provided. Each organization has a
different level of risk appetite
20.1.3.
Due to the cloud deployment models and the technology currently
in use to offer these services, certain risks become significant. Thus, as
an organization embraces cloud services, the cloud security architecture
should be aligned with the organizations security principles
20.1.4.
The overall security architecture of the cloud service provider
should at a minimum, follow the guidelines mentioned below. A
comprehensive set of controls and advanced security measures should
essentially form a part of the agreement between the cloud service
customer and cloud service provider
20.1.5.
The organization must also evaluate the potential impacts of storing
data in different physical locations, as well as in a shared environment
collocated with data from other organizations. The security measures
incorporated should ensure coverage of all risks identified
20.2. Cloud computing management guidelines

20.2.1.
Security considerations in contract: The organization must G 65

define a Service Level Agreement (SLA) with the cloud service
provider incorporating aspects of data confidentiality,
integrity, availability and privacy
a. In-case any part of the cloud service is further outsourced
by the contracted cloud service provider, the organization
must ensure that the agreed SLA is adhered to by such
vendors
20.2.2.
Alignment of security policies: The organization must

G 66
ensure that the security policy of the cloud service provider is
aligned with the organizations evaluation and assessment of
information security risks
a. The organization must ensure that the cloud service
provider classifies information and associated virtualized
assets based on the information classification guidelines
used by the organization
b. The organization must ensure that access to information
over the cloud environment is restricted in accordance with
RestrictedPage 103

Affairs
Ministry of Home
its access control policy

20.2.3.
Data security in cloud environment: The organization

G 67
must ensure that security of applications in cloud environment
is equivalent to or exceeds the security implemented for
application in local environment
20.2.4.
Authentication in cloud environment: The organization

G 68
should ensure that logical access authentication is performed
using appropriate capabilities basis well defined authorization
parameters
20.2.5.
Continuity of operations: The organization must ensure

that disaster recovery plan and business contingency plan is
developed in consultation with the cloud service provider
20.2.6.
Definition of roles and responsibilities: The organization G 70

must ensure that the cloud service provider clearly defines the
roles and job duties of its employees, especially if the cloud
service provider provides services to multiple organizations
20.2.7.
Security monitoring: The organization must ensure that the G 71

cloud service provider develops appropriate mechanism to
monitor; report and remediate security incidents. Security
monitoring in the cloud should be integrated with existing
security monitoring capabilities available with the organization
20.2.8.
Availability of logs: The organization must ensure that logs G 72

containing information about all operational activities, access
events, modification of information, security events etc. are
made available by the cloud services provider
20.2.9.
Third party security assessments: The organization should G 73

ensure that third party assessments are performed at least
annually, or at planned intervals to measure compliance with
organizations security policies, procedures, including
contractual, statutory, or regulatory obligations
20.2.10. Data security: The organization should implement

appropriate data masking and encryption based on
classification of data transferred to the cloud
G 69
G 74
a. The organization should ensure that data is protected

through appropriate encryption while in transit and at rest
in cloud environment
b. The cryptographic keys must be managed in a secure
manner and be available with only the least possible
number of authorized personnel
c. The cryptographic keys must be stored at the least possible
number of locations
20.2.11. Use of authorized cloud services: The organization should G 75
ensure that its personnel use services of authorized cloud
service providers only
20.3. Cloud computing implementation guidelines

20.3.1.
Security considerations in contract: The organization must

ensure that service providers are bound by contract for
RestrictedPage 104
IG 136

Affairs
Ministry of Home
maintaining confidentiality, integrity, availability and privacy of

the organizations data
a. Contract with cloud service provider must include
requirements to notify the concerned organization as soon
as possible in the event of an actual or suspected breach of
data
b. The cloud service provider should be signatory to a
stringent non-disclosure agreement
c. The organization must retain the right to conduct/ call for
audits including audits from third parties, to verify the
existence and effectiveness of security controls specified in
the SLA
d. Logs and reports including audit logs, activity reports,
system configurations reports etc. must be stored and
retained as per SLA
20.3.2.
Alignment of security policies: The organization must

ensure that security policy of cloud service provider is aligned
with organizations security policies and procedures
IG 137
a. The CSP must share updated process documentation,

configuration standards, training records, incident response
plans, etc. with the organization
b. Compliance certificates and reports should be requested
from cloud service providers for verification of security
practices of the cloud service provider
20.3.3.
Data security in cloud environment: The organization

must conduct a comprehensive security assessment on
applications in the cloud environment prior to production from
the same
IG 138
a. All changes in the form of upgrades, patches or

enhancements must be followed by comprehensive security
assessment, prior to live deployment
b. Third party assessments of CSP should be conducted on a
periodic basis
c. In case of a multi-tenant cloud environment, adequate
physical security measures in a cloud data center must be
implemented to protect against trespassing activities to the
computing resources at the physical layer
d. The organization must establish requirements to prevent
sharing equipment or equipment racks with application
systems of other organizations or application owners
considering the sensitivity of data or other security
requirements
e. An isolated area or equivalent measures should be provided
by the CSP to segregate the organizations data and
resources from other tenants
20.3.4.
Authentication in cloud environment: The organization

must ensure that authentication and authorization on logical
RestrictedPage 105
IG 139

Affairs
Ministry of Home
access control is clearly defined, such as who should be

granted with the rights to access the data, what their access
rights are, and under what conditions these access rights are
provided.
20.3.5.
Continuity of operations: The operational contingency plan

of the organization must include measures to migrate data to
another service provider along with the secure deletion of data
from the previous vendor, should the need arise
IG 140
20.3.6.
Definition of roles and responsibilities: Cloud service

providers should define robust segregation of job roles and
responsibilities
IG 141
a. Employees of the cloud service provider, including all

contractual staff must undergo routine role based training
as well as training on security awareness
b. Employees of the CSP, including all contractual staff
employed by the CSP must be signatory to a stringent nondisclosure agreement
20.3.7.
Security Monitoring: The organization must ensure that

cloud service provider performs security monitoring of the
cloud environment on a continuous basis.
IG 142
a. The CSP must communicate its incident management

procedure to the organization for formal agreement
20.3.8.
Availability of logs: The organization must define the type of

activity and event logs that the CSP must provide. The
organization must ensure that CSP continuously logs
information about all maintenance activity, user and
administrative access, critical system changes amongst
others. CSP must also provide such logs to the organization as
and when requested
IG 143
(For indicative list of logs refer section 19)

20.3.9.
Third party security assessments: The organization must

ensure that CSP periodically undergoes third party security
assessments to assess compliance with organizations policies,
procedures, encryption standards, authentication standards
etc.
IG 144
a. The CSP must provide reports of third party security

assessment to the organization on a periodic basis
20.3.10. Data security in cloud: Classified data should be protected
through encryption both at rest and in transit in a cloud
environment. The cryptographic keys should be managed and
protected securely.
IG 145
a. The organization must ensure that service provider

implements strong data-level encryption such as AES (256
bit) on all classified data stored in the cloud
b. The organization should implement VPN protocols such as
SSH, SSL and IPSEC to secure data in transit
20.3.11. Use of authorized cloud services: The organization must
RestrictedPage 106
IG 146

Affairs
Ministry of Home
ensure that it procures services from authorized service

providers such as those recognised by the Government of India
RestrictedPage 107

Affairs
Ministry of Home
20. Mobility & BYOD

21.1.Background
21.1.1.
Mobility platforms allow organizations to extend access to
operational information to employees on the move and from outside the
physical perimeter of the organization. Such information may be
accessed by employees either on device issued by the organization of on
their personal devices
21.1.2.
Mobile devices such as smartphones, tablets, laptops etc. are
capable of storing and processing information; however, their physical
location is not fixed. They also have the ability to connect to various
wired of wireless networks via technologies such as GPRS, 3G, Wi-Fi etc.
and form connections with other devices via technologies such as
Bluetooth, Near Field Communication (NFC), Infrared (IR) etc.
21.1.3.
Data on mobile devices introduces significant risks to an
organization by introducing several security risks. As mobile devices
possess network connection capabilities, they can be exploited to
connect to the organizations internal networks and can become a point
to breach security
21.1.4.
Mobile devices are inherently prone to physical security risks
leading to loss of sensitive information such as disclosure of classified
information. They may further be exploited for spreading computer
viruses and malicious codes into the organizations internal network
21.1.5.
Thus, safeguards need to be put into place to ensure the
authenticity of both user and device seeking access to information from
outside its physical boundary, as well as to protect information
contained on devices being carried out of the physical perimeter of the
organization
21.2.Mobility and BYOD management guidelines
21.2.1.
Mobile device policy: The organization should define a

mobile device policy to include, at a minimum the following
parameters:
a. Types of approved mobile devices and the approval
mechanism: The organization must evaluate all existing
and newer mobile devices to assess their security
capabilities and vulnerabilities and notify a list of safe
devices which employees are allowed to use for official
purposes
b. The data classification permitted on each type of mobile
device must be defined. The following classes or types of
data are not suitable for BYOD and should not be permitted
on personal devices - data classified as SECRET or
above; other highly valuable or sensitive data which is
likely to be classified as SECRET or above;
c. Device on-boarding and deprovisioning requirements must
RestrictedPage 108
G 76

Affairs
Ministry of Home
be developed to enable standardized approach for allowing

and removal of devices.
d. The organization should reserve the right to control its
data, including the right to backup, retrieve, modify,
determine access and/or delete the organizations data
without prior notice to the user. In lieu of authorization to
user for provisioning of personally owned device for
accessing the organizations data, the organization must
obtain consent to perform the above mentioned tasks
during the device on-boarding
21.2.2.
Risk evaluation of devices: The organization must conduct G 77

a thorough risk evaluation and testing of existing and newer
mobile devices and devise a program to continuously monitor
and discover vulnerabilities associated with such devices
21.2.3.
Allocation of mobile devices: The organization should

define processes for assignment of mobile devices to users,
controlling inventory of devices and device de-provisioning
G 78
a. For user owned devices, the organization should ensure

that all such devices are registered
b. All user owned devices must be configured as per the
organizations mobile device policy
c. All recommended security measures must be enforced on
user owned devices, if they are to be used to access the
organization owned information
21.2.4.
Device lifecycle management and governance: The

G 79
organization must define, enforce and monitor policies
related to device on-boarding, configuration, update and
governance considering the security of information contained
in mobile devices.
a. Devices must be configured with a secure password that
complies with organizations password policy. This
password must not be the same as any other credentials
used within the organization
b. Users should be cautious about the merging of personal
and work email accounts on their devices. They must take
particular care to ensure that company data is only sent
through the organizations email system
21.2.5.
Data transmission and storage: Any authorized personal G 80

device used to access, store or process classified information
must encrypt data transferred over the network by using
appropriate SSL or VPN. The personal device must be
configured to store the organizations data on separate
encrypted storage media or partition, whatever storage
technology is used (e.g. hard disk, solid-state drive, CD/DVD,
USB/flash memory stick, etc.)
RestrictedPage 109

Affairs
21.2.6.
Awareness: The organization should provide necessary

G 81
security awareness training to employees prior to allocating
mobile devices or permitting user owned devices to be used,
for work related matters
21.3.
21.3.1.
Ministry of Home
Mobility and BYOD implementation guidelines

Mobile device policy: The organization must ensure that
proper documents pertaining to provisioning and deprovisioning of employee owned/ organization owned mobile
devices are maintained such as employee name, department,
mobile device serial number, model number, approval
authority for data access on mobile device etc.
IG 147
a. The organization must define a usage policy for mobile

device to meet the business needs of the organization
which includes information such as:
b. The types of approved corporate owned mobile devices and
the approval mechanism for employee owned devices
c. The data classification permitted on each type of mobile
device. Classified information must not be stored in
employee owned mobile devices.
d. The control mechanism that would be implemented to
comply with the security requirements basis data
classification
e. The procedures to ensure timely sanitization of classified
data stored in the mobile devices when staff posts out or
ceases to provide services to the organization
f.
The organization must ensure that mobile devices which

are authorized to access the organizations network, use the
latest, upgraded and most recent stable operating systems
and platform
g. Ensure that jail-broken or devices having any customized

software/firmware installed which is designed to grant
access to functionality which is not intended to be exposed
to the user, are not permitted into the network
h. Mobile devices must not be allowed to be connected
directly to the internal corporate network and must be
granted access by deploying connection authentication
mechanisms
i.
21.3.2.
Devices must be kept up to date with manufacturer or

network provided patches
Risk evaluation of devices: The organization must ensure

that a proper security check of mobile device is performed
prior to admitting them into the organizations network
a. The organization must perform security testing and
assessment of the existing mobile devices at regular
intervals to scan for any security vulnerabilities, uninstalled
patches, unnecessary services etc.
RestrictedPage 110
IG 148

Affairs
21.3.3.
Ministry of Home
Device lifecycle management & governance: The

organization must enforce and monitor policies on mobile
devices, through the use of mobile device management
capabilities.
IG 149
a. All mobile devices must have security controls to prevent

unauthorized access. Measures such as device access
password, inactivity timeout, storage encryption, device
lockout on failed login attempts, secure deletion of data
through remote wipe on device theft or loss etc. must be
enforced on all mobile devices
b. A secure encrypted storage space/container must be
created on all mobile devices. Organizations data must only
be stored in this secure container. Access to the container
should only be granted to applications installed by the
organization. All third party application must be prevented
from accessing this storage area
c. Install and manage protective software (e.g. anti-malware
system or firewall) to protect the devices from malicious
websites or from attacks coming over other
communications channels such as Short Message Service
(SMS)
d. Disable unnecessary hardware components such as the
camera, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, GPS, and restrict the use of
external storage media (e.g. SD cards)
e. Ensure secure deletion of organizations data on device deprovisioning or as user completes tenure with the
organization
21.3.4.
Data transmission & storage: These may include

components such as:
a. Mobile devices must store all user-saved passwords if any,
in an encrypted password application
b. Configuring devices based on users role and access
authorization, thereby limiting the privileges over
modification of device configuration
c. Configuring devices to authenticate users access to
applications post two factor authentication
d. Installation of security features and applications such as
firewall, endpoint protection, device storage encryption
etc.
e. Disabling hardware components such as the camera, Wi-Fi,
Bluetooth, infrared (IR) ports, Bluetooth GPS, and
restricting use of external storage media such as SD cards
f.
Device network connection management to restrict access

to unsecure public networks on devices containing
classified information
g. Installation of capabilities to securely remove and delete

organizations data contained on mobile device
RestrictedPage 111
IG 150

Affairs
Ministry of Home
h. Installation and usage of third party applications on mobile

devices may be restricted. Access to third party application
stores may be limited
i.
Implementing storage separation to segregate official and

personal data
j.
Synchronization of official data contained on mobile device

with organization owned backup server
k. Installation of capabilities to ensure official data is not

shared/ transmitted from mobile device using unauthorized
commercial/ third-party applications including online
storage and cloud services
21.3.5.
Awareness: Adequate training must be imparted to

personnel using mobile devices. Training should include
aspects such as usage of mobile device, maintaining
confidentiality of data, identifying phishing or other fraudulent
activity
RestrictedPage 112
IG 151

Affairs
21.
Ministry of Home
Virtualization
22.1.Background
22.1.1.
Virtualization allows the creation of virtual versions of an ICT asset
or resource such as desktop, a server, a storage device or other network
resources. Devices, applications and human users are able to interact
with virtual resource as if it forms a real logical resource. One or more
combination of several Virtual Machines (VMs) may be used for ICT
operations. Various forms of virtualization exist such as server
virtualization, desktop virtualization, application virtualization and
operating system virtualization etc.
22.1.2.
The virtual machines are managed by a virtual machine manager
also known as the hypervisor. A hypervisor manages various VMs on a
physical machine and controls the flow of instructions between a Virtual
Machine and the underlying physical infrastructure such as CPU, Storage
disk etc. A hypervisor may either run directly on the hardware, or as an
application on top of an existing operating system referred to as the host
OS. The VM running on top of the host operating system (host OS) is
known as the guest operating system (guest OS)
22.1.3.
Virtualization presents organizations with tremendous
opportunities, as well as some significant security challenges. It provides
the basis for the convergence of mobile and cloud computing, allowing
organizations to consolidate resources, improve responsiveness and
become agile in a cost effective manner. However, such consolidation of
physical infrastructure and the creation of hybrid environments lead to
the emergence of new types of risks for the organization. A virtualization
platform must be able to securely segregate multiple workloads
consolidated from mixed trust zones and host them from a single pool of
shared system resources
22.1.4.
Organizations should undertake an assessment of security risks and
evaluate the risks associated with operating an ICT component in a nonvirtualized environment compared with those in a virtual environment.
The security of a virtualized environment largely depends on the
individual security of each component, from the hypervisor and host OS
to the VMs, applications and storage. Virtualization technologies also
connect to network infrastructure and storage networks and require
careful planning with regard to access controls, user permissions, and
traditional security controls. Organization should deploy virtualization
with a complete view of its benefits and risks, and a comprehensive,
defined set of effective system, application and data
22.2.Virtualization management guidelines
22.2.1. Evaluate risks associated with virtual technologies:
Organization should carefully and thoroughly evaluate the
risks associated with virtualizing system
RestrictedPage 113
G 82

Affairs
Ministry of Home
a. Evaluate and address risk: Organization must carry out

risk assessment that should identify whether any additional
measures are necessary to secure and protect information
in a virtualized environment
22.2.2. Strengthen physical access: Organization should
implement appropriate capabilities for safeguarding physical
access to virtualized environments
G 83
a. Access restriction: Organization should ensure that all

unused physical interfaces are disabled, and that physical
or console-level access is restricted and monitored
b. Secure access: Organization should implement methods
for securing administrative access
c. Implementation of access controls: Organization
should ensure that appropriate role-based access controls
are in place that prevent unnecessary access to resources
and enforce separation of duties
22.2.3. Segregation of virtual traffic: the organization should
segregate traffic generated by virtual assets from physical IT
assets traffic and identify open ports in virtualized
environment that can be used to establish insecure
connections
G 84
a. Appropriate capabilities should be implemented to

segregate, track and monitor traffic originating from
virtualized assets
22.2.4. Implement defense in depth: Organization should
implement well-defined and documented policies, processes,
and procedures that are understood and followed by
concerned personnel
G 85
a. Enforce least privilege and separation of duties:

Organization should control access to the virtualization
management console such as hypervisor
b. The organization should provision security policies and
trust zones during virtual machine installation
c. The VMs processing classified information should be
subjected to all security measures defined as reasonable
and appropriate for classified information
d. Segmentation: The organization should implement
appropriate segmentation scheme to limit traffic between
partitions thereby preventing unwanted traffic from passing
through a compromised VM to other VMs on the same host
22.2.5. Harden the virtualization management console:
Organization should deploy hypervisor platforms in a secure
manner according to industry-accepted best practices
a. Robust testing: Organization should ensure that the
security of the virtualization management console such as
hypervisor has been thoroughly tested prior to deployment
b. Limiting access level: Organization should separate
RestrictedPage 114
G 86

Affairs
Ministry of Home
administrative functions such that hypervisor

administrators do not have the ability to modify, delete, or
disable hypervisor audit logs
c. Separating environment: Organization should have
zones and gateways that typically include multiple
independent subnets (physical or VLAN) which are isolated
d. Malware protection: organization should implement
appropriate malware protection capabilities for virtual
assets
22.2.6. Vulnerability information: The organization should develop G 87
capabilities to gather intelligence on reported vulnerabilities of
virtual assets. Additionally, efforts must be made to liaison
with agencies which can offer information about newly
discovered vulnerabilities and risks
a. Patching: Organization should ensure deployment of
patches and other mitigating measures as and when new
security vulnerabilities are discovered
22.2.7. Logging and monitoring: Organization should ensure
appropriate mechanism for integrating virtual environments
with the organizations log management and monitoring
processes
G 88
a. Log generation: Organization should define procedures to

generate and send logs to physically separate, secured
storage in real-time
b. Monitoring logs: Organization should monitor logs to
identify activities that could indicate a breach in the
integrity of segmentation, security controls, or
communication channels between workloads
c. Time synchronization: Virtual assets must be
synchronized with the same time as physical assets using
an organization wide standard time service, to aid
correlation of log information for incident evaluation and
forensics
22.3.Virtualization implementation guidelines
22.3.1. Evaluate risks associated with virtual technologies:
IG 152
a. Proper documentation: Organization should accurately

document flow and storage of data to ensure that all risk
areas are identified and appropriately mitigated
b. The organization must conduct periodic risk assessment to
determine security risks arising out of data compromise,
unauthorized access, virtual machine (VM) cloning,
unexpected server behavior, lack of support, lack of
separation of duties, dormant virtual machines, information
leakage, limited functionality amongst others
22.3.2. Strengthen physical access: The organization must ensure
that all physical entry points to virtualized environments are
RestrictedPage 115
IG 153

Affairs
Ministry of Home
continuously monitored such as by deploying guards, CCTV,

biometric access etc.
a. Administrative access to the virtualized environments
should be secured appropriately such as by implementing
two step authentication or establishing dual or split-control
of administrative passwords between multiple
administrators
22.3.3. Segregation of virtual traffic: The organization must
segregate traffic of virtualized environments from rest of the
network traffic in the organization by using separate switches,
routers, virtual LANs etc.
IG 154
22.3.4. Implement defense-in-depth: The organization must

implement firewalls within virtual machines operating systems
or in trust zones or before each virtual Network Interface Card
(NIC) etc.
IG 155
a. The organization must implement role based access

controls such as by active directory, group policy amongst
others
b. The organization must segment virtualized partitions such
as by using VLANs configured in a virtual switch and VLAN
access control lists (VACLs)
c. The organization must segregate VMs and create security
zones by type of usage (e.g. desktop vs server),
development phase (e.g. development, testing and
production), and sensitivity of data (e.g. classified data vs
unclassified data)
d. The organization must test patches available for new
vulnerabilities in a test environment and replicate to virtual
environment only if such tests are successful
22.3.5. Harden virtualization management console: The
organization must harden the virtualization management
console by following, at a minimum, the following
a. Use directory services for user and group authentication
b. Restrict root access via ssh
c. Prevent MAC address spoofing in virtualized environments
d. Configure NTP for time synchronization for logs
e. Maintain file system integrity for incident response and
regulatory compliance by monitoring critical files that
should be monitored for changes and accidental deletion or
corruption
f.
Disable copy/paste to remote console/location
g. Disable unnecessary devices within virtual machines

h. Prevent connection and removal of devices from virtual
machines
i. Prevent use of any default self-signed certificates for SSL
RestrictedPage 116
IG 156

Affairs
Ministry of Home
communication
j.
Use vulnerability management tools to regularly scan the

host OS and VMs for vulnerabilities
22.3.6. Vulnerability information: The organization must keep a

track of new vulnerabilities for operating systems or
applications contained in virtual environments, through
trusted National Vulnerability Database, notifications from
CERT-In etc.
IG 157
22.3.7. Logging and monitoring: The organization must log

activities for privilege accounts of hypervisor and VM. Security
logs should include events such as access to VM images and
snapshots, changes to user access rights, modifications of file
permission
IG 158
a. Organization should regularly analyze and monitor logs for

any suspicious activity such as unauthorized access
attempts, multiple failed login attempts, system lockout,
critical file changes etc.
RestrictedPage 117

Affairs
22.
Ministry of Home
Social media
23.1.
Background
23.1.1.
Social media and networks offer users the opportunity to participate
in discussions, create and follow blogs, share multimedia files etc.
23.1.2.
However, such information on social media or social networks is
often a source of compromise of sensitive information which may be
detrimental to the Internal or national security of India.
23.1.3.
Social media is often used by personnel to discuss professional
issues or share information about their organization, nature of work,
deployment etc. This not only leads to unnecessary disclosure of
sensitive information but also exposes vital and strategic information.
23.1.4.
Cyber-criminals use advanced techniques to gather intelligence
from such public forums and communities. Such information enables
them to mount cyberattacks by impersonation, spoofing or other social
engineering attacks.
23.1.5.
Additionally, attacks from malware, viruses or malicious script are
easily spread across social media or social networks and similar
applications
23.2.
23.2.1.
Social media management guidelines

Limit exposure of official information: All personnel
G 89
including employees, contractual staff, consultants, partners,
third party staff etc., who manage, operate or support
information systems, facilities, communications networks and
information created, accessed, stored and processed by or on
behalf of the Government of India;
a. Must be prohibited from accessing social media on all
official devices, including personal devices with access to
official information.
b. must be contractually bound against disclosure of official
information on social media or social networking portals or
applications
c. must undergo mandatory training to educate them on
perils and threats in the virtual world such as phishing
emails, suspicious code in page etc. and for following best
practices for practicing safe online behavior
23.2.2.
23.3.
Permitted official use : Only the designated function

G 90
authorized to communicate unclassified information on public
forums may be permitted the use of social media or social
networking portals and applications
Social media implementation guidelines
23.3.1. Limit exposure of official information: The organization IG 159

must use methods to restrict access to social media websites
in the organization environment and on organizations devices
such as by enforcing policies through administrative directory,
RestrictedPage 118

Affairs
Ministry of Home
group policy tools etc.

a. Third party applications must not be integrated with official
websites, unless the same has undergone extensive
security tested by the organization
23.3.2. Permitted official use: The organization must permit only IG 160
authorized personnel in public communication function or
similar in the organization to use social media through policy
enforcement in administrative directory, group policy etc.
a. Training and awareness: Organization should impart
necessary training to all personnel on dos and donts of
social media and threats associated such as education on
phishing emails, web pages, social engineering etc
b. Authorizing personnel for official communication: All
personnel in the organization must be bound contractually
to refrain from speaking on behalf of the organization, not
to share internal information, refrain from commenting on
organizations performance/projects, not to cite
stakeholders while posting any material on social media,
blogs, applications amongst others
RestrictedPage 119

Affairs
Ministry of Home
Guidelines for essential security practices

23.
Security testing
24.1.Background
24.1.1.
Security testing is the process of determining how effectively an
entity being assessed meets specific security objectives. The process is
intended to reveal flaws in the security mechanisms of an information
system that protects data and maintain functionality as intended.
Organizations conduct focused security testing with vulnerability
assessment to discover and identify security vulnerabilities followed by
penetration testing to simulate an attack by a malicious party and
involves exploitation of found vulnerabilities to gain further access
24.1.2.
Security testing uncovers the current state of security in the
organization to safeguard three main objectives of confidentiality,
availability and integrity. It helps organizations to strengthen the security
by mitigating and addressing all the vulnerabilities and weaknesses found
as a result of the exercise. This further enhances organizations defenses
against the exploitation of vulnerabilities by the attackers
24.1.3.
In the absence of appropriate security testing, present
vulnerabilities may go unaddressed and exploitation by attackers may
incur huge reputational and financial losses to the organization.
24.2.Security testing management guidelines
24.2.1.
Security evaluation: Organization should deploy appropriate G 91

capabilities to evaluate all systems, applications, networks,
policies, procedures and technology platforms such as cloud
computing, mobility platforms, virtual environments etc. to
identify vulnerabilities
24.2.2.
Testing scenarios: Organization should perform security

evaluation by constructing scenarios combining internal and
external threat agents
G 92
24.2.3.
Overt and covert testing: Organizations should perform

both white hat and black hat testing to examine damage or
estimate impact by an adversary
G 93
24.2.4.
Vulnerability existence: Organization should deploy

appropriate techniques which corroborate the existence of
vulnerabilities
G 94
24.3. Security testing implementation guidelines

24.3.1.
Security evaluation: The organization must ensure that

IG 161
relevant capabilities, tools and techniques are deployed for
security evaluation such as use of network discovery, network
port and service identification, vulnerability scanning, wireless
scanning, and application security examination
a. Security compliance evaluation: Organization should
deploy appropriate capabilities to evaluate all systems,
applications, networks etc. and technology platforms such
RestrictedPage 120

Affairs
Ministry of Home
as cloud computing, mobility platforms, virtual

environments etc. to check for compliance with security
policies
24.3.2.
IG 162
Testing Scenarios:
a. Internal testing: The organization must conduct internal

security testing assuming the identity of a trusted insider
or an attacker who has penetrated the perimeter defenses
b. External testing: The organization must conduct external
security testing from outside the organizations security
perimeter with techniques such as reconnaissance,
enumeration
24.3.3.
Overt and covert testing:
IG 163
a. Black hat testing: The organization must conduct black

hat testing assuming an approach followed by an
adversary, by performing testing without the knowledge of
the organizations IT staff but with the full knowledge and
permission of CISO/ Senior management
b. White hat testing: The organization must perform white
hat testing with the knowledge and consent of the
organizations IT staff
24.3.4.
Vulnerability existence: Security testing and assessment IG 164

tools should be used to corroborate the existence of
vulnerabilities which includes a list of products & affected
version, technical details, typical consequences of
exploitation, current exploitation status and overall measure of
severity etc.
RestrictedPage 121

Affairs
24.
Ministry of Home
Security auditing
25.1.Background
25.1.1.
The ability of an organizations security architecture to provide
assurance over its security coverage is important in order understand
effectiveness of measures and capabilities implemented to counter
threats and risks which may jeopardize the operations of an organization
25.1.2.
Security auditing is essential to test the effectiveness of design,
implementation and operation of security countermeasures and
adherence to compliance requirements
25.1.3.
Security auditing is primarily conducted with the intent of checking
conformance with established policies, procedures, standards guidelines
and controls. It involves review of operational, technical, administrative,
managerial controls implemented for information security
25.1.4.
Recommendations and corrective actions are derived out of security
audits to improve the implementation of controls and reduce security risks
to an acceptable level
25.1.5.
Security auditing is an on-going task and presents the overall state
of existing protection at a given point in time and reveals status of
implementation compared with defined security policies
25.2.Security audit management guidelines
25.2.1.
Determine security auditing requirements: The

organization should define enterprise-wide mechanism to
identify requirements and considerations for conducting
security audits and scope definition. Parameters, such as the
ones listed below, should be used by the organization to
define scope of audits:
G 95
a. Nature of operations, risk appetite of organization,

criticality of processes and operational transactions
b. Exposure of organizations information to security threats
c. Enterprise security policy, strategy and standards
d. Legal and compliance requirements
e. Historical information: previous audit reports, security
incidents
25.2.2.
Periodicity and nature of audits: The organization should

conduct periodic audits of all information systems,
infrastructure, facilities, third parties etc. which handle
classified information at any instance in its lifecycle
a. Define nature of audit internal/external, ongoing/project
based, enterprise wide/limited to individual area
b. Define need for audit compliance specific (NISPG, ISO
standard, PCI- DSS etc.), security certification specific
c. Allocate audit related tasks to dedicated and independent
RestrictedPage 122
G 96

Affairs
Ministry of Home
audit execution team such as internal team, third-party

audit etc.
d. Define security audit types, schedule & timeline of audits,
resource requirement audit internal stakeholders and
external partners efforts required
e. Establish audit and assurance processes, and tactical
mechanisms or tools to conduct the same
25.2.3.
Audit management function: The organization should

formulate a dedicated audit management function
G 97
a. Roles & responsibilities of the function should be clearly

defined
b. Identification of resources required for security audit such
as automated tools, manpower, down time etc
25.2.4.
Evidence and artifacts: The organization must define

processes to manage audit sources or artifacts or evidences,
such as below, in a secure manner
G 98
a. Policy documents
b. Design/architecture
c. Flow diagrams
d. System documents
e. Process documents
f.
Standards and procedures
g. Operational guidelines
h. Systems reports
i.
25.2.5.
Test reports
Management reporting and actions: The organization

G 99
must devise processes which ensure that all audit
observations, issues and recommendations by the audit teams
are reported to the head of respective department for
necessary action and review
25.3.Security audit implementation guidelines

25.3.1.
Determine security auditing requirements: The

organization must hold meetings with all stakeholders or
heads of the department to chalk out the requirements for
security audits such as:
IG 165
a. Examine the effectiveness of the existing policy, standards,

guidelines and procedures
b. Compensating measures for existing vulnerabilities
c. Risks associated with category of classified information
25.3.2.
Periodicity and nature of audits: Security audits must be IG 166

conducted periodically to ensure compliance with security
policy, guidelines, and procedures, and to determine the
minimum set of controls required to address an organizations
RestrictedPage 123

Affairs
Ministry of Home
security. At a minimum security audit should be performed:

a. Prior to implementation or installation or major
enhancements in the organization
b. Periodically such as quarterly either manually or
automatically using tools
c. Randomly between planned cycles of quarterly audit to
reflect actual practice
25.3.3.
Audit management function: A dedicated management

function must be formulated by organization to conduct
security audits and associated tasks such as
IG 167
a. Compiling audit requirements

b. Defining audit types
c. Identifying audit engagements
d. Planning and arranging audits
e. Overseeing audit execution
f.
Managing engagement performance
g. Managing audit results

h. Reporting to the management
25.3.4.
Evidence and artifacts: The organization must define how IG 168

much and what type of information should be captured, during
each audit cycle
a. Organization should filter, store, access and review the
audit data and logs such as log files including system start
up and shut down information, logon and logout attempts,
command execution, access violations amongst others;
reports such as audit trails, summaries, statistics amongst
others; storage media such as optical disks, USBs etc.
25.3.5.
Management reporting and actions: Personnel associated IG 169

with security audit should analyze auditing results to reflect
current security status, severity level of the vulnerabilities or
anomalies present after removing false-positives and report it
to the concerned departments of the organization for
remediation. The results of all security audits must be shared
with the ISSC and senior management
a. Recommendations and corrective actions for improvements
RestrictedPage 124

Affairs
25.
Ministry of Home
Business continuity
26.1.Background
26.1.1.
Business continuity is a key element in organizations security
initiatives. Information systems are vulnerable to a number of disruptions
and threats ranging from both man-made and natural disasters. One of
the major objectives of business continuity is the protection of availability
of information, by timely resumption of key operational activities, in the
event of a disruption
26.1.2.
The identification of disruptions should essentially be part of the
overall information security risk assessment. This will help identify the
various types of threats to information and empower the organization to
develop strategies to protect against the same. All activities and
operations inherently possess risks which need to be identified, in addition
to the potential of such risks cause interruptions. The response strategy to
contain and manage risks in an effective manner and to reduce the likely
impact of such disruptions may then be devised by organizations
26.2.Business continuity management guidelines
G 100
26.2.1.
Inventory of operational processes: The organization

should create an inventory of all operational processes and
categorize each on the basis of sensitivity and criticality of
information transacted in each process
26.2.2.
Risk assessment and impact analysis: The organization G 101

should conduct appropriate risk assessments and impact
analysis to identify the associated risk, likely impact and
disruption and the likelihood of occurrence of such disruption
26.2.3.
Protection from disruption: The organization must

G 102
implement appropriate controls to prevent or reduce risk from
likely disruptions
26.2.4.
Test and management of continuity plans: The

organization should devise, implement, test and maintain
business continuity response plans
G 103
a. The organization should devise appropriate strategy to

ensure continuity of operations and availability of classified
information and information systems, in the event of a
disruption
b. Adequate redundancies should be created to ensure
alternate personnel, location and infrastructure are
available to manage a disruptive event
26.2.5.
Security capability continuity: The organization should

G 104
implement measures to ensure that the security of information
and information systems containing classified information is
maintained to its defined level, even in the event of a
disruption or adverse situation
26.2.6.
Improvement of continuity plans: The organization should G 105

verify and test business continuity processes and procedures
RestrictedPage 125

Affairs
Ministry of Home
on a regular basis to identify gaps and weaknesses in its

implementation. Appropriate feedback mechanisms should be
developed to continuously improve efficiency of business
continuity processes
26.3.Business continuity implementation guidelines

26.3.1.
Inventory of operational processes: Responsibility for

IG 170
systems and resource availability and key business processes
should be clearly identified in advance
a. Create mapping of ICT systems with operational processes
b. Continuous update of the mapping above
c. Use of automated tool to track changes and perform
updates
26.3.2.
Risk assessment and business impact analysis:
IG 171
a. Risk assessment should be performed by personnel

representing various organizational functions and support
groups
b. Organization should identify and review risks that could
possibly impact the business, and rate the likelihood of
each, using information about known or anticipated risks
c. Risk assessments and business impact analysis must be
conducted at a regular frequency
26.3.3.
Protection from disruption: Organization should identify,

document and review risks associated with business critical
processes such as sales, research & development amongst
others. Appropriate controls should be deployed by the
organization to address the risks.
IG 172
26.3.4.
Test and management of continuity plans: Organization

should identify resources required for resumption and
recovery, such resources can include personnel, technology
hardware and software, specialized equipment, identifying &
backing up vital business records amongst others.
IG 173
26.3.5.
Security capability continuity:
IG 174
a. Appropriate capabilities should be implemented to

maintain existing information security posture during
disruptions
b. Compensating controls and capabilities should be
implemented in case of collapse of existing security
capabilities and attempts must be made to return to most
secure condition in least possible time
26.3.6.
Improvement of continuity plans: Continuity plans should IG 175

be regularly reviewed and evaluated. Reviews should occur
according to a pre-determined schedule such as on yearly
basis, and documentation of the review should be maintained
a. There must be a steering committee setup to oversee the
RestrictedPage 126

Affairs
Ministry of Home
Business Continuity strategy and implementation and a

working group to review and implement the IT DR
RestrictedPage 127

Affairs
26.
Ministry of Home
Open source technology
27.1. Background
27.1.1.
Open source technology is available as source code under a license
agreement. It imposes very few restrictions on the use, modification and
redistribution of the source code. Using open standards can support
greater interoperability between systems and devices
27.1.2.
The use of open source technology is particularly widespread in
areas such as network infrastructure, computer servers, information
security, Internet and intranet applications and network communications
27.1.3.
Open source technology rarely involves any up-front purchase costs
and provides more flexibility compared with commercial software
contractual agreements
27.2. Open source technology management guidelines
27.2.1.
Integration: The organization must ensure that open source G 106

technology selections are suitable for integration with existing
infrastructure
27.2.2.
Licensing: Organization must ensure that open source

G 107
technology has minimum licensing and binding requirements
27.2.3.
Security testing: Organization must conduct independent G 108

security review of open source technology in addition to
gathering information about security of such technology from
subject matter experts etc. (refer section 15)
27.2.4.
Installation: Organization must make sure that open source G 109

technology to be procured contains clearly defined and easy to
understand installation procedure
27.2.5.
Additional requirements: The organization must ensure

G 110
that additional system components required for procurement
of open source technology are adequately handled
27.2.6.
Expertise: Organization must ensure that it has capability

and expertise for testing and deployment of open source
technology
27.2.7.
Availability of support: Organization must ensure that

G 112
vendors providing open source technology are contractually
bound to provide lifetime support towards patching and upgradation of the technology
G 111
27.3. Open source technology implementation guidelines

27.3.1.
Integration: Organization should consider various factors

IG 176
which make open source technology suitable for integration
with existing infrastructure such as operating system,
processing power, storage space, connectivity, interoperability
with other technologies amongst others
RestrictedPage 128

Affairs
Ministry of Home
27.3.2.
Licensing: Organization should ensure that licensing

IG 177
agreements have minimum binding nature such as on the use
of technology, time duration of use, number of systems
allowed for use, permitted modifications amongst others
27.3.3.
Installation: Organization should ensure open source

technology has clearly defined installation process which is
understandable to ICT personnel
27.3.4.
Additional requirements: Organization should ensure that IG 179

additional requirements of open source technology are
adequately obtained such as system components, libraries or
modules amongst others.
27.3.5.
Expertise: Organization must ensure that it has expertise to IG 180

handle installation, migration, maintenance, changes etc. in
the open source technology either in-house or through
external parties.
27.3.6.
Availability of support:
IG 178
IG 181
a. The organization must ensure that adequate support in the

form of upgrades, patches etc. is part of contractual
obligation of vendor providing open source technology
b. Organization should make sure of relevant support
mechanism in case of any problems with the open source
technology while in use such as availability of helpdesk,
troubleshooting and bug-fix services amongst others
c. Organization should ensure that open source technology
receives regular patching of newly introduced
vulnerabilities
d. Organization should also ensure that open source
technology receives relevant up gradation to it from the
vendor at regular intervals
RestrictedPage 129

Affairs
Ministry of Home
Information handling matrix

27. Adoption matrix based on information
classification
Area
Top secret
Inventory
of assets
and
infrastruc
ture
Mapping of
information to
infrastructure
element
Categorization
of devices
based on
information
classification
Comprehensive
network
diagram
Updation to
reflect each
change
Standard for
device
configuration
Documentation
of configuration
changes
Adherence to
architecture
principles
---------------G1
C1, C2, C3
IG1, IG1(a);
IG2, IG2(a), (b);
IG3, IG3 (a),
(b),(c)
Security
testing of
network
&
infrastruc
ture
devices
Tested and
certified in any
globally
recognised lab
Tested and
certified by
labs of STQC,
DRDO or other
designated
government
test labs
---------------G2,
C4
IG4, IG4(b), (c)
Secret
Confidentia
l
Restricted
Unclassifie
d

Mapping of
information to
infrastructure
element
Categorization
of devices
based on
information
classification
Comprehensiv
e network
diagram
Updation to
reflect each
change
Standard for
device
configuration
Documentation
of
configuration
changes
Adherence to
architecture
principles
---------------G1
C1, C2, C3
IG1, IG1(a);
IG2, IG2(a),
(b);
IG3, IG3 (a),
(b),(c)
Tested and
certified in any
globally
recognised lab
Tested and
certified by
labs of STQC,
DRDO or other
designated
government
test labs
---------------G2,
C4
IG4, IG4(b), (c)
Mapping of
information to
infrastructure
element
Comprehensiv
e network
diagram
Updation to
reflect each
change
Standard for
device
configuration
Adherence to
architecture
principles
---------------G1
C1, C2, C3
IG1,
IG2, IG2(a);
IG3, IG3 (a), (c)
Comprehensiv
e network
diagram
Updation to
reflect each
change
Standard for
device
configuration
---------------G1
C2, C3
IG2, IG2(a);
IG3,
Self-certified
by
manufacturer
Self-certified
by
manufacturer
---------------G2,
C4
IG4, IG4(a)
---------------G2,
C4
IG4, IG4(a), (b)
RestrictedPage 130
Comprehensiv
e network
diagram
Standard for
device
configuration
---------------G1
C2, C3
IG2,
IG3,
----------------

Affairs
Ministry of Home
Area
Top secret
Secret
Confidentia
l
Restricted
Unclassifie
d
Network
perimeter
security
Traffic
inspection and
detection
Intrusion
detection
system
Intrusion
prevention
system
DoS and DDoS
protection
SIEM capability
Mock drill
Disable IPv6
unless required
Standard
addresses for
critical systems
Firewall, IDS,
IPS capable of
IPv6
Logging for
IPv6 traffic
All future
network should
be IPv6
compatible
---------------G3,
C5,C6,
IG5, IG5 (a),
(b), (c), (d), (e)
IG6 , IG6 (a),
(b), (c), (d) , (e)
Traffic
inspection and
detection
Intrusion
detection
system
Intrusion
prevention
system
DoS and DDoS
protection
SIEM capability
Mock drill
Disable IPv6
unless required
Standard
addresses for
critical
systems
Firewall, IDS,
IPS capable of
IPv6
Logging for
IPv6 traffic
All future
network should
be IPv6
compatible
Traffic
inspection and
detection
Intrusion
detection
system
Intrusion
prevention
system
DoS and DDoS
protection
Disable IPv6
unless required
All future
network should
be IPv6
compatible
Traffic
inspection and
detection
DoS protection
Disable IPv6
unless required
All future
network should
be IPv6
compatible
Traffic
inspection and
detection
Disable IPv6
unless
required
All future
network
should be IPv6
compatible
---------------G3,
C5,C6,
IG5, IG5 (a)
IG6 , IG6 (a) ,
(e)
Network
zones
Demilitarized
Zone (DMZ)
Access control
list (ACL)
Virtual LAN
Network and
host based
firewalls
Application &
content
filtering and
proxies
Physical
segregation
---------------G4
C7, C8,C9
---------------G3,
C5,C6,
IG5, IG5 (a),
(b), (c), (d), (e)
IG6 , IG6 (a),
(b), (c), (d) ,
(e)
Demilitarized
Zone (DMZ)
Access control
list (ACL)
Virtual LAN
Network and
host based
firewalls
Application &
content
filtering and
proxies
---------------G4
C7, C8,C9
IG7, IG7 (a),
(b)
---------------G3,
C5,C6,
IG5, IG5 (a),
(d)
IG6 , IG6 (a),
(e)
---------------G3,
C5,C6,
IG5, IG5 (a),
(b), (c), (d)
IG6 , IG6 (a) ,
(e)
Demilitarized
Zone (DMZ)
Access control
list (ACL)
Virtual LAN
Network and
host based
firewalls
---------------G4
C7, C8,C9
IG7, IG7 (a),
(b)
IG8, IG8 (a),
(b), (c), (d),(e)
IG9, IG9 (a),
Demilitarized
Zone (DMZ)
Access control
list (ACL)
Virtual LAN
---------------G4
C7, C8,
IG7, IG7 (a),
(b)
IG8, IG8 (a),
(b), (c), (d), (e)
RestrictedPage 131
Demilitarized
Zone (DMZ)
Access control
list (ACL)
---------------G4
C7, C8,
IG7, IG7 (a),
(b)

Affairs
Area
LAN
security
Top secret
Secret
IG7, IG7 (a), (b)

IG8, IG8 (a),
(b), (c), (d),(e)
IG9, IG9 (a),
(b), (c)
Remove default
device
password
Use of complex
12 character
password
Use secure
protocols - SSH,
SSL, IPSec
Traffic
monitoring
Mapping of IP
addresses to
MAC address
IG8, IG8 (a),

(b), (c), (d),(e)
IG9, IG9 (a),
(b)
---------------G5
C10
IG10, IG10 (a),
(b), (c), (d), (e)
Remove
default device
password
Use of complex
12 character
password
Use secure
protocols SSH, SSL,
IPSec
Traffic
monitoring
Mapping of IP
addresses to
MAC address
---------------G5
C10
IG10, IG10 (a),
(b), (c), (d), (e)
Wireless
architectu
re
Wireless
network not
allowed
Wireless
network not
allowed
Ministry of Home
Confidentia
l
Restricted
Unclassifie
d
Remove
default device
password
Use of complex
12 character
password
Use secure
protocols SSH, SSL,
IPSec
Traffic
monitoring
Remove
default device
password
Use of complex
12 character
password
Use secure
protocols SSH, SSL,
IPSec
Remove
default device
password
Use of
complex 12
character
password
Use secure
protocols SSH, SSL,
IPSec
---------------G5
C10
IG10, IG10 (a),
(b), (c), (d)
Limiting
coverage of
access points
Standard
wireless
network
configuration
Wireless
encryption
(WPA-2 or
higher)
Secure
protocol for
managing
access points
Wireless
security
gateway
No visitor
VLAN access
Audit and
vulnerabilities
assessment
Logging and
monitoring
No concurrent
wired and
wireless
connection
---------------G5
C10
IG10, IG10 (a),
(b), (c)
Limiting
coverage of
access points
Standard
wireless
network
configuration
Wireless
encryption
(WPA-2 or
higher)
Secure
protocol for
managing
access points
Wireless
security
gateway
Audit and
vulnerabilities
assessment
Logging and
monitoring
Disable SSID
broadcasting
Disable DHCP
and assign
static IP
addresses
RestrictedPage 132
---------------G5
C10
IG10, IG10 (a),
(b), (c)
Limiting
coverage of
access points
Standard
wireless
network
configuration
Wireless
encryption
(WPA-2 or
higher)
Secure
protocol for
managing
access points
Audit and
vulnerabilities
assessment
---------------G6
C11
IG11, IG11 (a),
(b), (c), (d), (g)

Affairs
Area
Top secret
Secret
Confidentia
l
Restricted
Physical
isolation
---------------G6
C11
IG11, IG11 (a),
(b), (c), (d),
(e), (g), (h),
(k), (l)
Disable SSID
broadcasting
Disable DHCP
and assign
static IP
addresses
Network
security
managem
ent
Disable unused
ports, protocols
services
No personal
device allowed
Access to
public network
not allowed
Identification of
device
connecting to
the network
Pre-connection
health scan
Restricted
external
connections
Remote access,
VOIP, telephony
and
conferencing
not allowed
Maintain
updated
firmware
In-house patch
testing and
change
mechanism
Develop
process for
change
management
Approval by
Information
Security
Steering
Committee
Disable unused
ports,
protocols
services
No personal
device allowed
Access to
public network
not allowed
Identification
of device
connecting to
the network
Pre-connection
health scan
Restricted
external
connections
Remote
access, VOIP,
telephony and
conferencing
not allowed
Maintain
updated
firmware
In-house patch
testing and
change
mechanism
Develop
process for
change
management
Approval by
Information
Security
Steering
Ministry of Home
---------------G6
C11
IG11, IG (a),
(b), (c), (d),
(e), (f), (g), (h),
(i), (j), (k), (l)
Authorization
and
provisioning of
personal
devices
Health check
of personal
devices
Containerizatio
n of data on
personal
devices
Monitored
external
connections
Strict
governance of
remote access,
VOIP,
telephony and
conferencing
Maintain
updated
firmware
Bi-annual
security audit
of all
information
systems,
network
devices,
processes,
governance
procedures
etc.
Unclassifie
d
Maintain
updated
firmware
Use of
personal
device allowed
Yearly security
audit of all
information
systems,
network
devices,
processes,
governance
procedures
etc.
Maintain
updated
firmware
Use of
personal
device allowed
Yearly security
audit of all
information
systems,
network
devices,
processes,
governance
procedures
etc.
---------------G7
C12,C13, C16,
C18, , C21
IG12
IG13
IG16
IG18
---------------G7
C12,C13, C16,
C18, , C21
IG12
IG13
IG16
IG18
---------------G7
RestrictedPage 133

Affairs
Area
Top secret
Secret
Confidentia
l
Secure
transmission
cables and
cabinets
Quarterly
security audit
of all
information
systems,
network
devices,
processes,
governance
procedures etc.
Committee
Secure
transmission
cables and
cabinets
Quarterly
security audit
of all
information
systems,
network
devices,
processes,
governance
procedures
etc.
C12,C13,C14,C
15, C16,
C17,C18, , C21
IG12
IG13, IG13 (a),
(b), (c), (d)
IG14 (a), (b),
IG15, IG15 (a),
(b), (c), (d),
(e), (f), (g)
IG17, IG17 (a),
(b), (c), (d), (e)
---------------G7
C12,C14,C15,
C16, C17,C18,
C21
IG12
IG14, IG14 (a),
(b),
IG15, IG15 (a),
(b), (c), (d), (e),
(f), (g)
IG16
IG17, IG17 (a),
(b), (c), (d), (e)
IG18
IG21
Unauthori
zed
access
Changed
device default
credentials
Network active
host scanning
mechanism
IP scanners
Client-side
digital
certificates
---------------G8
C19, C20
IG19
IG20, IG20 (a)
---------------G7
C12,C14,C15,
C16,
C17,C18, , C21
IG12
IG14, IG14 (a),
(b),
IG15, IG15 (a),
(b), (c), (d),
(e), (f), (g)
IG16
IG17, IG17 (a),
(b), (c), (d), (e)
IG18
IG21
Changed
device default
credentials
Network active
host scanning
mechanism
IP scanners
Client-side
digital
certificates
---------------G8
C19, C20
IG19
IG20, IG20 (a)
Extending
connectiv
ity to
third
parties
Access only to
limited ports,
services,
protocols
Limit access to
defined
Access only to
limited ports,
services,
protocols
Limit access to
defined
Ministry of Home
Restricted
Unclassifie
d
Changed
device default
credentials
Network active
host scanning
mechanism
---------------G8
C19
IG19
Changed
device default
credentials
---------------G8
C19
IG19
Changed
device default
credentials
---------------G8
C19
IG19
Access only to
limited ports,
services,
protocols
Limit access to
defined
Access only to
limited ports,
services,
protocols
Limit access to
defined
Access only to
limited ports,
services,
protocols
No sharing of
network
RestrictedPage 134

Affairs
Area
Ministry of Home
Top secret
Secret
Confidentia
l
Restricted
Unclassifie
d
purpose and
time duration
No sharing of
network
configuration,
device
credentials
Strict
monitoring of
third party
traffic to and
from network
---------------G9
C22
IG22, IG22 (a),
(b), (c), (d)
purpose and
time duration
No sharing of
network
configuration,
device
credentials
Strict
monitoring of
third party
traffic to and
from network
---------------G9
C22
IG22, IG22 (a),
(b), (c), (d)
purpose and
time duration
No sharing of
network
configuration,
device
credentials
Strict
monitoring of
third party
traffic to and
from network
---------------G9
C22
IG22, IG22 (a),
(b), (c), (d)
purpose and
time duration
No sharing of
network
configuration,
device
credentials
---------------G9
C22
IG22, IG22 (a),
(b), (c),
configuration,
device
credentials
---------------G9
C22
IG22, IG22 (a),
(b),

Governan
ce
procedur
es for
access
rights,
identity &
privileges
Mapping and
grouping of
business roles
with IT roles
Rules for
granting and
revoking
access
Unique identity
of each user
Identity
provisioning
process and
workflow
Sharing of user
ID not allowed
Designated
process of user
access
authorization
Strict
enforcement of
access policies
across
infrastructure
components
Correlation
between
physical and
logical access
Role based
access control
Authorization
as per security
access matrix
Logging,
monitoring and
Mapping and
grouping of
business roles
with IT roles
Rules for
granting and
revoking
access
Unique identity
of each user
Identity
provisioning
process and
workflow
Sharing of user
ID not allowed
Designated
process of user
access
authorization
Strict
enforcement of
access policies
across
infrastructure
components
Correlation
between
physical and
logical access
Role based
access control
Authorization
as per security
access matrix
Logging,
monitoring and
Mapping and
grouping of
business roles
with IT roles
Rules for
granting and
revoking
access
Unique identity
of each user
Identity
provisioning
process and
workflow
Sharing of user
ID allowed on
approval
Logging of
activity from
shared user ID
Designated
process of user
access
authorization
Strict
enforcement of
access policies
across
infrastructure
components
Role based
access control
Logging,
monitoring and
review of user
privileges
----------------
Mapping and
grouping of
business roles
with IT roles
Unique identity
of each user
Sharing of user
ID allowed on
approval
Logging of
activity from
shared user ID
Designated
process of user
access
authorization
Need to know
access
---------------G10
C23, C24, C25,
C26, C27, C28,
C29,
IG23, IG23 (a),
(b)
IG24, IG24 (a),
(c), (d), (e), (f),
(g)
IG25, IG25 (a),
(b), (c), (d),
IG26, IG26 (a),
(b), (c),
IG27, IG27 (a),
(b)
IG28
RestrictedPage 135
Unique
identity of
each user
Sharing of
user ID
allowed on
approval
Logging of
activity from
shared user ID
Designated
process of
user access
authorization
Need to know
access
----------------
G10
C23, C24, C25,
C26, C27, C28,
C29,
IG23, IG23 (a),
(b)
IG24, IG24 (a),
(d), (f)
IG25, IG25 (a),
(b), (c), (d),
IG26, IG26 (a)
IG27, IG27 (a),
(b)
IG28
IG29, IG29

Affairs
Area
Authentic
ation &
authoriza
tion for
access
Top secret
Secret
Confidentia
l
review of user
privileges
Strict control of
special
privileges
duration,
purpose,
monitoring
---------------G10
C23, C24, C25,
C26, C27, C28,
C29,
IG23, IG23 (a),
(b), (c), (d)
IG24, IG24 (a),
(b), (c)
IG25, IG25 (a),
(b), (c), (d),
IG26, IG26 (a),
(b), (c), (d),
IG27, IG27 (a),
(b), (c), (d),
IG28
review of user
privileges
Strict control of
special
privileges
duration,
purpose,
monitoring
---------------G10
C23, C24, C25,
C26, C27, C28,
C29,
IG23, IG23 (a),
(b), (c), (d)
IG24, IG24 (a),
(b), (c),
IG25, IG25 (a),
(b), (c), (d),
IG26, IG26 (a),
(b), (c), (d),
IG27, IG27 (a),
(b), (c), (d),
IG28
IG29, IG29 (a),

(b), (c)
User ID/
password
Multifactor
authentication
(including
biometrics)
Directory
services
Identity
proofing
One time
password
PKI
authentication
Encrypted
channel for
credential
sharing
Disable account
on inactivity of
30 days
Elaborate
access use
policy
User signoff on
acceptable use
policy
IG29, IG29 (a),

(b), (c)
User ID/
password
Multifactor
authentication
(including
biometrics)
Directory
services
Identity
proofing
One time
password
PKI
authentication
Encrypted
channel for
credential
sharing
Disable
account on
inactivity of 30
days
Elaborate
access use
policy
User signoff on
acceptable use
policy
G10
C23, C24, C25,
C26, C27, C28,
C29,
IG23, IG23 (a),
(b), (c), (d)
IG24, IG24 (a),
(b), (c), (d),
(e), (f), (g)
IG25, IG25 (a),
(b), (c), (d),
IG26, IG26 (a),
(b), (c),
IG27, IG27 (a),
(b), (c)
IG28
Ministry of Home
Restricted
Unclassifie
d
IG29, IG29 (a),

(b), (c)
IG29, IG29 (a),

(b), (c)
User ID/
password
Multifactor
authentication
Directory
services
Encrypted
channel for
credential
sharing
Disable
account on
inactivity of 45
days
Elaborate
access use
policy
---------------G11
C30, C31, C32
IG30 , IG30 (a),
(b), (c), (d)
IG31, IG31 (a),
(b), (c), (d),
IG32, IG32 (a),
(b), (c)
User ID/
password
Directory
services
Encrypted
channel for
credential
sharing
Disable
account on
inactivity of 60
days
Elaborate
access use
policy
---------------G11
C30, C31, C32
IG30 , IG30 (a),
IG31, IG31 (a)
IG32, IG32 (a),
(b), (c)
----------------
RestrictedPage 136
User ID/
password
Encrypted
channel for
credential
sharing
Disable
account on
inactivity of 60
days
Elaborate
access use
policy
---------------G11
C30, C31, C32
IG30 , IG30
(a),
IG31, IG31 (a)
IG32, IG32 (a)

Affairs
Area
Password
managem
ent
Credentia
l
monitorin
g
Top secret
Secret
G11
C30, C31, C32
IG30 , IG30 (a),
(b), (c), (d)
IG31, IG31 (a),
(b), (c), (d),
IG32, IG32 (a),
(b), (c)
---------------G11
C30, C31, C32
IG30 , IG30 (a),
(b), (c), (d)
IG31, IG31 (a),
(b), (c), (d),
IG32, IG32 (a),
(b), (c)
Password
activation
process
12 character
complex
alphanumeric
password
Password
encryption
Strict
adherence to
password
standards
Revocation
post 30 days
inactivity
Change default
password prior
to use
Password
communication
through
alternate
channel
---------------G12
C33
IG33, IG33 (a),
(b), (c), (d),
(e), (f)
IG34
Log generation
and retention
of all user
account
related activity
Monitoring of
all instances of
authentication,
authorization
of access
Deny access to
system post 3
unsuccessful
login attempts
----------------
Password
activation
process
12 character
complex
alphanumeric
password
Password
encryption
Strict
adherence to
password
standards
Revocation
post 30 days
inactivity
Change default
password prior
to use
Password
communication
through
alternate
channel
---------------G12
C33
IG33, IG33 (a),
(b), (c), (d), (e),
(f)
IG34
Log generation
and retention
of all user
account related
activity
Monitoring of
all instances of
authentication,
authorization of
access
Deny access to
system post 3
unsuccessful
login attempts
Ministry of Home
Confidentia
l
Restricted
Unclassifie
d
Password
activation
process
12 character
complex
alphanumeric
password
Password
encryption
Strict
adherence to
password
standards
Revocation
post 45 days
inactivity
Change default
password prior
to use
Password
communication
through
alternate
channel
---------------G12
C33
IG33, IG33 (a),
(b), (c), (d),
(e), (f)
IG34
Log generation
and retention
of all user
account
related activity
Deny access to
system post 5
unsuccessful
login attempts
---------------G13
C35, C36
IG35
IG36, IG36 (a),
(b)
Password
activation
process
12 character
complex
alphanumeric
password
Password
encryption
Strict
adherence to
password
standards
Revocation
post 60 days
inactivity
Change default
password prior
to use
---------------G12
C33
IG33, IG33 (a),
(b), (c), (d), (e)
IG34
Password
activation
process
12 character
complex
alphanumeric
password
Password
encryption
Strict
adherence to
password
standards
Revocation
post 60 days
inactivity
Change
default
password prior
to use
---------------G12
C33
IG33, IG33 (a),
(b), (c), (d), (e)
IG34
Deny access to
system post 5
unsuccessful
login attempts
---------------G13
C35, C36
IG36, IG36 (a),
(b)
Random
CAPTCHA post
3 unsuccessful
login attempts
---------------G13
C35, C36
IG36, IG36 (a),
(b)
RestrictedPage 137

Affairs
Area
Provisioni
ng
personal
devices
and
remote
access
Segregati
on of
duties
Access
record
document
ation
Linkage
of logical
and
physical
access
Disciplina
ry actions
Top secret
Secret
---------------G13
C35, C36
IG35
IG36, IG36 (a),
(b)
Strict
monitoring of
maintenance
and support
activity
Log of all
maintenance
activity
No remote
access
G13
C35, C36
IG35
IG36, IG36 (a),
(b)
---------------G14
C37, C38, C39
IG37
IG38, IG38 (a),
(b), (c),
IG39
Segregation of
duties
---------------G15
C40
IG40, IG40 (a),
(b), (c), (d), (e),
(f), (g)
Maintain record
of user access
request
---------------G16
C25
IG25, IG25 (a)
Mechanism to
correlate
between logical
and physical
access
---------------G17
C26
IG26 (d)
Non
compliance will
invoke
disciplinary
actions
Ministry of Home
Confidentia
l
Restricted
Unclassifie
d
Strict
monitoring of
maintenance
and support
activity
Log of all
maintenance
activity
No remote
access
---------------G14
C37, C38, C39
IG37
IG38, IG38 (a),
(b), (c),
IG39
Authorization
for remote
access
Remote access
via VPN based
on SSL/TLS,
SSTP or IPsec
Log of remote
access
---------------G14
C37, C38, C39
IG37
IG38, IG38 (a),
(b), (c),
IG39
Authorization
for remote
access
Remote access
via VPN based
on SSL/TLS,
SSTP or IPsec
Log of remote
access
---------------G14
C37, C38, C39
IG37
IG38, IG38 (a),
(b), (c),
IG39
Authorization
for remote
access
Remote access
via VPN based
on SSL/TLS,
SSTP or IPsec
---------------G14
C37, C38, C39
IG37
IG38, IG38 (a),
(b), (c),
IG39
Segregation of
duties
---------------G15
C40
IG40, IG40 (a),
(b), (c), (d),
(e), (f), (g)
Maintain
record of user
access request
---------------G16
C25
IG25, IG25 (a)
Mechanism to
correlate
between
logical and
physical
access
---------------G17
C26
IG26 (d)
Non
compliance will
invoke
disciplinary
actions
Segregation of
duties
---------------G15
C40
IG40, IG40 (a),
(b), (c), (d),
(e), (f), (g)
Maintain
record of user
access request
---------------G16
C25
IG25, IG25 (a)
Segregation of
duties
---------------G15
C40
IG40, IG40 (a)
Segregation of
duties
---------------G15
C40
IG40, IG40 (a)
Non
compliance will
invoke
disciplinary
actions
Non
compliance will
invoke
disciplinary
actions
Non
compliance
will invoke
disciplinary
actions
RestrictedPage 138

Affairs
Area
Ministry of Home
Top secret
Secret
Confidentia
l
Restricted
Unclassifie
d
---------------G18
C41
IG41
---------------G18
C41
IG41
---------------G18
C41
IG41
---------------G18
C41
IG41
---------------G18
C41
IG41
Physical and environmental security

Map and
characteri
stics of
physical
facilities
Protectio
n from
hazard
Physical
boundary
protectio
n
Comprehensive
map and
characterizatio
n of physical
facilities
Map of
deployed
information
systems and
resources in
each physical
facility
Maintain list of
authorized
personnel
Verification of
user
---------------G19
C42
IG42 (a), (b),
(c)
Regular
assessment of
hazard
Deployment of
fire alarm,
sprinklers, fire
extinguishers,
safety
evacuation
plans, clear exit
markings
---------------G20
C43, C44
IG43
IG44
Biometric
access
Access control
gateway
Photo-ID
badges with
smart chips
Visitor escort
by authorized
person
Visitor identity
proof
Comprehensiv
e map and
characterizatio
n of physical
facilities
Map of
deployed
information
systems and
resources in
each physical
facility
Maintain list of
authorized
personnel
Verification of
user
---------------G19
C42
IG42 (a), (b),
(c)
Regular
assessment of
hazard
Deployment of
fire alarm,
sprinklers, fire
extinguishers,
safety
evacuation
plans, clear
exit markings
---------------G20
C43, C44
IG43
IG44
Biometric
access
Access control
gateway
Photo-ID
badges with
smart chips
Visitor escort
by authorized
person
Visitor identity
proof
Comprehensiv
e map and
characterizatio
n of physical
facilities
Map of
deployed
information
systems and
resources in
each physical
facility
Maintain list of
authorized
personnel
Verification of
user
---------------G19
C42
IG42 (a), (b),
(c)
Regular
assessment of
hazard
Deployment of
fire alarm,
sprinklers, fire
extinguishers,
safety
evacuation
plans, clear
exit markings
---------------G20
C43, C44
IG43
IG44
Access control
gateway
Photo-ID
badges
Protection of
power,
telecommunica
tion, network
or other
transmission
cables from
unauthorized
Comprehensiv
e map and
characterizatio
n of physical
facilities
Map of
deployed
information
systems and
resources in
each physical
facility
Maintain list of
authorized
personnel
Verification of
user
---------------G19
C42
IG42 (a), (b),
(c)
Regular
assessment of
hazard
Deployment of
fire alarm,
sprinklers, fire
extinguishers,
safety
evacuation
plans, clear
exit markings
---------------G20
C43, C44
IG43
IG44
Access control
gateway
Photo-ID
badges
Protection of
power,
telecommunica
tion, network
or other
transmission
cables from
unauthorized
RestrictedPage 139
Regular
assessment of
hazard
Deployment of
fire alarm,
sprinklers, fire
extinguishers,
safety
evacuation
plans, clear
exit markings
---------------G20
C43, C44
IG43
IG44
Photo-ID
badges
Protection of
power,
telecommunic
ation, network
or other
transmission
cables from
unauthorized
access of
damage

Affairs
Area
Ministry of Home
Top secret
Secret
Confidentia
l
Restricted
Unclassifie
d
Log of visitor
activity,
purpose,
devices, time,
photo capture
Issue of temp
ID to visitor
clear mention
of area allowed
to visit
Restriction on
external media
Additional
access barriers
for sensitive
areas such as
data center
Protection of
power,
telecommunica
tion, network or
other
transmission
cables from
unauthorized
access of
damage
Background
check of
security
personnel
SOPs and
training for
physical
security
instances
Deploy physical
barriers,
manual
inspection of
vehicles,
security
lighting, video
surveillance
---------------G21
C45, C46, C47,
C48, C49, C50,
C51
IG45
IG46, IG 46 (a)
IG47, IG47 (a),
(b), (c), (d)
IG48, IG48 (a),
(b), (c)
Log of visitor
activity,
purpose,
devices, time,
photo capture
Issue of temp
ID to visitor
clear mention
of area allowed
to visit
Restriction on
external media
Additional
access barriers
for sensitive
areas such as
data center
Protection of
power,
telecommunica
tion, network
or other
transmission
cables from
unauthorized
access of
damage
Background
check of
security
personnel
SOPs and
training for
physical
security
instances
Deploy
physical
barriers,
manual
inspection of
vehicles,
security
lighting, video
surveillance
---------------G21
C45, C46, C47,
C48, C49, C50,
C51
IG45
IG46, IG 46 (a)
IG47, IG47 (a),
(b), (c), (d)
IG48, IG48 (a),
access of
damage
Visitor identity
proof
Log of visitor
activity,
purpose,
devices, time,
photo capture
Issue of temp
ID to visitor
clear mention
of area allowed
to visit
Restriction on
external media
Background
check of
security
personnel
SOPs and
training for
physical
security
instances
Perform
manual
inspection of
vehicles, video
surveillance
---------------G21
C45, C46, C47,
C48, C49, C50,
C51
IG45
IG46, IG 46 (a)
IG47, IG47 (a),
(b), (c)
IG48, IG48 (a),
(b), (c)
IG49, IG 49 (a),
(b), (c)
IG50, IG50 (a)
IG51
access of
damage
Visitor identity
proof
Log of visitor
activity,
purpose,
devices, time,
photo capture
Issue of temp
ID to visitor
clear mention
of area allowed
to visit
SOPs and
training for
physical
security
instances
Perform
manual
inspection of
vehicles
---------------G21
C45, C46, C47,
C48, C49, C50,
C51
IG45
IG46
IG47
IG48, IG48 (a),
(b), (c)
IG49, IG 49 (a),
(b), (c)
IG51
Log of visitor
activity,
purpose,
devices, time,
photo capture
Issue of temp
ID to visitor
clear mention
of area
allowed to
visit
Perform
manual
inspection of
vehicles
---------------G21
C45, C46, C47,
C49
IG45
IG46
IG49, IG 49
(a), (b), (c)
RestrictedPage 140

Affairs
Area
Restrictin
g entry
Interior
security
Top secret
Secret
IG49, IG 49 (a),
(b), (c)
IG50, IG50 (a),
(b)
IG51
(b), (c)
IG49, IG 49 (a),
(b), (c)
IG50, IG50 (a),
(b)
IG51
Correlation
between
physical and
logical security
---------------G22
C45, C46, C52
IG45
IG46, IG46 (a)
IG52, IG52 (a),
(b)
24/7 video
surveillance
Secure
retention of
video records
for 60 days
Physical
destruction of
storage media,
equipment
Significant
change in
physical
security
approved by
ISSC
System lockout post 5
minutes of
inactivity
Restricted
issue and
updated record
of physical
access keys,
cards,
password
issued
Periodic audit
of access
measures
---------------G23
C53, C54, C55,
C56, C57, C58,
C59
IG53, IG53 (a),
(b)
Correlation
between
physical and
logical security
---------------G22
C45, C46, C52
IG45
IG46, IG46 (a)
IG52, IG52 (a),
(b)
24/7 video
surveillance
Secure
retention of
video records
for 60 days
Physical
destruction of
storage media,
equipment
Significant
change in
physical
security
approved by
ISSC
minutes of
inactivity
Restricted issue
and updated
record of
physical access
keys, cards,
password
issued
Periodic audit
of access
measures
---------------G23
C53, C54, C55,
C56, C57, C58,
C59
IG53, IG53 (a),
(b)
IG54, IG54 (a)
Confidentia
l
Correlation
between
physical and
logical security
---------------G22
C45, C46, C52
IG45
IG46, IG46 (a)
IG52, IG52 (a),
(b)
24/7 video
surveillance
Secure
retention of
video records
for 60 days
Physical
destruction of
storage media,
equipment
Significant
change in
physical
security
approved by
ISSC
minutes of
inactivity
Restricted
issue and
updated record
of physical
access keys,
cards,
password
issued
Periodic audit
of access
measures
---------------G23
C53, C54, C55,
C56, C57, C58,
C59
IG53, IG53 (a),
(b)
Ministry of Home
Restricted
Unclassifie
d
Privacy filters
for all devices
Physical
destruction of
storage media,
equipment
minutes of
inactivity
Privacy filters
for all devices
minutes of
inactivity
---------------G23
C54, C57,
C58, C59
IG54, IG54 (a)
IG57
IG59
RestrictedPage 141
---------------G23
C57, C59
IG57
IG59

Affairs
Area
Security
zones
Access to
restricted
area
Physical
Top secret
Secret
Confidentia
l
IG55
IG56
IG57
IG58, IG58 (a),
(b), (c)
IG59
IG54, IG54 (a)

IG55
IG56
IG57
IG58, IG58 (a),
(b), (c)
IG59
Housing only in
security zone
Authorization
to limited
people
Perimeter
monitoring
Access
recorded &
audited
---------------G24
C60
IG60, IG60 (d)
IG54, IG54 (a)

IG55
IG56
IG57
IG58, IG58 (c)
IG59
Housing only in
high security
zone
Authorization
to security
cleared only
Perimeter
monitoring
Access
recorded &
audited
---------------G24
C60
IG60, IG60 (e)
Visitor entry
banned unless
required
Wearable
computing
devices should
not be allowed
Record of entry
and exit of
visitors
Authorization of
movement of
equipment
Inventory of
equipment in
the facility
Record and
verification of
visitor devices
External media
should not be
allowed to
enter
---------------G25
C61, C62
IG61, IG61 (a),
(b), (c)
IG62, IG62 (a),
(b), (c)
Physical device
Ministry of Home
Restricted
Unclassifie
d
Housing only in
security zone
Authorization
to limited
people
Perimeter
monitoring
---------------G24
C60
IG60, IG60 (d)
Housing only in
operation zone
Authorization
to limited
people
Housing only
in operation
zone
Authorization
to limited
people
Visitor entry
banned unless
required
Wearable
computing
devices should
not be allowed
Record of entry
and exit of
visitors
Authorization
of movement
of equipment
Inventory of
equipment in
the facility
Record and
verification of
visitor devices
External media
should not be
allowed to
enter
---------------G25
C61, C62
IG61, IG61 (a),
(b), (c)
IG62, IG62 (a),
(b), (c)
Wearable
computing
devices should
not be allowed
Record of entry
and exit of
visitors
Authorization
of movement
of equipment
Inventory of
equipment in
the facility
Record and
verification of
visitor devices
External media
should not be
allowed to
enter
---------------G25
C61, C62
IG61, IG61 (a),
(b), (c)
IG62, IG62 (a),
(b)
Wearable
computing
devices should
not be allowed
Record of entry
and exit of
visitors
Authorization
of movement
of equipment
Inventory of
equipment in
the facility
Record and
verification of
visitor devices
External media
should not be
allowed to
enter
---------------G25
C61, C62
IG61
IG62, IG62 (a),
(b)
Physical device
Physical device
Physical device
---------------G24
C60
IG60, IG60 (c)
RestrictedPage 142
---------------G24
C60
IG60, IG60 (c)
Wearable
computing
devices should
not be allowed
Record of
entry and exit
of visitors
Authorization
of movement
of equipment
Inventory of
equipment in
the facility
---------------G25
C61, C62
IG61

Affairs
Ministry of Home
Area
Top secret
Secret
Confidentia
l
Restricted
activity
monitorin
g and
review
log enablement
& collection
Rules to
correlate logs
for physical
security
incidents
Integration of
physical &
logical security
SIEM
implementation
of physical
security
Real time
monitoring of
physical
security logs
---------------G26
C63
IG63, IG63 (a),
(b), (c), (d), (e)
log
enablement &
collection
Rules to
correlate logs
for physical
security
incidents
Integration of
physical &
logical security
SIEM
implementatio
n of physical
security
Real time
monitoring of
physical
security logs
---------------G26
C63
IG63, IG63 (a),
(b), (c), (d), (e)
log
enablement &
collection
Rules to
correlate logs
for physical
security
incidents
---------------G26
C63
IG63, IG63 (a),
(b)
log
enablement &
collection
Rules to
correlate logs
for physical
security
incidents
---------------G26
C63
IG63, IG63 (a),
(b)
Applicatio
n security
process
Detailed
application
records
Application
security
processes
Function
accountable for
application
security
---------------G27
C64
IG64 (a), (b),
(c)
Secure coding
adhering to
OWASP
guidelines
Threat
modeling, data
flow analysis &
risk
assessment
Planned
interactions,
data handling,
Detailed
application
records
Application
security
processes
Function
accountable for
application
security
---------------G27
C64
IG64 (a), (b),
(c)
Secure coding
adhering to
OWASP
guidelines
Threat
modeling, data
flow analysis &
risk
assessment
Planned
interactions,
data handling,
Unclassifie
d
Application Security
Applicatio
n security
design
Detailed
application
records
Application
security
processes
---------------G27
C64
IG64 (a), (b)
Detailed
application
records
Application
security
processes
---------------G27
C64
IG64 (a), (b)
Application
records
Secure coding
adhering to
OWASP
guidelines
Planned
interactions,
data handling,
authentication
&
authorization
No hardcoded
password
Secure coding
adhering to
OWASP
guidelines
Planned
interactions,
data handling,
authentication
& authorization
No hardcoded
password
Adherence to
Secure coding
adhering to
OWASP
guidelines
Planned
interactions,
data handling,
authentication
&
authorization
No hardcoded
password
RestrictedPage 143
---------------G27
C64
IG64

Affairs
Area
Applicatio
n threat
managem
ent
Ministry of Home
Top secret
Secret
Confidentia
l
Restricted
Unclassifie
d
authentication
& authorization
No hardcoded
password
Adherence to
application
security
standards
---------------G28
C65
IG65 (a), (b),
(c), (d), (e)
Centralized
user
authentication
using directory
services
Role base
access control
Review of
authorization
Secure
configuration of
ports, services,
data handling,
password &
admin access
Block unused
ports, services
and services
Installation
audit prior to
production
launch or major
change
Unpredictable
session
identifiers,
secure
communication
channels,
message
security,
session
timeouts
Session
encryption
using
HTTPS/TLS
Message
security S/MIME
Strict input
validation at
server side
authentication
& authorization
No hardcoded
password
Adherence to
application
security
standards
---------------G28
C65
IG65 (a), (b),
(c), (d), (e)
Centralized
user
authentication
using directory
services
Role base
access control
Review of
authorization
Secure
configuration of
ports, services,
data handling,
password &
admin access
Block unused
ports, services
and services
Installation
audit prior to
production
launch or major
change
Unpredictable
session
identifiers,
secure
communication
channels,
session
timeouts
Session
encryption
using
HTTPS/TLS
Message
security
S/MIME
Strict input
validation at
server side
No revelation of
Adherence to
application
security
standards
---------------G28
C65
IG65 (a), (c),
(d), (e)
application
security
standards
---------------G28
C65
IG65 (a), (c),
(d), (e)
Adherence to
application
security
standards
---------------G28
C65
IG65 (a), (c),
(d), (e)
Centralized
user
authentication
using directory
services
Review of
authorization
Secure
configuration
of ports,
services, data
handling,
password &
admin access
Block unused
ports, services
and services
Installation
audit prior to
production
launch or
major change
Unpredictable
session
identifiers,
secure
communicatio
n channels,
session
timeouts
Session
encryption
using
HTTPS/TLS
Strict input
validation at
server side
No revelation
of information
by error
messages
No debugging
Review of
authorization
Secure
configuration
of ports,
services, data
handling,
password &
admin access
Block unused
ports, services
and services
Unpredictable
session
identifiers,
secure
communication
channels,
session
timeouts
Session
encryption
using
HTTPS/TLS
Strict input
validation at
server side
No revelation
of information
by error
messages
No debugging
feature in
application
---------------G29
C66, C67, C68,
C69, C70, C71
IG66, IG66 (c)
IG67, IG67 (a)
IG68,
IG69, IG69 (a),
Secure
configuration
of ports,
services, data
handling,
password &
admin access
Block unused
ports, services
and services
Unpredictable
session
identifiers,
secure
communicatio
n channels,
session
timeouts
Strict input
validation at
server side
No revelation
of information
by error
messages
---------------C67, C68, C69,
C70, C71
IG67, IG67 (a)
IG68,
IG69, IG69 (a)
IG70, IG70 (a)
IG71, IG71 (a),
(b), (c)
RestrictedPage 144

Affairs
Area
Applicatio
n security
testing
Ministry of Home
Top secret
Secret
Confidentia
l
Restricted
No revelation of
information by
error messages
No debugging
feature in
application
Application safe
mode feature
information by
error messages
No debugging
feature in
application
Application
safe mode
feature
---------------G29
C66, C67, C68,
C69, C70, C71
IG66, IG66 (a),
(b), (c)
IG67, IG67 (a)
IG68,
IG69, IG69 (a),
(b), (c)
IG70, IG70 (a)
IG71, IG71 (a),
(b), (c), (d), (e)
feature in
application
---------------G29
C66, C67,
C68, C69,
C70, C71
IG66, IG66 (a),
(c)
IG67, IG67 (a)
IG68
IG69, IG69 (a),
(b)
IG70, IG70 (a)
IG71, IG71 (a),
(b), (c), (d)
(b)
IG70, IG70 (a)
IG71, IG71 (a),
(b), (c), (d)
Rigorous
testing of
applications
Daily
vulnerability
scanning of
application
Prioritization of
security issues
& flaws
Automated
workflow for
resolution of
issues
Emergency
procedures for
security flaws
Code review
using
automated &
manual method
Half yearly
penetration
testing of
application
---------------G30
C72, C73, C74
IG72, IG72 (a),
(b), (c), (d), (e),
(f), (g), (h)
IG73, IG73 (a),
(c), (d)
Testing of
applications
Quarterly
vulnerability
scanning of
application
Prioritization
of security
issues & flaws
Emergency
procedures for
security flaws
Half yearly
penetration
testing of
application
---------------G30
C72, C73, C74
IG72, IG72 (a),
(b), (c), (f), (h)
IG74, IG74 (a),
(b)
Testing of
applications
Quarterly
vulnerability
scanning of
application
Prioritization of
security issues
& flaws
Half yearly
penetration
testing of
application
---------------G30
C72, C74
IG72, IG72 (a),
(b), (c), (f)
IG74, IG74 (a)
---------------G29
C66, C67, C68,
C69, C70, C71
IG66, IG66 (a),
(b), (c)
IG67, IG67 (a)
IG68,
IG69, IG69 (a),
(b), (c)
IG70, IG70 (a)
IG71, IG71 (a),
(b), (c), (d), (e)
Rigorous
testing of
applications
Daily
vulnerability
scanning of
application
Prioritization of
security issues
& flaws
Automated
workflow for
resolution of
issues
Emergency
procedures for
security flaws
Security code
review using
government
approved labs
Code review
using
automated &
manual method
Quarterly
penetration
testing of
application
Resolution of
vulnerabilities
within 3 days
----------------
RestrictedPage 145
Unclassifie
d
Testing of
applications
Quarterly
vulnerability
scanning of
application
Yearly
penetration
testing of
application
---------------G30
C72, C74
IG72, IG72 (a),
(b), (c), (f)
IG74, IG74 (a)

Affairs
Area
Data
Managem
ent
Secure
Software
Developm
ent LifeCycle
(SDLC)
Top secret
Secret
G30
C72, C73, C74
IG72, IG72 (a),
(b), (c), (d), (e),
(f), (g), (h)
IG73, IG73 (a),
(b), (c), (d)
IG74, IG74 (a),
(b), (c), (d)
AES 256 bit or
higher
encryption
Audit of each
instance of
data access
Strict
enforcement of
least privilege
principle
Access control
mechanism
---------------G31
C75, C76, C77
IG75, IG75 (a),
(b), (c), (d)
IG76, IG76 (a),
(b)
IG77, IG77 (a),
(b)
Strict
adherence to
SDLC processes
Responsibility
distribution for
security for
each stage of
SDLC
Segregation of
test,
development &
production
environments
Security testing
at each stage
of SDLC
environment
Strict
adherence to
change
management
process
Significant
change
approval by
IG74, IG74 (a),

(b), (c)
AES 128 bit

encryption
Audit of each
instance of
data access
Strict
enforcement of
least privilege
principle
Access control
mechanism
---------------G31
C75, C76, C77
IG75, IG75 (a),
(b), (c), (d)
IG76, IG76 (a),
(b)
IG77, IG77 (a),
(b)
Strict
adherence to
SDLC processes
Responsibility
distribution for
security for
each stage of
SDLC
Segregation of
test,
development &
production
environments
Security testing
at each stage
of SDLC
environment
Strict
adherence to
change
management
process
Significant
change
approval by
Ministry of Home
Confidentia
l
Restricted
Unclassifie
d
AES 128 bit

encryption
Audit of each
instance of
data access
Strict
enforcement
of least
privilege
principle
Access control
mechanism
---------------G31
C75, C76, C77
IG75, IG75 (a),
(b), (c), (d)
IG76, IG76 (a),
(b)
IG77, IG77 (a),
(b)
Strict
adherence to
SDLC
processes
Strict
segregation of
test &
development
environments
Segregation of
test,
development
& production
environments
Security
testing at
each stage of
SDLC
environment
Strict
adherence to
change
management
process
Significant
Audit of each
instance of
data access
Strict
enforcement of
least privilege
principle
Access control
mechanism
---------------G31
C75, C76, C77
IG75, IG75 (a)
IG76, IG76 (a),
(b)
IG77, IG77 (a),
(b)
Enforcement
of least
privilege
principle
Access control
mechanism
---------------G31
C75, C77
IG75, IG75 (a)
IG77, IG77 (a),
(b
Security
testing at each
stage of SDLC
environment
---------------G32
C78, C79
IG78, IG78 (d)
RestrictedPage 146

Affairs
Area
Top secret
Secret
Confidentia
l
ISSC
---------------G32
C78, C79
IG78, IG78 (a),
(b), (c), (d)
IG79, IG79 (a),
(b)
ISSC
---------------G32
C78, C79
IG78, IG78 (a),
(b), (c), (d)
IG79, IG79 (a),
(b)
Applicatio
n
vulnerabil
ity
intelligen
ce
Application
security
intelligenceinternal &
external
Integration of
intelligence in
threat
management
---------------G33
C80
IG80, IG80,
IG80 (a), (b)
Application
security
external
Integration of
intelligence in
threat
management
---------------G33
C80
IG80, IG80,
IG80 (a), (b)
change
approval by
ISSC
---------------G32
C78, C79
IG78, IG78 (a),
(b), (c), (d)
IG79, IG79 (a),
(b)
Application
security
external
---------------G33
C80
IG80, IG80 (a)
Applicatio
n logs &
monitorin
g
Log generation
adheres to
standards
Web application
firewall
Real time
monitoring of
application
Integration with
SIEM solution
Application
security
dashboard
---------------G34
C81
IG81, IG81 (a),
(b), (c), (d), (f),
(g), (h)
Log generation
adheres to
standards
Web
application
firewall
Daily
monitoring of
application
Integration with
SIEM solution
Application
security
dashboard
---------------G34
C81
IG81, IG81 (a),
(b), (c), (d), (e),
(g), (h)
Data
discovery,
identificat
ion &
classificat
ion
Process for
discovering
data
Data discovery
through
automated tool
Strict
adherence to
classification &
Process for
discovering
data
Data discovery
through
automated tool
Strict
adherence to
classification &
Log
generation
adheres to
standards
Periodic
monitoring of
logs
---------------G34
C81
IG81, IG81 (a),
(b) (c)
Ministry of Home
Restricted
Unclassifie
d
Log generation
adheres to
standards
---------------G34
C81
IG81, IG81 (a),
(b),
Log generation
adheres to
standards
---------------G34
C81
IG81, IG81 (a),
(b)
Process for
discovering
data
Adherence to
classification &
labeling
guidelines
Integration of
identification &
Adherence to
classification
& labeling
guidelines
G35
C83
IG83, IG83 (a),
(b)
Data security
Process for
discovering
data
Adherence to
classification
& labeling
guidelines
Integration of
identification
RestrictedPage 147

Affairs
Area
Cryptogra
phy &
encryptio
n
Key
managem
ent
Ministry of Home
Top secret
Secret
Confidentia
l
Restricted
labeling
guidelines
Integration of
identification &
classification
with life cycle
Automated tool
for
classification &
labeling
---------------G35
C82, C83
IG82, IG82,
IG82 (a), (b),
(c), (d)
IG83, IG83 (a),
(b), (c)
AES 256 bit or
higher for dataat-rest
User
credentials
(password)
hashing SHA-2/
SHA-3, 256 bits
or higher
SSLv3,
Transport Layer
Security (TLS
1.2 or higher)
S/MIME for
message
Cryptographic
algorithms
should be
approved by
SAG
---------------G36
C84
IG84, IG84,
IG84 (a), (b),
(c), (d), (e)
Central key
management,
distributed
execution
Centralize user
profiles for
authentication
and access to
keys
Keys from Joint
Cipher Bureau
labeling
guidelines
Integration of
identification &
classification
with life cycle
Automated tool
for
classification &
labeling
---------------G35
C82, C83
IG82, IG82,
IG82 (a), (b),
(c), (d)
IG83, IG83 (a),
(b), (c)
AES 128 bit or
higher for dataat-rest
User
credentials
(password)
hashing SHA1/
SHA-2, 160 bits
or higher
SSLv3,
Transport Layer
Security (TLS
1.2 or higher)
S/MIME for
message
Cryptographic
algorithms
should be
approved by
SAG
---------------G36
C84
IG84, IG84,
IG84 (a), (b),
(c), (d), (e)
Central key
management,
distributed
execution
Centralize user
profiles for
authentication
and access to
keys
Keys from Joint
Cipher Bureau
&
classification
with life cycle
---------------G35
C82, C83
IG82, IG82 (a),
(b), (c)
IG83, IG83 (a),
(b)
classification
with life cycle
G35
C82, C83
IG82, IG82 (a),
(b), (c)
IG83, IG83 (a),
(b)
AES 128 bit or

higher for
data-at-rest
User
credentials
(password)
hashing
SHA1/ SHA-2,
160 bits or
higher
SSLv3,
Transport
Layer Security
(TLS 1.2 or
higher)
S/MIME for
message
---------------G36
C84
IG84, IG84,
IG84 (a), (b),
(c), (d)
User
credentials
(password)
hashing SHA1/
SHA-2, 160 bits
or higher
SSLv3,
Transport
Layer Security
(TLS 1.2 or
higher)
---------------G36
C84
IG84,, IG84 (b),
(c)
Central key
management,
distributed
execution
Centralize
user profiles
for
authentication
and access to
keys
Support to
Central key
management,
distributed
execution
Centralize user
profiles for
authentication
and access to
keys
Support to
multiple
RestrictedPage 148
Unclassifie
d
User
credentials
(password)
hashing
SHA1/ SHA-2,
160 bits or
higher
---------------G36
C84
IG84, IG84 (b)

Affairs
Area
Informati
on leak
preventio
n
Ministry of Home
Top secret
Secret
Confidentia
l
Restricted
(JCB)
Support to
multiple
encryption
standards
Log of each
operational
instances
Key changed at
end of crypto
period
Uniform
solution for
managing field,
file & database
encryptions
Support to third
party
integration
should be
disables unless
it is required
Cryptographic
hardware for
the key storage
SOPs for key
management
---------------G37
C85
IG85, IG85,
IG85 (a), (b),
(c), (d), (e), (f),
(g), (h)
Limit data
storage at
designated
systems
Field level
protection for
sensitive
information
Storage on
personally
owned/
external media
prohibited
Segmentation
of access path
to the
information
Protection for
data-in-use as
well as
archived
(JCB)
Support to
multiple
encryption
standards
Log of each
operational
instances
Key changed at
end of crypto
period
Uniform
solution for
managing field,
file & database
encryptions
Support to third
party
integration
should be
disabled unless
it is required
Cryptographic
hardware for
the key storage
---------------G37
C85
IG85, IG85,
IG85 (a), (b),
(c), (d), (e), (f),
(g), (h)
multiple
encryption
standards
Log of each
operational
instances
Uniform
solution for
managing
field, file &
database
encryptions
---------------G37
C85
IG85, IG85,
IG85 (a), (b),
(c), (d), (f), (h)
encryption
standards
Log of each
operational
instances
Uniform
solution for
managing
field, file &
database
encryptions
---------------G37
C85
IG85, IG85,
IG85 (a), (b),
(c), (d), (f), (h)
Limit data
storage at
designated
systems
Field level
protection for
sensitive
information
Storage on
personally
owned/
external media
prohibited
Segmentation
of access path
to the
information
Protection for
data-in-use as
well as
archived
Limit data
storage at
designated
systems
Field level
protection for
sensitive
information
Segmentation
of access path
to the
information
Protection for
data-in-use as
well as
archived
Data masking
while
providing
access to
information
Limit data
storage at
designated
systems
Field level
protection for
sensitive
information
Segmentation
of access path
to the
information
Protection for
data-in-use as
well as
archived
Restricted
access to
database
Protection of
database
RestrictedPage 149
Unclassifie
d
Limit data
storage at
designated
systems
Segmentation
of access path
to the
information
Protection for
data-in-use as
well as
archived
Restricted
access to
database
Protection of
database
access
credentials
Restricted
inbound &

Affairs
Area
Ministry of Home
Top secret
Secret
Confidentia
l
Restricted
Unclassifie
d
Full disk
encryption
Data masking
while providing
access to
information
Restricted
access to
database
Protection of
database
access
credentials
Encryption of
fields
Connection to
the public
network is not
allowed
Access to
public mail is
not allowed
Monitoring of
email inbound
and outbound
connections
Chat,
messaging and
access to
message/file
transferring
files not
allowed
Storage on
external media
not allowed
Disable ports
connecting to
external
devices (USB)
Authentication,
password
protection,
secure protocol
for printing
No storage on
personally
owned devices
Restricted &
monitored
inbound &
outbound
network
connections
Strict
Full disk
encryption
Data masking
while providing
access to
information
Restricted
access to
database
Protection of
database
access
credentials
Encryption of
fields
Connection to
the public
network is not
allowed
Access to
public mail is
not allowed
Monitoring of
email inbound
and outbound
connections
Chat,
messaging and
access to
message/file
transferring
files not
allowed
Storage on
external media
not allowed
Disable ports
connecting to
external
devices (USB)
Authentication,
password
protection,
secure protocol
for printing
No storage on
personally
owned devices
Restricted &
monitored
inbound &
outbound
network
connections
Strict
Restricted
access to
database
Protection of
database
access
credentials
Encryption of
fields
Monitoring of
email inbound
and outbound
connections
Disable ports
connecting to
external
devices (USB)
Authentication
, password
protection,
secure
protocol for
printing
Restricted &
monitored
inbound &
outbound
network
connections
Strict
adherence to
labeling for
backup
Integrity
checks
through hash
signature
Secure
disposal of
media
2 years
retention of
data
---------------G38, G39
C86, C87,
C88, C89,
C90, C91,
C92, C93
IG86, IG86 (b),
(c),
IG87
IG88, IG88 (a),
(b), (c), (d), (e)
IG89, IG89 (c),
access
credentials
Encryption of
fields
Monitoring of
email inbound
and outbound
connections
Restricted
inbound &
outbound
network
connections
Strict
adherence to
labeling for
backup
Integrity
checks through
hash signature
Secure
disposal of
media
2 years
retention of
data
---------------G38, G39
C86, C87, C88,
C89, C90, C91,
C92, C93
IG86, IG86 (b),
(c),
IG88, IG88 (a),
(b), (c), (d), (e)
IG91, IG91 (a),
(c), (d), (e)
IG92, IG92 (a),
(b), (c), (f)
IG93, IG93 (a),
(b), (c), (d),
(e), (f)
outbound
network
connections
Strict
adherence to
labeling for
backup
Integrity
checks
through hash
signature
RestrictedPage 150

Affairs
Area
Third
party
access
Top secret
Secret
Confidentia
l
adherence to
labeling for
backup
Integrity checks
through hash
signature
AES 256 bit
encryption of
backup
Secure disposal
of storage
devices
2 years
retention of
data
adherence to
labeling for
backup
Integrity
checks through
hash signature
AES 128 bit
encryption of
backup
Secure disposal
of media
2 years
retention of
data
---------------G38, G39
C86, C87, C88,
C89, C90, C91,
C92, C93
IG86, IG86 (a),
(b), (c), (d)
IG87
IG88, IG88 (a),
(b), (c), (d), (e)
IG89, IG89 (a),
(b), (d)
IG90, IG90 (a),
(b), (c), (d), (e),
(f), (g)
IG91, IG91 (a),
(b), (c), (d), (e)
IG92, IG92 (a),
(b), (c), (d), (f)
IG93, IG93 (a),
(b), (c), (d), (e),
(f)
(d)
IG90, IG90 (a),
(b), (c), (d),
(e), (f), (g)
IG91, IG91 (b),
(c), (d), (e)
IG92, IG92 (a),
(b), (c), (f)
IG93, IG93 (a),
(b), (c), (d),
(e), (f)
Block access to
third party
unless it is
required
Contract
incorporating
security
Background
verification &
security
clearance
Mechanism for
third party
assurance
Restricted
access in third
party
Contract
incorporating
security
Mechanism for
third party
assurance
Restricted
access in third
party
environment
---------------G40
C94
IG94, IG94 (a),
(b), (e), (f)
---------------G38, G39
C86, C87, C88,
C89, C90, C91,
C92, C93
IG86, IG86 (a),
(b), (c), (d)
IG87
IG88, IG88 (a),
(b), (c), (d), (e)
IG89, IG89 (a),
(b), (d)
IG90, IG90 (a),
(b), (c), (d), (e),
(f), (g)
IG91, IG91 (a),
(b), (c), (d), (e)
IG92, IG92 (a),
(b), (c), (e), (f)
IG93, IG93 (a),
(b), (c), (d), (e),
(f)
Block access to
third party
unless it is
required
Contract
incorporating
security
Background
verification
Security
clearance
process
Mechanism for
third party
assurance
Restricted
access in third
Ministry of Home
Restricted
Unclassifie
d
Contract
incorporating
security
Mechanism for
third party
assurance
Restricted
access in third
party
environment
---------------G40
C94
IG94, IG94 (a),
(b), (e), (f)
Contract
incorporating
security
Mechanism for
third party
assurance
---------------G40
C94
IG94, IG94 (a),
(b), (e)
RestrictedPage 151

Affairs
Area
Monitorin
g&
review
Breach
managem
ent
Top secret
Secret
party
environment
---------------G40
C94
IG94, IG94 (a),
(b), (c), (d), (e),
(f)
Logging of
access of fields,
files &
databases
Tracking
behavior
people &
systems
Real time log
monitoring
SIEM
implementation
Data security
dashboard
---------------G41
C95
IG95, IG95 (a),
(b), (c), (d), (e),
(f), (g), (h)
Mechanism to
identify
incident or
breach
Categories of
incident &
escalation
matrix
Remediation
workflow
SIEM
implementation
Authority
notification
process
---------------G42
C96
IG96, IG96 (a),
(b), (c), (d), (e),
(f)
environment
---------------G40
C94
IG94, IG94 (a),
(b), (c), (e), (f)
Bi-annual
training based
on role/
function
Training by
Bi-annual
training based
on role/
function
Training by
Logging of
access of fields,
files &
databases
Tracking
behavior
people &
systems
Daily log
monitoring
SIEM
implementation
Data security
dashboard
-------------------G41
C95
IG95, IG95 (a),
(b), (c), (d), (e),
(f), (g), (h)
Mechanism to
identify
incident or
breach
Categories of
incident &
escalation
matrix
Remediation
workflow
SIEM
implementation
Authority
notification
process
---------------G42
C96
IG96, IG96 (a),
(b), (c), (d), (e),
(f)
Ministry of Home
Confidentia
l
Restricted
Unclassifie
d
Logging of
access of
fields, files &
databases
Tracking
behavior
people &
systems
Frequent log
monitoring
---------------G41
C95
IG95, IG95 (a),
(b), (c), (d), (e)
Logging of
access of
fields, files &
databases
Tracking
behavior
people &
systems
Frequent log
monitoring
---------------G41
C95
IG95, IG95 (a),
(b), (c), (d), (e)
Logging of
access of
fields, files &
databases
Tracking
behavior
people &
systems
Frequent log
monitoring
---------------G41
C95
IG95, IG95 (a),
(b), (c), (d), (e)
Process to
identify
incident or
breach
Categories of
incident &
escalation
matrix
Authority
notification
process
---------------G42
C96
IG96, IG96 (a),
(b), (c), (f)
Process to
identify
incident or
breach
Authority
notification
process
---------------G42
C96
IG96, IG96 (a),
(f)
Process to
identify
incident or
breach
Authority
notification
process
---------------G42
C96
IG96, IG96 (a),
(f)
Bi-annual
awareness
training
Knowledge of
threats,
Bi-annual
awareness
training
Knowledge of
threats,
Personnel security
Awarenes
s&
training
Bi-annual
training based
on role/
function
Measure
RestrictedPage 152

Affairs
Area
Ministry of Home
Top secret
Secret
Confidentia
l
Restricted
Unclassifie
d
subject matter
experts
Measure
training
effectiveness
Bi-annual
review of
training
courseware
Quarterly
awareness
training
Controlling,
storing,
managing and
secure disposal
of information
Knowledge of
threats,
vulnerabilities
Security
procedures,
policies
---------------G43
C97
IG97, IG97 (a),
(b), (c), (d), (e),
(f), (g), (h), (i),
(j)
subject matter
experts
Measure
training
effectiveness
Bi-annual
review of
training
courseware
Quarterly
awareness
training
Controlling,
storing,
managing and
secure disposal
of information
Knowledge of
threats,
vulnerabilities
Security
procedures,
policies
---------------G43
C97
IG97, IG97 (a),
(b), (c), (d),
(e), (f), (g), (h),
(i), (j)
training
effectiveness
Bi-annual
review of
training
courseware
Quarterly
awareness
training
Controlling,
storing,
managing and
secure disposal
of information
Knowledge of
threats,
vulnerabilities
Security
procedures,
policies
---------------G43
C97,
IG97, IG97 (a),
(b), (d), (e), (f),
(g), (h), (i), (j)
vulnerabilities
Security
procedures,
policies
---------------G43
C97
IG97, IG97 (g),
(h), (i), (j)
vulnerabilities
Security
procedures,
policies
---------------G43
C97
IG97, IG97 (g),
(h), (i), (j)
Employee
verificatio
n
Authorized/
competent
agency
verification
only
Complete
background
check
Security
clearance from
competent
agency
---------------G44
C98
IG98, IG98 (a),
(b), (c)
Authorized/
competent
agency
verification
only
Complete
background
check
Security
clearance from
competent
agency
---------------G44
C98
IG98, IG98 (a),
(b), (c)
Authorized/
competent
agency
verification
only
Complete
background
check
Security
clearance from
competent
agency
---------------G44
C98
IG98, IG98 (a),
(b), (c)
Authorized/
competent
agency
verification
only
Complete
background
check
Security
clearance from
competent
agency
---------------G44
C98
IG98, IG98 (a),
(b), (c)
Authorized/
competent
agency
verification
only
Complete
background
check
Security
clearance from
competent
agency
---------------G44
C98
IG98, IG98 (a),
(b), (c)
Authorizi
ng access
to third
parties
Role, function
performed and
need for third
party access
Recent
background
Role, function
performed and
need for third
party access
Recent
background
Role, function
performed and
need for third
party access
Recent
background
Role, function
performed and
need for third
party access
Recent
background
Role, function
performed and
need for third
party access
Recent
background
RestrictedPage 153

Affairs
Area
Record of
authorize
d users
Acceptabl
e usage
policy
Ministry of Home
Top secret
Secret
Confidentia
l
Restricted
Unclassifie
d
check and
verification
Documented
request from
head of
department
Strict
monitoring of
activity
Strict
monitoring of
physical access
Compliance
with security
policy
External media
not allowed
Strict
disciplinary
process
---------------G45
C99, C101
IG99, IG99 (a),
(b), (c), (d), (e),
(f)
IG101, IG101
(a),
check and
verification
Documented
request from
head of
department
Strict
monitoring of
activity
Strict
monitoring of
physical
access
Compliance
with security
policy
External media
not allowed
Strict
disciplinary
process
---------------G45
C99, C101
IG99, IG99 (a),
(b), (c), (d),
(e), (f)
IG101, IG101
(a),
User access
authorization
User details
Record of
background
check
Permitted
access within
office/ facility
Registered/
allocated
devices
---------------G46
C102
IG102, (a), (b),
(c), (d), (e), (f)
Limit
information
use to defined
purpose
Deploy system
for intended
use
Protect from
disclosure
check and
verification
Documented
request from
head of
department
Monitoring of
activity
Compliance
with security
policy
External media
allowed
Strict
disciplinary
process
---------------G45
C99, C101
IG99, IG99 (a),
(b), (c), (e), (f)
IG101, IG101
(a),
check and
verification
Documented
request from
head of
department
Monitoring of
activity
Compliance
with security
policy
External media
allowed
Strict
disciplinary
process
---------------G45
C99, C101
IG98, IG98 (a),
(b), (c), (e), (f)
IG101, IG101
(a),
check and
verification
Documented
request from
head of
department
Compliance
with security
policy
External
media allowed
Disciplinary
process
---------------G45
C99, C101
IG99, IG99 (a),
(b), (e), (f)
IG101, IG101
(a),
User access
authorization
User details
Record of
background
check
Permitted
access within
office/ facility
Registered/
allocated
devices
---------------G46
C102
IG102, (a), (b),
(c), (d), (e), (f)
Limit
information
use to defined
purpose
Deploy system
for intended
use
Protect from
disclosure
User access
authorization
User details
Record of
background
check
Permitted
access within
office/ facility
Registered/
allocated
devices
---------------G46
C102
IG102, (a), (b),
(c), (d), (e), (f)
Limit
information
use to defined
purpose
Deploy system
for intended
use
Protect from
disclosure
User access
authorization
User details
Record of
background
check
Permitted
access within
office/ facility
Registered/
allocated
devices
---------------G46
C102
IG102, (a), (b),
(c), (d), (e), (f)
Limit
information
use to defined
purpose
Deploy system
for intended
use
Protect from
disclosure
User access
authorization
User details
Record of
background
check
Permitted
access within
office/ facility
Registered/
allocated
devices
---------------G46
C102
IG102, (a), (b),
(c), (d), (e), (f)
Limit
information use
to defined
purpose
Deploy system
for intended
use
Protect from
disclosure
RestrictedPage 154

Affairs
Area
Ministry of Home
Top secret
Secret
Confidentia
l
Restricted
Unclassifie
d
User
acceptance
---------------G47
C100
IG100, (a), (b),
(c),
Monitoring of
area visited,
time of access,
activity
performed
Correlation with
access
privileges
---------------G48
C103
IG103, IG103
(a)
User
acceptance
---------------G47
C100
IG100, (a), (b),
(c),
Monitoring of
area visited,
time of access,
activity
performed
Correlation
with access
privileges
---------------G48
C103
IG103, IG103
(a)
User
acceptance
---------------G47
C100
IG100, (a), (b),
(c),
Monitoring of
area visited,
time of access,
activity
performed
Correlation
with access
privileges
---------------G48
C103
IG103, IG103
(a)
User
acceptance
---------------G47
C100
IG100, (a), (b),
(c),
Monitoring of
area visited,
time of access,
activity
performed
Correlation
with access
privileges
---------------G48
C103
IG103, IG103
(a)
Limiting
exposure
of
informati
on
Non-disclosure
agreement
Contractual
liability of
employee/ third
party personnel
Incident
communication
strictly to top
management
---------------G49
C104, C105,
C106
IG104, IG104
(a)
IG105, IG105
(a), (b)
IG106, IG106
(a), (b), (c)
Non-disclosure
agreement
Contractual
liability of
employee/
third party
personnel
Incident
communication
strictly to top
management
---------------G49
C104, C105,
C106
IG104, IG104
(a)
IG105, IG105
(a), (b)
IG106, IG106
(a), (b), (c)
Non-disclosure
agreement
Contractual
liability of
employee/
third party
personnel
Incident
communication
strictly to top
management
---------------G49
C104, C105,
C106
IG104, IG104
(a)
IG105, IG105
(a), (b)
IG106, IG106
(a), (b), (c)
Non-disclosure
agreement
Contractual
liability of
employee/
third party
personnel
Incident
communication
strictly to top
management
---------------G49
C104, C105,
C106
IG104, IG104
(a)
IG105, IG105
(a), (b)
IG106, IG106
(a), (b), (c)
User
acceptance
---------------G47
C100
IG100, (a), (b),
(c),
Monitoring of
area visited,
time of
access,
activity
performed
Correlation
with access
privileges
---------------G48
C103
IG103, IG103
(a)
Contractual
liability of
employee/
third party
personnel
Incident
communicatio
n restricted
within
concerned
parties
---------------G49
C105, C106
IG105, IG105
(a), (b)
IG106, IG106
(a), (b), (c)
Interdepe
ndence of
assets &
systems
Replacement
with SAG
tested
components
Addition of SAG
tested
components
Backward and
forward
compatibility
---------------G50
Monitorin
g and
review
Threat and vulnerability management

Replacement
with SAG
tested
components
Addition of
SAG tested
components
Backward and
forward
compatibility
---------------G50
Replacement
with globally
tested
components
Addition of
globally tested
components
Backward and
forward
compatibility
---------------G50
Replacement
with globally
tested
components
Addition of
globally tested
components
Backward and
forward
compatibility
---------------G50
RestrictedPage 155
Replacement
with globally
tested
components
Addition of
globally tested
components
Backward and
forward
compatibility
---------------G50

Affairs
Area
Standardi
zed
operating
environm
ent
Including
TVM in
change
managem
ent
Ministry of Home
Top secret
Secret
Confidentia
l
Restricted
Unclassifie
d
C107
IG107, IG107
(a), (b)
C107
IG107, IG107
(a), (b)
C107
IG107, IG107
(a), (b)
C107
IG107, IG107
(a), (b)
C107
IG107, IG107
(a), (b)
Limit diversity
of endpoints
Secure
operating
system
SAG tested
servers and
platforms
SAG tested
network
devices
Uniform
database type
Network
Operation
Center (NOC)
and Security
Operations
Center (SOC)
---------------G51
C108
IG108, IG108
(a), (b), (c), (d),
(e), (f), (g)
Assessment of
possible threat
vectors
Vulnerability
assessment of
configuration of
devices and
systems
Assessment of
inherent
vulnerability of
new
infrastructure
Integration with
established
identification,
authorization
and
authentication
policies
Limit diversity
of endpoints
Secure
operating
system
SAG tested
servers and
platforms
SAG tested
network
devices
Uniform
database type
Network
Operation
Center (NOC)
and Security
Operations
Center (SOC)
---------------G51
C108
IG108, IG108
(a), (b), (c),
(d), (e), (f), (g)
Assessment of
possible threat
vectors
Vulnerability
assessment of
configuration
of devices and
systems
Assessment of
inherent
vulnerability of
new
infrastructure
Integration
with
established
identification,
authorization
and
authentication
policies
Limit diversity
of endpoints
Secure
operating
system
Globally tested
servers and
platforms
Globally tested
network
devices
Uniform
database type
Network
Operation
Center (NOC)
and Security
Operations
Center (SOC)
---------------G51
C108
IG108, IG108
(a), (b), (c),
(d), (e), (f), (g)
Assessment of
possible threat
vectors
Integration
with
established
identification,
authorization
and
authentication
policies
Limit diversity
of endpoints
Secure
operating
system
Globally tested
servers and
platforms
Globally tested
network
devices
Uniform
database type
---------------G51
C108
IG108, IG108
(a), (b), (c),
(d), (e), (f)
Secure
operating
system
Globally
tested servers
and platforms
Globally
tested
network
devices
Uniform
database type
---------------G51
C108
IG108, IG108
(b), (c), (d),
(e), (f)
Assessment of
possible threat
vectors
Integration
with
established
identification,
authorization
and
authentication
policies
Assessment of
possible threat
vectors
---------------G52
C109
IG109, IG109
(a), (d)
---------------G52
C109
IG109, IG109
(a), (d)
---------------G52
C109
IG109, IG109
(a), (b), (c), (d)
---------------G52
C109
IG109, IG109
RestrictedPage 156
---------------G52
C109
IG109, IG109
(a)

Affairs
Area
Top secret
Identifica
tion of
external
intelligen
ce
sources
Intelligence
about emerging
threats,
vulnerabilities,
bugs and
exploits
Mix of various
sources
Integrate
external
intelligence
with risk
management
---------------G53
C110
IG110, IG110
(a), (b), (c)
Intelligen
ce
gathering
Discover
vulnerability of
existing
systems and
device
Maintain
repository of
known
vulnerabilities
Protect against
known
vulnerabilities
Quarterly
vulnerability
assessment of
entire system
Ad-hoc
vulnerability
assessment of
key systems
Vulnerability
assessment
prior to change
Vulnerability
due to third
party system
integration
Information
from third
parties
---------------G54
C111, C112,
C113
IG111, IG111
Secret
(a), (b), (c), (d)
Intelligence
about
emerging
threats,
vulnerabilities,
bugs and
exploits
Mix of various
sources
Integrate
external
intelligence
with risk
management
---------------G53
C110
IG110, IG110
(a), (b), (c)
Discover
vulnerability of
existing
systems and
device
Maintain
repository of
known
vulnerabilities
Protect against
known
vulnerabilities
Quarterly
vulnerability
assessment of
entire system
Ad-hoc
vulnerability
assessment of
key systems
Vulnerability
assessment
prior to change
Vulnerability
due to third
party system
integration
Information
from third
parties
---------------G54
C111, C112,
C113
Ministry of Home
Confidentia
l
Restricted
Unclassifie
d
Intelligence
about
emerging
threats,
vulnerabilities,
bugs and
exploits
---------------G53
C110
IG110, IG110
(a),
Intelligence
about
emerging
threats,
vulnerabilities,
bugs and
exploits
---------------G53
C110
IG110, IG110
(a),
Intelligence
about
emerging
threats,
vulnerabilities,
bugs and
exploits
---------------G53
C110
IG110, IG110
(a)
Discover
vulnerability of
existing
systems and
device
Maintain
repository of
known
vulnerabilities
Protect against
known
vulnerabilities
Bi-annual
vulnerability
assessment of
entire system
Vulnerability
assessment
prior to change
Vulnerability
due to third
party system
integration
Information
from third
parties
---------------G54
C111, C112,
C113
IG111, IG111
(a), (b), (c), (d)
IG112, IG112
(a),
IG113
Discover
vulnerability of
existing
systems and
device
Maintain
repository of
known
vulnerabilities
Protect against
known
vulnerabilities
Bi-annual
vulnerability
assessment of
entire system
Vulnerability
assessment
prior to change
Vulnerability
due to third
party system
integration
Information
from third
parties
---------------G54
C111, C112,
C113
IG111, IG111
(a), (b), (c), (d)
IG112, IG112
(a)
IG113
Discover
vulnerability of
existing
systems and
device
Maintain
repository of
known
vulnerabilities
Protect against
known
vulnerabilities
Bi-annual
vulnerability
assessment of
entire system
Vulnerability
due to third
party system
integration
---------------G54
C111, C112,
C113
IG111, IG111
(a), (b), (c)
IG112, IG112
(a)
IG113
RestrictedPage 157

Affairs
Area
Technical
policies
Top secret
Secret
(a), (b), (c), (d)

IG112, IG112
(a), (b)
IG113
IG111, IG111
(a), (b), (c), (d)
IG112, IG112
(a), (b)
IG113
Customization
of default
security profile
Implement
system level
security
policies
Disable unused
physical
interfaces
Use TLS 1.2 or
above for
transmission
over the
network
Implement
access control
list
Restrict remote
management
Monitor
security
bulletins
Remove
unnecessary
applications
Enable system
scanning
Enable event
and activity
logging
Install
antivirus, antimalware,
endpoint
firewall
Regular update
of security
patches
Active
directory
Fraud
protection
Vulnerability
scanning tools
(host and
network
based)
---------------G55
Customization
of default
security profile
Implement
system level
security
policies
Disable unused
physical
interfaces
Use TLS 1.2 or
above for
transmission
over the
network
Implement
access control
list
Restrict remote
management
Monitor
security
bulletins
Remove
unnecessary
applications
Enable system
scanning
Enable event
and activity
logging
Install antivirus,
anti-malware,
endpoint
firewall
Regular update
of security
patches
Active directory
Fraud
protection
Vulnerability
scanning tools
(host and
network based)
---------------G55
C114, C115,
C116, C117,
C118, C119,
Ministry of Home
Confidentia
l
Restricted
Unclassifie
d
Customization
of default
security profile
Implement
system level
security
policies
Disable unused
physical
interfaces
Use TLS 1.2 or
above for
transmission
over the
network
Implement
access control
list
Remote
management
allowed
Remove
unnecessary
applications
Enable event
and activity
logging
Install
endpoint
firewall
Regular update
of security
patches
Fraud
protection
---------------G55
C114, C115,
C116, C117,
C120
IG114, IG114
(b), (c), (d),
(e), (f), (h), (i),
(j)
IG115 (a), (b)
IG116 (a)
IG117
IG120, IG120
Customization
of default
security profile
Implement
system level
security
policies
Disable unused
physical
interfaces
Use SSL/TLS
for
transmission
over the
network
Remote
management
allowed
Remove
unnecessary
applications
Enable event
and activity
logging
Install
endpoint
firewall
Regular update
of security
patches
Fraud
protection
---------------G55
C114, C115,
C116, C119,
C120
IG114, IG114
(a), (b), (c),
(d), (e), (f), (g),
(h), (i), (j), (k)
IG115 (a), (b)
IG116 (a)
IG120
Implement
system level
security
policies
Use SSL/TLS
for
transmission
over the
network
Remote
management
allowed
Remove
unnecessary
applications
Enable system
scanning
Enable event
and activity
logging
Install
endpoint
firewall
Regular
update of
security
patches
---------------G55
C114, C115,
C116, C119,
C120
IG114, IG114
(c), (e), (i), (j),
(k)
IG115 (a), (b)
IG116 (a)
IG120
RestrictedPage 158

Affairs
Area
Top secret
Secret
Confidentia
l
C120
IG114, IG114
(a), (b), (c), (d),
(e), (f), (g), (h),
(i), (j)
IG115 (a), (b)
IG116 (a)
IG117
IG118
IG119
IG120, IG120
(a), (b), (c), (d)
C114, C115,
C116, C117,
C118, C119,
C120
IG114, IG114
(a), (b), (c),
(d), (e), (f), (g),
(h), (i), (j)
IG115 (a), (b)
IG116 (a)
IG117
IG118
IG119
IG120, IG120
(a), (b), (c), (d)
(a), (b), (c), (d)
Ministry of Home
Restricted
Security monitoring & incident management

Incidence
response
coverage
Real time
event, activity,
system
monitoring
Monitor hosts,
network traffic,
logs
Traffic
inspection
Transaction
inspection
Correlation of
access patterns
Anomaly
detection
Dedication
incident
response team
Top priority
incident
resolution
Preventive and
detective
security
capability
Identity
management
systems
Segregate and
isolate system
in-case of
incident
Remove access
to system incase of
incident
Real time
event, activity,
system
monitoring
Monitor hosts,
network traffic,
logs
Traffic
inspection
Transaction
inspection
Correlation of
access
patterns
Anomaly
detection
Dedication
incident
response team
Top priority
incident
resolution
Preventive and
detective
security
capability
Identity
management
systems
Segregate and
isolate system
in-case of
incident
Remove
access to
system in-case
RestrictedPage 159
Unclassifie
d

Affairs
Area
Breach
scenarios
Security
intelligen
ce
informati
on
Enterpris
e log
managem
Top secret
Secret
---------------G56
C121, C122,
C123, C124
IG121, IG121
(a), (b), (c), (d),
(e), (f),
IG122, IG 122
(a), (b)
IG123, IG 123
(a), (b), (c), (d),
(e), (f), (g)
IG124, IG 124
(a), (b), (c), (d),
(e), (f), (g), (h)
of incident
---------------G56
C121, C122,
C123, C124
IG121, IG121
(a), (b), (c),
(d), (e), (f),
IG122, IG 122
(a), (b)
IG123, IG 123
(a), (b), (c),
(d), (e), (f), (g)
IG124, IG 124
(a), (b), (c),
(d), (e), (f), (g),
(h)
Record of
known
vulnerabilities
Post incidence
analysis
Correlation
with previous
incidents
Potential
breach
scenarios
Remediation
measures
Forensic
analysis
---------------G57
C125
IG125, IG125
(a), (b), (c)
Log of activity,
event,
transaction
Security
incident and
event
monitoring
External
intelligence
---------------G58
C126
IG126, IG126
(a), (b)
Secure
management
of logs
Restricted
Record of
known
vulnerabilities
Post incidence
analysis
Correlation with
previous
incidents
Potential
breach
scenarios
Remediation
measures
Forensic
analysis
---------------G57
C125
IG125, IG125
(a), (b), (c)
Log of activity,
event,
transaction
Security
incident and
event
monitoring
External
intelligence
---------------G58
C126
IG126, IG126
(a), (b)
Secure
management of
logs
Restricted
Ministry of Home
Confidentia
l
Restricted
Unclassifie
d
Record of
known
vulnerabilities
Post incidence
analysis
Correlation
with previous
incidents
Potential
breach
scenarios
Remediation
measures
Forensic
analysis
---------------G57
C125
IG125, IG125
(a), (b), (c)
Log of activity,
event,
transaction
Security
incident and
event
monitoring
External
intelligence
---------------G58
C126
IG126, IG126
(a), (b)
Secure
management
of logs
Restricted
Record of
known
vulnerabilities
Post incidence
analysis
Remediation
measures
---------------G57
C125
IG125, IG125
(a), (b)
Record of
known
vulnerabilities
Post incidence
analysis
Remediation
measures
---------------G57
C125
IG125, IG125
(a), (b)
Log of activity,
event,
transaction
---------------G58
C126
IG126, IG126
(a)
Log of activity,
event,
transaction
---------------G58
C126
IG126, IG126
(a)
Secure
management
of logs
Restricted
Secure
management
of logs
Restricted
RestrictedPage 160

Affairs
Ministry of Home
Area
Top secret
Secret
Confidentia
l
Restricted
Unclassifie
d
ent
access to logs
Integrity
protection of
log information
Standardized
format of logs
Log of all
activity and
events
Log retention
for 2 years (or
as per sector
specific
laws/regulation
s)
Time stamping
as per central
time server
---------------G59
C127, C128,
C129, C130,
C131
IG127, IG127
(a), (b), (c)
IG128, IG 128
(a), (b), (c), (d),
(e), (f), (g), (h),
(i), (j), (k), (l),
(m), (n), (o),
(p), (q), (r), (s),
(t), (u), (v)
IG129
IG130, IG130
(a), (b), (c)
IG131, IG131
(a), (b), (c), (d),
(e), (f)
Technical
expertise in
incidence
evaluation
Clear
identification of
roles
Simulation
training of
potential
incidents
Competent
cyber forensics
and
investigation
practice
access to logs
Integrity
protection of
log information
Standardized
format of logs
Log of all
activity and
events
Log retention
for 2 years (or
as per sector
specific
laws/regulation
s)
Time stamping
as per central
time server
---------------G59
C127, C128,
C129, C130
IG127, IG127
(a), (b), (c)
IG128, IG 128
(a), (b), (c),
(d), (e), (f), (g),
(h), (i), (j), (k),
(l), (m), (n),
(o), (p), (q), (r),
(s), (t), (u), (v)
IG129
IG130, IG130
(a), (b), (c)
access to logs
Integrity
protection of
log information
Standardized
format of logs
Log of all
activity and
events
Log retention
for 1 year (or
as per sector
specific
laws/regulation
s)
Time stamping
as per central
time server
---------------G59
C127, C128,
C129, C130
IG127, IG127
(a), (b), (c)
IG128, IG 128
(a), (b), (c),
(d), (e), (f), (g),
(h), (i), (j), (k),
(l), (m), (n),
(o), (p), (q), (r),
(s), (t), (u), (v)
IG129
IG130, IG130
(a), (b), (c)
access to logs
Integrity
protection of
log information
Standardized
format of logs
Log of all
activity and
events
Log retention
for 1 year (or
as per sector
specific
laws/regulation
s)
Time stamping
as per central
time server
---------------G59
C127, C128,
C129, C130
IG127, IG127
(a), (b), (c)
IG128, IG 128
(a), (b), (c),
(d), (e), (f), (g),
(h), (i), (j), (k),
(l), (m), (n),
(o), (p), (q), (r),
(s), (t), (u), (v)
IG129
IG130, IG130
(a), (b), (c)
access to logs
Integrity
protection of
log
information
Standardized
format of logs
Log of all
activity and
events
Log retention
for 1 year (or
as per sector
specific
laws/regulatio
ns)
Time stamping
as per central
time server
---------------G59
C127, C128,
C129, C130
IG127, IG127
(a), (b), (c)
IG128, IG 128
(a), (b), (c),
(d), (e), (f),
(g), (h), (i), (j),
(k), (l), (m),
(n), (o), (p),
(q), (r), (s), (t),
(u), (v)
IG129
IG130, IG130
(a), (b), (c)
Technical
expertise in
incidence
evaluation
Clear
identification
of roles
Simulation
training of
potential
incidents
Competent
cyber forensics
and
investigation
practice
----------------
Technical
expertise in
incidence
evaluation
Clear
identification
of roles
Competent
cyber forensics
and
investigation
practice
---------------G60
C132
IG132, IG 132
(a), (b), (c), (d)
Technical
expertise in
incidence
evaluation
Clear
identification
of roles
---------------G60
C132
IG132, IG 132
(a), (b), (c), (d)
Technical
expertise in
incidence
evaluation
Clear
identification
of roles
---------------G60
C132
IG132, IG 132
(a), (b), (c), (d)
Deployme
nt of
skilled
resources
RestrictedPage 161

Affairs
Area
Disciplina
ry action
Top secret
Secret
---------------G60
C132
IG132, IG 132
(a), (b), (c), (d)
Liability of
employee or
authorized third
party personnel
or entity
G60
C132
IG132, IG 132
(a), (b), (c), (d)
---------------G61
C122
IG122, IG 122
(c), (d)
Structure
&
responsib
ility
Liability of
employee or
authorized third
party personnel
or entity
---------------G62
C122, C125
IG122, IG 122
(c), (d)
IG125, IG 125
(a), (b)
Incident
managem
ent
awarenes
s and
training
Communi
cation of
incidents
Quarterly
training of
users
---------------G63
C123
IG123, IG123
(g), (h)
Log information
sharing only
with authorized
law
enforcement
agencies/
bodies under
formal written
notice or court
orders
Sharing of
breach
information
with
Information
Security
Ministry of Home
Confidentia
l
Restricted
Unclassifie
d
Liability of
employee or
authorized
third party
personnel or
entity
Liability of
employee or
authorized
third party
personnel or
entity
Liability of
employee or
authorized
third party
personnel or
entity
Liability of
employee or
authorized
third party
personnel or
entity
---------------G61
C122
IG122, IG 122
(c), (d)
Liability of
employee or
authorized
third party
personnel or
entity
---------------G61
C122
IG122, IG 122
(c), (d)
Liability of
employee or
authorized
third party
personnel or
entity
---------------G61
C122
IG122, IG 122
(c), (d)
Liability of
employee or
authorized
third party
personnel or
entity
---------------G61
C122
IG122, IG 122
(c), (d)
Liability of
employee or
authorized
third party
personnel or
entity
---------------G62
C122, C125
IG122, IG 122
(c), (d)
IG125, IG 125
(a), (b)
Quarterly
training of
users
---------------G63
C123
IG123, IG123
(g), (h)
Log
information
sharing only
with
authorized law
enforcement
agencies/
bodies under
formal written
notice or court
orders
Sharing of
breach
information
with
Information
---------------G62
C122, C125
IG122, IG 122
(c), (d)
IG125, IG 125
(a), (b)
Bi-annual
training of
users
---------------G63
C123
IG123, IG123
(g), (h)
Log
information
sharing only
with
authorized law
enforcement
agencies/
bodies under
formal written
notice or court
orders
Sharing of
breach
information
with
Information
---------------G62
C122, C125
IG122, IG 122
(c), (d)
IG125, IG 125
(a), (b)
Bi-annual
training of
users
---------------G63
C123
IG123, IG123
(g), (h)
Log
information
sharing only
with
authorized law
enforcement
agencies/
bodies under
formal written
notice or court
orders
Sharing of
breach
information
with
Information
---------------G62
C122, C125
IG122, IG 122
(c), (d)
IG125, IG 125
(a), (b)
Bi-annual
training of
users
---------------G63
C123
IG123, IG123
(g), (h)
Log
information
sharing only
with
authorized law
enforcement
agencies/
bodies under
formal written
notice or court
orders
Sharing of
breach
information
with
Information
RestrictedPage 162

Affairs
Area
Ministry of Home
Top secret
Secret
Confidentia
l
Restricted
Unclassifie
d
Steering
committee
(ISSC), sectorial
CERT teams
and CERT- In
Security
Steering
committee
(ISSC),
sectorial CERT
teams and
CERT- In
Security
Steering
committee
(ISSC),
sectorial CERT
teams and
CERT- In
Security
Steering
committee
(ISSC),
sectorial CERT
teams and
CERT- In
Security
Steering
committee
(ISSC),
sectorial CERT
teams and
CERT- In
---------------G64
C134, C135
IG 134
IG135
---------------G64
C134, C135
IG 134
IG135
---------------G64
C134, C135
IG 134
IG135
---------------G64
C134, C135
IG 134
IG135
Contractual
liability of
service
provider for
data security
Stringent nondisclosure
agreements
Right to audit
service
provider
Availability of
customized
logs
---------------G65
IG136, IG136
(a), (b), (c), (d)
Alignment with
organizations
security policy
Service
provider to
provide
updated
process
documentation
, configuration
standards,
training
records,
incident
response plans
Compliance
certificates
and report as
per global
standards
---------------G66
IG137, IG137
Contractual
liability of
service
provider for
data security
agreements
Right to audit
service
provider
Availability of
customized
logs
---------------G65
IG136, IG136
(a), (b), (c), (d)
Alignment
with
organizations
security policy
Service
provider to
provide
updated
process
documentatio
n,
configuration
standards,
training
records,
incident
response plans
Compliance
certificates
and report as
per global
standards
----------------
---------------G64
C134, C135
IG 134
IG135
Cloud computing
Security
considera
tions in
contract
Not permitted
on cloud
platform
Not permitted
on cloud
platform
---------------G65
IG136
---------------G65
IG136
Alignmen
t of
security
policies
Not permitted
on cloud
platform
Not permitted
on cloud
platform
---------------G66
IG137
---------------G66
IG137
Contractual
liability of
service
provider for
data security
agreements
Right to audit
service
provider
Availability of
customized
logs
---------------G65
IG136, IG136
(a), (b), (c), (d)
Alignment with
organizations
security policy
Service
provider to
provide
updated
process
documentation
, configuration
standards,
training
records,
incident
response plans
Compliance
certificates and
report as per
global
standards
---------------G66
IG137, IG137
RestrictedPage 163

Affairs
Area
Top secret
Secret
Data
security
in cloud
environm
ent
Not permitted
on cloud
platform
Not permitted
on cloud
platform
---------------G67
IG138
---------------G67
IG138
Authentic
ation in
cloud
environm
ent
Not permitted
on cloud
platform
---------------G68
IG139
Not permitted
on cloud
platform
---------------G68
IG139
Continuit
y of
operation
s
Not permitted
on cloud
platform
---------------G69
IG140
Not permitted
on cloud
platform
---------------G69
IG140
Definition
of roles
and
responsib
ilities
Not permitted
on cloud
platform
Not permitted
on cloud
platform
---------------G70
IG141
---------------G70
IG141
Ministry of Home
Confidentia
l
Restricted
Unclassifie
d
(a), (b),
(a), (b),
For service
provider:
Security
assessment
prior to patch
deployment
Third part
assessment of
service
provider
Prohibit sharing
of racks or
physical infra
Segregation
from other
tenants
---------------G67
IG138, IG138
(a), (b), (c), (d),
(e)
For service
provider:
Security
assessment
prior to patch
deployment
Third part
assessment of
service
provider
Prohibit
sharing of
racks or
physical infra
Segregation
from other
tenants
---------------G67
IG138, IG138
(a), (b), (c),
(d), (e)
For service
provider:
authentication
and
authorization
on logical
access
---------------G68
IG139
Migrate data to
other service
provider
Secure
deletion of
data
---------------G69
IG140
G66
IG137, IG137
(a), (b),
For service
provider:
Security
assessment
prior to patch
deployment
Third part
assessment of
service
provider
Segregation
from other
tenants
---------------G67
IG138, IG138
(a), (b), (e)
For service
provider:
authentication
and
authorization
on logical
access
---------------G68
IG139
Migrate data to
other service
provider
Secure deletion
of data
---------------G69
IG140
For service
provider:
Segregation of
duties and job
roles
Role based
training
Security
training and
For service
provider:
Role based
training
Security
training and
awareness
Non- disclosure
agreement
RestrictedPage 164
For service
provider:
authentication
and
authorization
on logical
access
---------------G68
IG139
Migrate data
to other
service
provider
Secure
deletion of
data
---------------G69
IG140
For service
provider:
Role based
training
Security
training and
awareness
Nondisclosure

Affairs
Area
Top secret
Secret
Not permitted
on cloud
platform
Not permitted
on cloud
platform
---------------G71
IG142
---------------G71
IG142
Not permitted
on cloud
platform
Not permitted
on cloud
platform
---------------G72
IG143
---------------G72
IG143
Third
party
security
assessme
nts
Not permitted
on cloud
platform
---------------G73
IG144
Not permitted
on cloud
platform
---------------G73
IG144
Data
security
Not permitted
on cloud
platform
Not permitted
on cloud
platform
---------------G74
IG145
Not permitted
on cloud
platform
---------------G74
IG145
Not permitted
on cloud
platform
---------------G75
---------------G75
Security
monitorin
g
Availabilit
y of logs
Use of
authorize
d cloud
services
Ministry of Home
Confidentia
l
Restricted
Unclassifie
d
awareness
Non- disclosure
agreement
---------------G70
IG141, IG141
(a), (b)
---------------G70
IG141 (a), (b)
agreement
---------------G70
IG141 (a), (b)
For service
provider:
Continuous
security
monitoring of
cloud
environment
Incident
management
mechanism
---------------G71
IG142, IG142
(a)
For service
provider:
Availability of
event, activity,
access,
maintenance,
change,
upgrade logs
---------------G72
IG143
Bi-annual third
party security
assessment
and audits
---------------G73
IG144
AES 256-bit
encryption
VPN over TLS
or IPSEC
---------------G74
IG145
For service
provider:
Continuous
security
monitoring of
cloud
environment
Incident
management
mechanism
---------------G71
IG142, IG142
(a)
For service
provider:
Availability of
event, activity,
access,
maintenance,
change,
upgrade logs
---------------G72
IG143
Bi-annual third
party security
assessment
and audits
---------------G73
IG144
AES 256-bit
encryption
VPN over SSL
---------------G74
IG145
For service
provider:
Continuous
security
monitoring of
cloud
environment
Incident
management
mechanism
---------------G71
IG142, IG142
(a)
For service
provider:
Availability of
event, activity,
access,
maintenance,
change,
upgrade logs
---------------G72
IG143
Annual third
party security
assessment
and audits
---------------G73
IG144
AES 256-bit
encryption
VPN over SSL
---------------G74
IG145
Authorized
service
providers
Government
cloud services
---------------G75
Authorized
service
providers
Government
cloud services
---------------G75
Authorized
service
providers
Government
cloud services
---------------G75
RestrictedPage 165

Affairs
Area
Ministry of Home
Top secret
Secret
Confidentia
l
Restricted
Unclassifie
d
IG146
IG146
IG146
IG146
IG146
User
provisioning
User deprovisioning
Device usage
List of
authorized
devices
Data control
mechanism
Security
requirement
Mobile device
management
(MDM)
Secure device
configuration
Allowed
services
---------------G76
IG147, IG 147
(a), (b), (c),
(d), (e), (f), (g),
(h), (i)
Security
testing of
devices
Vulnerability
scan
Device patch
management
---------------G76
IG147, IG 147
(a)
User
provisioning
User deprovisioning
Device usage
List of
authorized
devices
Data control
mechanism
Security
requirement
Mobile device
management
(MDM)
Secure device
configuration
Allowed
services
---------------G76
IG147, IG 147
(a), (b), (c),
(d), (e), (f),
(g), (h), (i)
Security
testing of
devices
Vulnerability
scan
Device patch
management
---------------G76
IG147, IG 147
(a)
Mobility and BYOD

Not permitted
on mobile
platform
Not permitted
on mobile
platform
Not permitted
on mobile
platform
---------------G76
IG147
---------------G76
IG147
---------------G76
IG147
Risk
evaluatio
n of
devices
Not permitted
on mobile
platform
Not permitted
on mobile
platform
Not permitted
on mobile
platform
---------------G77
IG148
---------------G77
IG148
---------------G77
IG148
Allocation
of mobile
devices
Not permitted
on mobile
platform
---------------G78
IG147
Not permitted
on mobile
platform
---------------G78
IG147
Not permitted
on mobile
platform
---------------G78
IG147
User device
registration
Device security
configuration
---------------G78
IG147
User device
registration
Device
security
configuration
---------------G78
IG147
Device
lifecycle
managem
ent and
governan
ce
Not permitted
on mobile
platform
---------------G79
IG149
Not permitted
on mobile
platform
---------------G79
IG149
Not permitted
on mobile
platform
---------------G79
IG149
Enforce
policies for
application
access,
password
management,
Create
Enforce
policies for
application
access,
password
management,
Create
Mobile
device
policy
RestrictedPage 166

Affairs
Area
Data
transmiss
ion and
storage
Top secret
Not permitted
on mobile
platform
---------------G80
IG150
Secret
Confidentia
l
Not permitted
on mobile
platform
---------------G80
IG150
Not permitted
on mobile
platform
---------------G80
IG150
Ministry of Home
Restricted
Unclassifie
d
encrypted
container for
official
information
Monitor device
health
Antivirus and
firewall
installation
Secure
deletion of
information on
de-provisioning
---------------G79
IG149, IG149
(a), (b), (c),
(d), (e)
encrypted
container for
official
information
Monitor device
health
Antivirus and
firewall
installation
Secure
deletion of
information on
deprovisioning
---------------G79
IG149, IG149
(a), (b), (c),
(d), (e)
Device storage
encryption
Access
authorization
2 factor
authentication
to applications
Limited device
management
privileges
Restricted
access to open
networks
Remote wipe
and secure
deletion of
data
Limited
installation of
third party
applications
Daily backup
of official
information
---------------G80
IG150, IG150
(a), (b), (c),
(d), (e), (f), (g),
(h), (i), (j), (k)
Device storage
encryption
Access
authorization
2 factor
authentication
to applications
Limited device
management
privileges
Restricted
access to open
networks
Remote wipe
and secure
deletion of
data
Limited
installation of
third party
applications
Daily backup
of official
information
---------------G80
IG150, IG150
(a), (b), (c),
(d), (e), (f),
(g), (h), (i), (j),
(k)
RestrictedPage 167

Affairs
Ministry of Home
Area
Top secret
Secret
Confidentia
l
Restricted
Unclassifie
d
Awarenes
s
Not permitted
on mobile
platform
---------------G81
IG151
Not permitted
on mobile
platform
---------------G81
IG151
Not permitted
on mobile
platform
---------------G81
IG151
Mobile security
awareness
training
---------------G81
IG151
Mobile
security
awareness
training
---------------G81
IG151
Evaluate
risks
associate
d with
virtual
technolog
ies
Documentation
of access paths
to information
Comprehensive
risk
assessment
covering
virtualized
assets and
processes
---------------G82
IG152, IG152
(a), (b)
Physical
security
measures for
virtualized
environment
Protect admin
access to
virtual systems
---------------G83
IG153, IG153
(a)
Segregation of
virtual traffic
through Virtual
LAN, routers
and switches
Documentation
of access
paths to
information
Comprehensiv
e risk
assessment
covering
virtualized
assets and
processes
---------------G82
IG152, IG152
(a), (b)
Physical
security
measures for
virtualized
environment
Protect admin
access to
virtual systems
---------------G83
IG153, IG153
(a)
Segregation of
virtual traffic
through Virtual
LAN, routers
and switches
Documentation
of access
paths to
information
Comprehensiv
e risk
assessment
covering
virtualized
assets and
processes
---------------G82
IG152
Strengthe
n physical
access
Documentation
of access
paths to
information
Comprehensiv
e risk
assessment
covering
virtualized
assets and
processes
---------------G82
IG152, IG152
(a), (b)
Physical
security
measures for
virtualized
environment
Protect admin
access to
virtual systems
---------------G83
IG153, IG153
(a)
Segregation of
virtual traffic
through Virtual
LAN, routers
and switches
---------------G84
IG154
Establish trust
zones for
different
environments
Role based
access control
Adherence to
secure
configuration
practices
Diligent patch
---------------G84
IG154
Establish trust
zones for
different
environments
Role based
access control
Adherence to
secure
configuration
practices
Diligent patch
---------------G84
IG154
Establish trust
zones for
different
environments
Role based
access control
Adherence to
secure
configuration
practices
Diligent patch
---------------G84
IG154
Establish trust
zones for
different
environments
Role based
access control
Adherence to
secure
configuration
practices
Diligent patch
Virtualization
Segregati
on of
virtual
traffic
Implemen
t defense
in depth
Physical
security
measures for
virtualized
environment
Protect admin
access to
virtual systems
---------------G83
IG153, IG153
(a)
Segregation of
virtual traffic
through Virtual
LAN, routers
and switches
RestrictedPage 168

Affairs
Area
Harden
the
virtualiza
tion
managem
ent
console
Vulnerabil
ity
informati
on
Logging
and
monitorin
g
Ministry of Home
Top secret
Secret
Confidentia
l
Restricted
management
---------------G85
IG155, IG155
(a), (b), (c), (d)
Protect root
access
Defense
against MAC
spoofing
Standard
configuration
Disable unused
ports and
services
Disable crossplatform data
transfer
Restricted and
monitored
connections
---------------G86
IG156, IG156
(a), (b), (c), (d),
(e), (f), (g), (h),
(i), (j)
Specific focus
on
vulnerabilities
of virtualized
environment
management
---------------G85
IG155, IG155
(a), (b), (c), (d)
Protect root
access
Defense
against MAC
spoofing
Standard
configuration
Disable unused
ports and
services
transfer
Restricted and
monitored
connections
---------------G86
IG156, IG156
(a), (b), (c),
(d), (e), (f), (g),
(h), (i), (j)
Specific focus
on
vulnerabilities
of virtualized
environment
management
---------------G85
IG155, IG155
(a), (b), (c), (d)
Protect root
access
Defense
against MAC
spoofing
Standard
configuration
Disable unused
ports and
services
transfer
Restricted and
monitored
connections
---------------G86
IG156, IG156
(a), (b), (c),
(d), (e), (f), (g),
(h), (i), (j)
Specific focus
on
vulnerabilities
of virtualized
environment
management
---------------G85
IG155
---------------G87
IG157
Monitoring of
privilege
accounts,
virtualized
image creation
instances,
unauthorized
access
attempts,
multiple failed
login attempts,
system lockout,
critical file
changes
---------------G87
IG157
Monitoring of
privilege
accounts,
virtualized
image creation
instances,
unauthorized
access
attempts,
multiple failed
login attempts,
system
lockout, critical
file changes
---------------G87
IG157
Monitoring of
privilege
accounts,
virtualized
image creation
instances,
unauthorized
access
attempts,
multiple failed
login attempts,
system
lockout, critical
file changes
---------------G87
IG157
Monitoring of
privilege
accounts,
virtualized
image creation
instances,
unauthorized
access
attempts,
multiple failed
login attempts,
system
lockout, critical
file changes
---------------G88
IG158, IG158
(a)
---------------G88
IG158, IG158
(a)
---------------G88
IG158, IG158
(a)
---------------G88
IG158, IG158
(a)
Protect root
access
Defense
against MAC
spoofing
Standard
configuration
Disable unused
ports and
services
transfer
Restricted and
monitored
connections
---------------G86
IG156
Specific focus
on
vulnerabilities
of virtualized
environment
RestrictedPage 169
Unclassifie
d

Affairs
Area
Top secret
Secret
Confidentia
l
Limit
exposure
of official
informati
on
No internet
facility on
systems
Strict control
over
information
transmission
Strict control
over
applications
used on
systems
Strictly
prohibited from
communication
over
unauthorized
channels
No internet
facility on
systems
Strict control
over
information
transmission
Strict control
over
applications
used on
systems
Strictly
prohibited
from
communication
over
unauthorized
channels
Ministry of Home
Restricted
Unclassifie
d
No internet
facility on
systems
Strict control
over
information
transmission
Strict control
over
applications
used on
systems
Strictly
prohibited
from
communication
over
unauthorized
channels
No internet
facility on
systems
Strict control
over
information
transmission
Strict control
over
applications
used on
systems
Strictly
prohibited
from
communication
over
unauthorized
channels
Access
permitted to
use social
media
Security
testing of third
party
applications
installed on
information
systems or
organization
website
---------------G89
IG159, IG159
(a)
---------------G89
IG159, IG159
(a)
Protected from
all kinds of
unauthorized
disclosure
Strict nondisclosure
agreements
with
employees and
third parties
---------------G90
IG160 (b)
---------------G89
IG159, IG159
(a)
Protected from
all kinds of
unauthorized
disclosure
agreements
with
employees and
third parties
---------------G90
IG160 (b)
Social media
---------------G89
IG159, IG159
(a)
Permitted
official
use
Protected from
all kinds of
unauthorized
disclosure
agreements
with employees
and third
parties
---------------G90
IG160 (b)
---------------G89
IG159, IG159
(a)
Protected from
all kinds of
unauthorized
disclosure
agreements
with
employees and
third parties
---------------G90
IG160 (b)
Security
evaluatio
n
Availability of
tools for
network
discovery,
network post
and service
identification,
vulnerability
Availability of
tools for
network
discovery,
network post
and service
identification,
vulnerability
Designated
function and
authorized
person
allowed use of
social media
Training on
safety
measure for
using internet
agreements
with
employees
and third
parties
---------------G90
IG160 (a), (b)
Security testing
Availability of
tools for
network
discovery,
network post
and service
identification,
vulnerability
Availability of
tools for
network
discovery,
network post
and service
identification,
vulnerability
RestrictedPage 170
Evaluation of
all systems,
networks,
applications
---------------G91
IG161

Affairs
Area
Testing
scenarios
Overt and
covert
testing
Vulnerabil
ity
existence
Ministry of Home
Top secret
Secret
Confidentia
l
Restricted
scanning
Evaluation of
all systems,
networks,
applications
---------------G91
IG161, IG161
(a)
Ongoing
scenario
testing insider
threat,
compromise of
perimeter,
introduction of
malware,
vulnerability
exploit,
perimeter
defense,
override of
security
appliances,
reconnaissance
, enumeration
---------------G92
IG162, IG162
(a), (b)
Ongoing black
hat testing post
approval from
HOD/
information
owner
Ongoing white
hat testing post
approval from
HOD/
information
owner
---------------G93
IG163, IG163
(a), (b)
scanning
Evaluation of
all systems,
networks,
applications
---------------G91
IG161, IG161
(a)
Ongoing
scenario
testing
insider threat,
compromise of
perimeter,
introduction of
malware,
vulnerability
exploit,
perimeter
defense,
override of
security
appliances,
reconnaissanc
e, enumeration
---------------G92
IG162, IG162
(a), (b)
Ongoing black
hat testing
post approval
from HOD/
information
owner
Ongoing white
hat testing
post approval
from HOD/
information
owner
---------------G93
IG163, IG163
(a), (b)
Validation of
discovered
vulnerabilities
Documentation
of discovered
vulnerabilities
Severity
classification of
Validation of
discovered
vulnerabilities
Documentation
of discovered
vulnerabilities
Severity
classification
scanning
Evaluation of
all systems,
networks,
applications
---------------G91
IG161, IG161
(a)
Quarterly
scenario
testing
insider threat,
compromise of
perimeter,
introduction of
malware,
vulnerability
exploit,
perimeter
defense,
override of
security
appliances,
reconnaissanc
e, enumeration
---------------G92
IG162, IG162
(a), (b)
Quarterly black
hat testing
post approval
from HOD/
information
owner
Quarterly
white hat
testing post
approval from
HOD/
information
owner
---------------G93
IG163, IG163
(a), (b)
Validation of
discovered
vulnerabilities
Documentation
of discovered
vulnerabilities
Severity
classification
scanning
Evaluation of
key systems,
networks,
applications
---------------G91
IG161, IG161
(a)
Quarterly
scenario
testing
insider threat,
compromise of
perimeter,
introduction of
malware,
vulnerability
exploit,
perimeter
defense,
override of
security
appliances,
reconnaissanc
e, enumeration
---------------G92
IG162, IG162
(a), (b)
Quarterly black
hat testing
post approval
from HOD/
information
owner
Quarterly
white hat
testing post
approval from
HOD/
information
owner
---------------G93
IG163, IG163
(a), (b)
Validation of
discovered
vulnerabilities
Documentation
of discovered
vulnerabilities
Severity
classification
RestrictedPage 171
Unclassifie
d
Bi-annual
scenario
testing
breach of
perimeter
defense,
override of
security
appliances,
reconnaissanc
e,
enumeration
---------------G92
IG162, IG162
(b)
Annual black
hat testing
post approval
from HOD/
information
owner
Bi - annual
white hat
testing post
approval from
HOD/
information
owner
---------------G93
IG163, IG163
(a), (b)
Validation of
discovered
vulnerabilities
Documentatio
n of
discovered
vulnerabilities
Severity

Affairs
Area
Ministry of Home
Top secret
Secret
Confidentia
l
Restricted
Unclassifie
d
discovered
vulnerabilities
---------------G94
IG164
of discovered
vulnerabilities
---------------G94
IG164
of discovered
vulnerabilities
---------------G94
IG164
of discovered
vulnerabilities
---------------G94
IG164
classification
of discovered
vulnerabilities
---------------G94
IG164
Quarterly
meeting with
relevant
stakeholders
such as
information
owner/ HoD
---------------G95
IG165, IG165
(a), (b), (c)
Quarterly
security audit
of all
information
systems,
network
devices,
processes,
governance
procedures etc.
---------------G96
IG166, IG166
(a), (b), (c)
Quarterly
meeting with
relevant
stakeholders
such as
information
owner/ HoD
---------------G95
IG165, IG165
(a), (b), (c)
Quarterly
security audit
of all
information
systems,
network
devices,
processes,
governance
procedures
etc.
---------------G96
IG166, IG166
(a), (b), (c)
Dedicated
audit function
Subject matter
experts/
specialized
information
security
auditors
Availability of
all categories
of logs
Availability of
advanced
analysis tools
Audit findings
communicated
to ISSC
Priority
correction of
audit issues
---------------G97, G98, G99
Bi-annual
meeting with
relevant
stakeholders
such as
information
owner/ HoD
---------------G95
IG165, IG165
(a), (b), (c)
Bi-annual
security audit
of all
information
systems,
network
devices,
processes,
governance
procedures
etc.
---------------G96
IG166, IG166
(a), (b), (c)
Cross
functional
audit
Availability of
all categories
of logs
Availability of
advanced
analysis tools
Audit findings
communicated
to HOD
Timely
correction of
audit issues
---------------G97, G98, G99
IG167, IG167
(a), (b), (c),
(d), (e), (f), (g),
(h),
IG168, IG168
Yearly meeting
with relevant
stakeholders
such as
information
owner/ HoD
---------------G95
IG165, IG165
(a), (b), (c)
Security audit
Determin
e security
auditing
requirem
ents
Periodicit
y and
nature of
audits
Audit
managem
ent
function/
Evidence
and
artifact/
Managem
ent
reporting
and
actions
Dedicated audit
function
Subject matter
experts/
specialized
information
security
auditors
Availability of
all categories of
logs
Availability of
advanced
analysis tools
Audit findings
communicated
to ISSC
Priority
correction of
audit issues
---------------G97, G98, G99
Bi-annual
meeting with
relevant
stakeholders
such as
information
owner/ HoD
---------------G95
IG165, IG165
(a), (b), (c)
Bi-annual
security audit
of all
information
systems,
network
devices,
processes,
governance
procedures
etc.
---------------G96
IG166, IG166
(a), (b), (c)
Dedicated
audit function
Subject matter
experts/
specialized
information
security
auditors
Availability of
all categories
of logs
Availability of
advanced
analysis tools
Audit findings
communicated
to ISSC
Priority
correction of
audit issues
---------------G97, G98, G99
RestrictedPage 172
Yearly security
audit of all
information
systems,
network
devices,
processes,
governance
procedures
etc.
---------------G96
IG166, IG166
(a), (b), (c)
Cross
functional
audit
Availability of
all categories
of logs
Availability of
advanced
analysis tools
Audit findings
communicated
to HOD
Timely
correction of
audit issues
---------------G97, G98, G99
IG167, IG167
(a), (b), (c),
(d), (e), (f),
(g), (h),
IG168, IG168

Affairs
Area
Ministry of Home
Top secret
Secret
Confidentia
l
Restricted
Unclassifie
d
IG167, IG167
(a), (b), (c), (d),
(e), (f), (g), (h),
IG168, IG168
(a)
IG179, IG69 (a)
IG167, IG167
(a), (b), (c),
(d), (e), (f), (g),
(h),
IG168, IG168
(a)
IG179, IG69 (a)
IG167, IG167
(a), (b), (c),
(d), (e), (f), (g),
(h),
IG168, IG168
(a)
IG179, IG69 (a)
(a)
IG179, IG69 (a)
(a)
IG179, IG69
(a)
Inventory
of
operation
al
processes
/ Risk
assessme
nt and
impact
analysis/
Protectio
n from
disruptio
n
Protect from
disruption
Quarterly risk
assessment
Quarterly
business
impact analysis
---------------G100, G101,
G102,
IG170, IG170
(a), (b), (c)
IG171, IG171
(a), (b), (c)
IG172
Protect from
disruption
Quarterly risk
assessment
Quarterly
business
impact
analysis
---------------G100, G101,
G102,
IG170, IG170
(a), (b), (c)
IG171, IG171
(a), (b)
IG172
Protect from
disruption
Quarterly risk
assessment
Quarterly
business
impact
analysis
---------------G100, G101,
G102,
IG170, IG170
(a), (b)
IG171, IG171
(a), (b)
IG172
Protect from
disruption
Bi-annual risk
assessment
Bi-annual
business
impact
analysis
---------------G100, G101,
G102,
IG170, IG170
(a), (b)
IG171, IG171
(a), (b)
IG172
Protect from
disruption
Yearly risk
assessment
Yearly
business
impact
analysis
---------------G100, G101,
G102,
IG170, IG170
(a), (b)
IG171, IG171
(a), (b)
IG172
Test and
managem
ent of
continuity
plans/
Improvem
ent of
continuity
plans
Quarterly
exercise and
mock drills
Identification of
areas of
improvement
and
communication
to ISSC
---------------G103, G105
IG173
IG175, IG175
(a)
Continuity of
security
capability
Consistent data
security for
disaster
recovery site
---------------G104
IG174, IG174
(a), (b)
Quarterly
exercise and
mock drills
Identification
of areas of
improvement
and
communication
to ISSC
---------------G103, G105
IG173
IG175, IG175
(a)
Continuity of
security
capability
Consistent
data security
for disaster
recovery site
---------------G104
IG174, IG174
(a), (b)
Quarterly
exercise and
mock drills
Identification
of areas of
improvement
and
communication
to ISSC
---------------G103, G105
IG173
IG175, IG175
(a)
Continuity of
security
capability
Consistent
data security
for disaster
recovery site
---------------G104
IG174, IG174
(a), (b)
Bi-annual
exercise and
mock drills
Identification
of areas of
improvement
and
communication
to ISSC
---------------G103, G105
IG173
IG175, IG175
(a)
Continuity of
security
capability
Consistent
data security
for disaster
recovery site
---------------G104
IG174, IG174
(a), (b)
Yearly exercise
and mock
drills
Identification
of areas of
improvement
and
communicatio
n to ISSC
---------------G103, G105
IG173
IG175, IG175
(a)
Continuity of
security
capability
Consistent
data security
for disaster
recovery site
---------------G104
IG174, IG174
(a), (b)
Independent
Independent
Business continuity
Security
capability
continuity

Integratio
Independent
Independent
Independent
RestrictedPage 173

Affairs
Ministry of Home
Area
Top secret
Secret
Confidentia
l
Restricted
Unclassifie
d
n/
Licensing/
Installatio
n/
Additiona
l
requirem
ent/
Expertise/
Availabilit
y of
support
security
evaluation
Security testing
and evaluation
Compatibility
with existing
technology
Lifecycle
support
On-going
vulnerability
scans
---------------G106, G107,
G108, G109,
G110, G111,
G112
IG176, IG177,
IG178, IG179,
IG180, IG181,
IG181 (a), (b),
(c), (d)
security
evaluation
Security
testing and
evaluation
Compatibility
with existing
technology
Lifecycle
support
On-going
vulnerability
scans
---------------G106, G107,
G108, G109,
G110, G111,
G112
IG176, IG177,
IG178, IG179,
IG180, IG181,
IG181 (a), (b),
(c), (d)
security
evaluation
Security
testing and
evaluation
Compatibility
with existing
technology
Lifecycle
support
On-going
vulnerability
scans
---------------G106, G107,
G108, G109,
G110, G111,
G112
IG176, IG177,
IG178, IG179,
IG180, IG181,
IG181 (a), (b),
(c), (d)
security
evaluation
Security
testing and
evaluation
Compatibility
with existing
technology
Lifecycle
support
Vulnerability
scans
---------------G106, G107,
G108, G109,
G110, G111,
G112
IG176, IG177,
IG178, IG179,
IG180, IG181,
IG181 (a), (b),
(c), (d)
security
evaluation
Security
testing and
evaluation
Compatibility
with existing
technology
Lifecycle
support
Vulnerability
scans
---------------G106, G107,
G108, G109,
G110, G111,
G112
IG176, IG177,
IG178, IG179,
IG180, IG181,
IG181 (a), (b),
(c), (d)
RestrictedPage 174

Affairs
Ministry of Home
Annexure
RestrictedPage 175

Affairs
Ministry of Home
Annexures
Annexure 1 References
1A - List of government advisories on information security
S. No.
Name/ Title
Issued by
Details
1.
Manual of departmental
security instructions
Ministry of Home
Affairs
1994
2.
Cyber Security Policy for

Government of India
National Informatics
Center
V 2.0, 30th August,

2010
3.
IT security policy
CERT- In
4.
Cyber security policy &

procedures
5.
Guidelines for Protection of

National Critical Information
Infrastructure
Inter-Ministerial Task
Force on Assessment
of Indian Cyber
Defense Strategies &
Preparedness
National Technical
Research
Organization
6.
Information systems security

guidelines for the banking
and Financial sector
Crisis Management Plan for
Countering Cyber Attacks
and Cyber Terrorism
National Cyber Security
Policy
Computer Security
Guidelines
Guidelines for Sensitivity
Assurance of Imported
Equipment
7.
8.
9.
10.
V0.1, Draft under

circulation
V 1.0, June 2013
Reserve Bank of India
CERT In
March 2012
DeitY
July 2013
IB
2006
Ministry of Science &

Technology
1B List of information security frameworks

S. No.
Name/ Title
Issued by
Details
1.
ISO 27001:2005
2005
2.
ISO 27001:2013
3.
DSCI Security Framework
4.
Common Security Framework

(CSF)
5.
COBIT 5
International
Organization for
Standardization (ISO)
International
Organization for
Data Security Council
of India (DSCI)
Health Information
Trust Alliance
(HITRUST)
Information Systems
Audit and Control
Association (ISACA)
RestrictedPage 176
2013
2010
2012
2012

Affairs
Ministry of Home
1C List of risk assessment frameworks

S. No.
Name/ Title
Issued by
Details
1.
ISO 27005:2008
2008
2.
OCTAVE
3.
RISK IT
International
Organization for
Software Engineering
Institute (SEI)
ISACA
4.
Risk Management
Framework (RMF)
National Institute of
Standards and
Technology (NIST)
NIST Special
Publication 800-37
2001
2009
1D List of security assessment methodologies

S. No.
Name/ Title
Issued by
Details
DSCI
2012
2.
DSCI Assessment Framework

- Security
B.A.S.E.
SANS Institute
2005
3.
ISSAF
4.
ASSET
Open Information
Systems Security
Group (OISSG)
NIST
1.
SP 800-53 Rev. 4,
2013
1E List of application security methodologies

S. No.
1.
Name/ Title
Issued by
Details
Open Web Application

Security Project (OWASP)
Open Web
Application Security
Project (OWASP)
SWAF Manifesto
v0.08, 2010
1F List of business continuity management frameworks

S. No.
Name/ Title
Issued by
Details
1.
ISO 22301:2012
V 1.0, 2012
2.
BS 25999-2:2007
International
Organization for
British Standards
Institution
RestrictedPage 177
2007

Affairs
Ministry of Home
Annexure 2 Mapping of guidelines and controls in NISPG

2A. Mapping of guidelines and controls in Security domains
Security domain - Guidelines and implementation
Guideli
Area
Identifier
ne
G1
Inventory of assets and
C, IG1
infrastructure
C, IG2
G2
G3
Security testing of
network & infrastructure
devices
Network perimeter
security
G4
Network Zones
G5
G6
G7
LAN security
Wireless architecture
Network security
management
G8
Unauthorized device
connection
G9
Extending connectivity to
third parties
C, IG3
C, IG4
Authentication &
authorization for access
Identification & classification

Network diagram
Network configuration
Testing and certification of network
& infrastructure device
C, IG5
C, IG6
Network security measures

Security of IPv6 device
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
Segmentation
Security zones
Network traffic segregation
LAN security
Wireless LAN security
Disabling unused ports
Personal Devices Usage policy
Restricting access to public network
Network access control
Firmware upgrade
Network change management
Securing transmission media
Audit and review
Default device credentials
Connecting devices
Extending connectivity to third
parties
IG7
IG8
IG9
IG10
IG11
IG12
IG13
IG14
IG15
IG16
IG17
IG18
IG21
IG19
IG20
IG22

G10
Governance procedures
C, IG23
for access rights, identity C, IG24
& privileges
C, IG25
G11
Description
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
IG26
IG27
IG28
IG29
IG30
C, IG31
C, IG32
Operational requirement mapping

Unique identity of each user
User access management
Access control policies
Need to know access
Review of user privileges
Special privileges
Authentication mechanism for
access
Inactive accounts
Acceptable usage of Information
assets & systems
RestrictedPage 178

Affairs
G12
Password management
G13
Credential monitoring
G14
Provisioning personal
devices and remote
access
G15
G16
Segregation of duties
Access record
documentation
G17
Linkage of logical and

physical access
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
IG33
IG34
IG35
IG36
IG37
IG38
IG39
IG40
IG25
Ministry of Home
Password policy
Default device credentials
Monitoring and retention of logs
Unsuccessful login attempts
Ad-hoc access to systems
Remote access
Provisioning of personal devices
User access management
C, IG26
G18
Disciplinary actions
Physical security
G19
Map and characteristics
of physical facilities
C, IG41
User awareness & liability
C, IG42
Map and characteristics of physical

facilities
G20
Protection from hazard
G21
Physical boundary
protection
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
IG43
IG44
IG45
IG46
IG47
Hazard assessment
Hazard protection
Securing gateways
Identity badges
Entry of visitors & external service
providers
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
IG48
IG49
IG50
IG51
IG45
IG46
IG52
Visitor verification
Infrastructure protection
Guarding facility
Vehicle entry
Securing gateways
Identity badges
Correlation between physical and
logical security
G22
Restricting entry
G23
Interior security
G24
G25
Security zones
Access to restricted area
G26
Physical activity
monitoring and review
C, IG53
C, IG54
C, IG55
Monitoring & surveillance

Disposal of equipment
Protection of information assets and
systems
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
Authorization for change

Inactivity timeout
Protection of access keys
Shoulder surfing
Categorization of zones
Access to restricted areas
IG56
IG57
IG58
IG59
IG60
IG61
C, IG62
C, IG63
Visitor device management

Physical access auditing and review
RestrictedPage 179

Affairs
G27
process
G28
Application design
G29
Application threat
management
G30
testing
G31
Data management
G32
Application lifecycle
management
G33
Application vulnerability
intelligence
G34
governance
Data security
G35
Data discovery,
identification &
classification
G36
Cryptography &
encryption
G37
G38
Key management
Information leakage
prevention
G39
Information access rights
G40
G41
G42
Third party access

Monitoring & review
Breach management &
corrective action
Ministry of Home
C, IG64
Application security process
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
Application security architecture

Application User authentication
Secure configuration
Ports & services
Session management
Input validation
Error handling
Application security testing
Code review
Black box testing
Data handling
Least privileges
Secure software development lifecycle (SDLC) processes
IG65
IG66
IG67
IG68
IG69
IG70
IG71
IG72
IG73
IG74
IG75
IG76
IG77
IG78
C, IG79
C, IG80
Application change control

Application vulnerability
intelligence
C, IG81
Application logs & monitoring
C, IG82
Data discovery
C, IG83
C, IG84
Data classification
Cryptography & encryption
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
Key management
Data-at-rest
Data-masking
Database management
Public mail and collaboration tools
External media & printing devices
Preventing loss of information
Backup
Data retention and disposal
Preventing loss of information
IG85
IG86
IG87
IG88
IG89
IG90
IG91
IG92
IG93
IG91
C, IG94
C, IG95
C, IG96
Third party access

Monitoring & review
Breach management
RestrictedPage 180

Affairs
Personnel security
G43
Awareness & training
G44
Employee verification
G45
Authorizing access to
third parties
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
IG97
IG98
IG99
IG101
IG102
Ministry of Home
Training and Awareness

Authorizing access to third parties
Disciplinary processes
Record of authorized users
G46
Record of authorized
users
G47
Acceptable usage policy
C, IG100
Acceptable use policies
G48
Monitoring and review
C, IG103
G49
Limiting exposure of
information
C, IG104
C, IG105
C, IG106
Threat and vulnerability management
G50
Interdependence of
C, IG107
assets & systems
Non- disclosure agreements

Legal and contractual obligations
Communication Practices
G51
Standardized operating
environment
C, IG108
Standard operating environment
G52
Including TVM in change

management
C, IG109
Threat assessment
G53
Integration with external

intelligence sources
C, IG110
Integration with external

intelligence
G54
Intelligence gathering
C, IG111
Vulnerabilities knowledge
management
C, IG112
C, IG113
Changing threat ecosystem

Threats emanated from third
parties
System hardening
Patch management
Malware protection
Perimeter threat protection
Protection from fraudulent activity
Configuration of endpoints
Remediation
G55
Technical policies
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
IG114
IG115
IG116
IG117
IG118
IG119
IG120
Security monitoring & incident management

G56
Incidence response
C, IG121
coverage
C, IG122
C, IG123
C, IG124
C, IG125
Interdependence of assets &

systems
Security incident monitoring

Incident management
Incident identification
Incident evaluation
Escalation process
RestrictedPage 181

Affairs
Ministry of Home
G57
G58
Breach scenarios
Security intelligence
information
C, IG126
C, IG127
Breach information
Configuring devices for logging
G59
Enterprise log
management
C,
C,
C,
C,
C,
Activity logging
Log information
Log information correlation
Protecting Log information
Deployment of skilled resources
G60
G61
G62
Deployment of skilled
resources
Disciplinary action
Structure & responsibility
IG128
IG129
IG130
IG131
IG132
C, IG122
C, IG122
Incident management
Incident management
C, IG125
C, IG123
Escalation process
C, IG133
C, IG134
Incident reporting
Sharing of log information with law
enforcement agencies
C, IG135
Communication of incidents
Cloud computing
G65
Security considerations
in contract
IG136
Security considerations in contract
G66
Alignment of security
policies
IG137
Alignment of security policies
G67
Data security in cloud

environment
IG138
Data security in cloud environment
G68
Authentication in cloud
environment
IG139
Authentication in cloud
environment
G69
Continuity of operations
IG140
G70
Definition of roles and

responsibilities
IG141
Definition of roles and

responsibilities
G71
G72
G73
Security monitoring
Availability of logs
Third party security
assessments
IG142
IG143
IG144
Security monitoring
Third party security assessments
G74
G75
Data security
Use of authorized cloud
services
IG145
IG146
Data security
Use of authorized cloud services
IG147
IG148
Mobile device policy

Risk evaluation of devices
G63
Incident management
awareness and training
G64
Communication of
incidents
Mobility and BYOD

G76
G77
Risk evaluation of
devices
RestrictedPage 182

Affairs
Ministry of Home
G78
Allocation of mobile
devices
IG147
G79
Device lifecycle
management and
governance
IG149
Device lifecycle management and

governance
G80
Data transmission and

storage
IG150
Data transmission and storage
G81
Awareness
Virtualization
G82
Evaluate risks associated
with virtual technologies
IG151
Awareness
IG152
Evaluate risks associated with

virtual technologies
G83
Strengthen physical
access
IG153
Strengthen physical access
G84
Segregation of virtual
traffic
IG154
Segregation of virtual traffic
G85
Implement defense in
depth
IG155
Implement defense in depth
G86
Harden the virtualization

management console
IG156
Harden the virtualization

management console
G87
Vulnerability information
IG157
G88
Logging and monitoring
IG158
IG159
Limit exposure of official

information
Permitted official use

testing
Security evaluation
Testing scenarios
Overt and covert testing
IG160
IG161
IG162
IG163
Security evaluation
Testing Scenarios
Vulnerability existence
IG164
Vulnerability Existence
Security audit
G95
Determine security
auditing requirements
IG165
Determine security auditing

requirements
G96
Periodicity and nature of

audits
IG166
Periodicity and nature of audits
G97
Audit management
function
IG167
Audit management function
G98
Evidence and artifact
IG168
Social media
G89
Limit exposure of official
information
G90
Security
G91
G92
G93
G94
RestrictedPage 183

Affairs
G99
Management reporting
and actions
Ministry of Home
IG169
Management reporting and actions
Business continuity
G100
Inventory of operational
processes
IG170
Inventory of operational processes
G101
Risk assessment and

impact analysis
IG171
Risk assessment and impact

analysis
G102
Protection from
disruption
IG172
Protection from disruption
G103
Test and management of

continuity plans
IG173
Test and management of continuity

plans
G104
Security capability
continuity
IG174
Security capability continuity
G105
Improvement of
continuity plans
IG175
Improvement of continuity plans
IG176
IG177
Integration
Licensing
IG178
IG179
Installation
Additional requirements
IG180
IG181
Expertise
Availability of support

G106
Integration
G107
Licensing
G108
Security testing
G109
Installation
G110
G111
G112
Expertise
RestrictedPage 184

Affairs
Ministry of Home
2B. Table of guidelines under technology specific ICT deployment and

essential security practices
Number
G65
G66
G67
G68
G69
G70
G71
G72
G73
G74
G75
G76
G77
G78
G79
G80
G81
G82
G83
G84
G85
G86
G87
G88
G89
G90
G91
G92
G93
G94
G95
G96
G97
G98
G99
G100
G101
Description
Cloud computing
Security considerations in contract
Alignment of security policies
Data security in cloud environment
Authentication in cloud environment
Definition of roles and responsibilities
Security monitoring
Third party security assessments
Data security
Use of authorized cloud services
Mobility and BYOD
Risk evaluation of devices
Allocation of mobile devices
Device lifecycle management and governance
Data transmission and storage
Awareness
Virtualization
Evaluate risks associated with virtual technologies
Strengthen physical access
Segregation of virtual traffic
Implement defense in depth
Harden the virtualization management console
Social media
Limit exposure of official information
Security testing
Security evaluation
Testing scenarios
Vulnerability existence
Security audit
Determine security auditing requirements
Periodicity and nature of audits
Audit management function
Management reporting and actions
Business continuity
Inventory of operational processes
Risk assessment and impact analysis
RestrictedPage 185

Affairs
G102
G103
G104
G105
G106
G107
G108
G109
G110
G111
G112
Protection from disruption

Test and management of continuity plans
Security capability continuity
Improvement of continuity plans
Integration
Licensing
Security testing
Installation
Expertise
RestrictedPage 186
Ministry of Home

Affairs
Ministry of Home
Annexure 3 Guidelines issued by National Critical Information

Infrastructure Protection Centre, National Technical Research
Organization
S. No.
N1
N2
N3
N4
N5
N6
N7
N8
N9
N10
N11
N12
N13
N14
N15
N16
N17
N18
N19
N20
N21
N22
N23
N24
N25
N26
N27
N28
N29
N30
N31
N32
N33
N34
N35
N36
N37
N38
N39
N40
Control
Identification of CIIs
Vertical and horizontal interdependencies
Information security department
Information security policy
Training and Skill Up gradation
Data loss prevention
Limiting admin privileges
Perimeter protection
Incident response
Risk assessment management
Physical security
Identification and Authentication
Maintenance plan
Maintaining Monitoring and Analyzing Logs
Penetration testing
Data storage - Hashing and Encryption
Feedback mechanism
Security certification
Asset and Inventory Management
Contingency planning
Disaster recovery site
Predictable failure prevention
Information/data leakage protection
DoS/DDoS Protection
Wi-Fi Security
Data Back-up Plan
Secure architecture deployment
Web application security
Testing and evaluation of hardware and software
Hardening of hardware and software
Period audit
Compliance of Security Recommendations
Checks and balances for negligence
Advanced Persistent threats (APT) Protection
Network device protection
Cloud security
Outsourcing and vendor security
Critical information disposal and transfer
Intranet security
RestrictedPage 187

Affairs
Ministry of Home
Annexure 4 Guidelines and controls mentioned in Cyber

Security Policy for Government of India ver 2.0 released 30th
August, 2010
Note: The guidelines and controls mentioned in this policy document are
bifurcated as per operational areas and contain general guidance spread across
multiple domains
S.No.
1.
2.
3.
Areas
Acceptable use of client
systems
Security for system

administrator
Security policy for network
connected to Internet
4.
Security policy for

department
5.
guidelines
6.
Asset management
guidelines
Guidelines and Controls

Virus and malicious code
H/W, OS & Application software
Email use
Password security
Portable storage media
Network access policy
Client system logs
Network access
Client antivirus
Gateway antivirus
Network hardening
Network Architecture
Security Administration
Monitoring & reporting
Incident handling
Security Audit
Policy review
Policy enforcement
Network access policy applicable for users
Applications
Audit trail and event log
Security audit
General guidelines
Web application vulnerabilities
Cross site scripting
Malicious file execution
Insecure direct object reference
Cross site request forgery
Information leakage and improper error
handling
Broken authentication and session
management
Insecure cryptographic storage
Insecure communication
Failure to restrict URL access
Asset management
Nomenclature for asset ID
Organization
Location of bhawan
Type of asset
Sub type
Numeric value
RestrictedPage 188

Affairs
Ministry of Home
Review and updation

7.
8.
9.
Client system security

guidelines
Network device security
guidelines
Password management
guidelines
10.
Security guidelines for user
11.
Security policy
dissemination guidelines
Time synchronization
guidelines
Wireless network security
guidelines
Change management
process
Security incident
management process
12.
13.
14.
15.
General
Firewall guidelines
Intrusion Prevention System (IPS) guidelines
Switch configuration
Router configuration
Operating system upgradation
SNMP protocol
Banner message
Backup
Log maintenance
General
Password complexity
Password reset
Password change
Account lockout
Password storage
Unattended client systems
Internet usage
Email usage
Additional security measure for laptops
RestrictedPage 189

Affairs
Ministry of Home
Annexure 5 List of control objectives specified as per FISMA

NIST SP 800-53 CONTROLS
AC-1
AC-2
AC-3
AC-4
AC-5
AC-6
AC-7
AC-8
AC-9
AC-10
AC-11
AC-12
AC-13
AC-14
AC-15
AC-16
AC-17
AC-18
AC-19
AC-20
AC-21
AC-22
AC-23
AC-24
AC-25
AT-1
AT-2
AT-3
AT-4
AT-5
AU-1
AU-2
AU-3
AU-4
AU-5
AU-6
AU-7
AU-8
AU-9
AU-10
AU-11
AU-12
AU-13
AU-14
Access control policy and procedures

Account management
Access enforcement
Information flow enforcement
Separation of duties
Least privilege
Unsuccessful logon attempts
System use notification
Previous logon (access) notification
Concurrent session control
Session lock
Session termination
Withdrawn
Permitted actions without identification or
authentication
Withdrawn
Security attributes
Remote access
Wireless access
Access control for mobile devices
Use of external information systems
Information sharing
Publicly accessible content
Data mining protection
Access control decisions
Reference monitor
Security awareness and training policy and procedures
Security awareness training
Role-based security training
Security training records
Withdrawn
Audit and accountability policy and procedures
Audit events
Content of audit records
Audit storage capacity
Response to audit processing failures
Audit review, analysis, and reporting
Audit reduction and report generation
Time stamps
Protection of audit information
Non-repudiation
Audit record retention
Audit generation
Monitoring for information disclosure
Session audit
RestrictedPage 190

Affairs
AU-15
AU-16
CA-1
CA-2
CA-3
CA-4
CA-5
CA-6
CA-7
CA-8
CA-9
CM-1
CM-2
CM-3
CM-4
CM-5
CM-6
CM-7
CM-8
CM-9
CM-10
CM-11
CP-1
CP-2
CP-3
CP-4
CP-5
CP-6
CP-7
CP-8
CP-9
CP-10
CP-11
CP-12
CP-13
IA-1
IA-2
IA-3
IA-4
IA-5
IA-6
IA-7
IA-8
IA-9
IA-10
IA-11
Ministry of Home
Alternate audit capability

Cross-organizational auditing
Security Assessment and Authorization Policies and
Procedures
Security assessments
System interconnections
Withdrawn
Plan of action and milestones
Security authorization
Continuous monitoring
Penetration testing
Internal system connections
Configuration management policy and procedures
Baseline configuration
Configuration change control
Security impact analysis
Access restrictions for change
Configuration settings
Least functionality
Information system component inventory
Configuration management plan
Software usage restrictions
User-installed software
Contingency planning policy and procedures
Contingency plan
Contingency training
Contingency plan testing
Withdrawn
Alternate storage site
Alternate processing site
Telecommunications services
Information system backup
Information system recovery and reconstitution
Alternate communications protocols
Safe mode
Alternative security mechanisms
Identification and authentication policy and procedures
Identification and authentication (organizational users)
Device identification and authentication
Identifier management
Authenticator management
Authenticator feedback
Cryptographic module authentication
Identification and authentication (non-organizational
users)
Service identification and authentication
Adaptive identification and authentication
Re-authentication
RestrictedPage 191

Affairs
IR-1
IR-2
IR-3
IR-4
IR-5
IR-6
IR-7
IR-8
IR-9
IR-10
MA-1
MA-2
MA-3
MA-4
MA-5
MA-6
MP-1
MP-2
MP-3
MP-4
MP-5
MP-6
MP-7
MP-8
PE-1
PE-2
PE-3
PE-4
PE-5
PE-6
PE-7
PE-8
PE-9
PE-10
PE-11
PE-12
PE-13
PE-14
PE-15
PE-16
PE-17
PE-18
PE-19
PE-20
PL-1
PL-2
PL-3
Incident response policy and procedures

Incident response training
Incident response testing
Incident handling
Incident monitoring
Incident reporting
Incident response assistance
Incident response plan
Information spillage response
Integrated information security analysis team
System maintenance policy and procedures
Controlled maintenance
Maintenance tools
Nonlocal maintenance
Maintenance personnel
Timely maintenance
Media protection policy and procedures
Media access
Media marking
Media storage
Media transport
Media sanitization
Media use
Media downgrading
Physical and environmental protection policy and
procedures
Physical access authorizations
Physical access control
Access control for transmission medium
Access control for output devices
Monitoring physical access
Withdrawn
Visitor access records
Power equipment and cabling
Emergency shutoff
Emergency power
Emergency lighting
Fire protection
Temperature and humidity controls
Water damage protection
Delivery and Removal
Alternate work site
Location of information system components
Information leakage
Asset monitoring and tracking
Security planning policy and procedures
System security plan
Withdrawn
RestrictedPage 192
Ministry of Home

Affairs
PL-4
PL-5
PL-6
PL-7
PL-8
PL-9
PS-1
PS-2
PS-3
PS-4
PS-5
PS-6
PS-7
PS-8
RA-1
RA-2
RA-3
RA-4
RA-5
RA-6
SA-1
SA-2
SA-3
SA-4
SA-5
SA-6
SA-7
SA-8
SA-9
SA-10
SA-11
SA-12
SA-13
SA-14
SA-15
SA-16
SA-17
SA-18
SA-19
SA-20
SA-21
SA-22
SC-1
SC-2
SC-3
SC-4
SC-5
Ministry of Home
Rules of Behavior
Withdrawn
Withdrawn
Security concept of operations
Information security architecture
Central management
Personnel security policy and procedures
Position risk designation
Personnel screening
Personnel termination
Personnel transfer
Access agreements
Third-party personnel security
Personnel sanctions
Risk Assessment Policy and Procedures
Security categorization
Risk assessment
Withdrawn
Vulnerability scanning
Technical surveillance countermeasures survey
System and services acquisition policy and procedures
Allocation of Resources
System development life cycle
Acquisition process
Information system documentation
Withdrawn
Withdrawn
Security engineering principles
External information system services
Developer configuration management
Developer security testing and evaluation
Supply chain protections
Trustworthiness
Criticality analysis
Development process, standards, and tools
Developer-provided training
Developer security architecture and design
Tamper resistance and detection
Component authenticity
Customized development of critical components
Developer screening
Unsupported system components
System and communications protection policy and
procedures
Application partitioning
Security function isolation
Information in shared resources
Denial of service protection
RestrictedPage 193

Affairs
SC-6
SC-7
SC-8
SC-9
SC-10
SC-11
SC-12
SC-13
SC-14
SC-15
SC-16
SC-17
SC-18
SC-19
SC-20
SC-21
SC-22
SC-23
SC-24
SC-25
SC-26
SC-27
SC-28
SC-29
SC-30
SC-31
SC-32
SC-33
SC-34
SC-35
SC-36
SC-37
SC-38
SC-39
SC-40
SC-41
SC-42
SC-43
SC-44
SI-1
SI-2
SI-3
SI-4
SI-5
SI-6
SI-7
Ministry of Home
Resource availability
Boundary protection
Transmission confidentiality and integrity
Withdrawn
Network disconnect
Trusted path
Cryptographic key establishment and management
Cryptographic protection
Withdrawn
Collaborative computing devices
Transmission of security attributes
Public key infrastructure certificates
Mobile code
Voice over internet protocol
Secure name/address resolution service (authoritative
source)
Secure name/address resolution service (recursive or
caching resolver)
Architecture and provisioning for name/address
resolution service
Session authenticity
Fail in known state
Thin nodes
Honeypots
Platform-independent applications
Protection of Information at Rest
Heterogeneity
Concealment and Misdirection
Covert channel analysis
Information system partitioning
Withdrawn
Non-modifiable executable programs
Honey clients
Distributed Processing and Storage
Out-of-Band Channels
Operations security
Process isolation
Wireless link protection
Port and I/O Device Access
Sensor Capability and Data
Usage restrictions
Detonation chambers
System and Information Integrity Policy and Procedures
Flaw remediation
Malicious code protection
Information system monitoring
Security Alerts, Advisories, and Directives
Security function verification
Software, Firmware, and Information Integrity
RestrictedPage 194

Affairs
SI-8
SI-9
SI-10
SI-11
SI-12
SI-13
SI-14
SI-15
SI-16
SI-17
PM-1
PM-2
PM-3
PM-4
PM-5
PM-6
PM-7
PM-8
PM-9
PM-10
PM-11
PM-12
PM-13
PM-14
PM-15
PM-16
Ministry of Home
Spam protection
Withdrawn
Information input validation
Error handling
Information Handling and Retention
Predictable failure prevention
Non-persistence
Information output filtering
Memory protection
Fail-safe procedures
Information security program plan
Senior information security officer
Information security resources
Plan of Action and Milestones Process
Information system inventory
Information Security Measures of Performance
Enterprise architecture
Critical infrastructure plan
Risk management strategy
Security authorization process
Mission/business process definition
Insider threat program
Information security workforce
Testing, Training, and Monitoring
Contacts with Security Groups and Associations
Threat awareness program
For more information refer: NIST Special Publications in the 800 series:
http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/PubsSPs.html
RestrictedPage 195

Affairs
Ministry of Home
Annexure 6 List of SANS 20 critical controls

S. No.
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
S8
S9
S10
S11
S12
S13
S14
S15
S16
S17
S18
S19
S20
Control
Inventory of authorized & unauthorized devices
Inventory of authorized & unauthorized software
Secure configurations for hardware & software on laptops, workstations,
& servers
Secure configurations for network devices such as firewalls, routers, &
switches
Boundary defense
Maintenance, monitoring, & analysis of audit logs
Application software security
Controlled use of administrative privileges
Controlled access based on need to know
Continuous vulnerability assessment & remediation
Account monitoring & control
Malware defenses
Limitation & control of network ports, protocols, & services
Wireless device control
Data loss prevention
Secure network engineering
Penetration tests & red team exercises
Incident response capability
Data recovery capability
Security skills assessment & appropriate training to fill gaps
For more information refer: http://www.sans.org/critical-security-controls/
RestrictedPage 196

Affairs
Ministry of Home
Annexure 7 ISO 27001 list of controls

A. ISO 27001:2013
S. No.
5
6
10
11
12
Primary Security
ISO 27001 Requirement (Reference)
Domain
A.5.1 Management direction for information security
Policies for information A set of policies for information security shall be
security
defined, approved by management, published and
communicated to employees and relevant external
parties. (A.5.1.1)
Review of the
The policies for information security shall be reviewed
information security
at planned intervals or if significant changes occur to
policy
ensure their continuing suitability, adequacy and
effectiveness. (A.5.1.2)
A.6.1 Internal organization
Information security
All information security responsibilities shall be
roles and
defined and allocated. (A.6.1.1)
responsibilities
Conflicting duties and areas of responsibility shall be
segregated to reduce opportunities for unauthorized
or unintentional modification or misuse of the
organizations assets. (A.6.1.2)
Contact with
Appropriate contacts with relevant authorities shall be
authorities
maintained. (A.6.1.3)
Contact with special
Appropriate contacts with special interest groups or
interest groups
other specialist security forums and professional
associations shall be maintained. (A.6.1.4)
Information security shall be addressed in project
in project
management, regardless of the type of the project.
management
(A.6.1.5)
A 6.2 Mobile devices and teleworking
A policy and supporting security measures shall be
adopted to manage the risks introduced by using
mobile devices. (A.6.2.1)
Teleworking
A policy and supporting security measures shall be
implemented to protect information accessed,
processed or stored at teleworking sites. (A.6.2.2)
A.7.1 Prior to employment
Screening
Background verification checks on all candidates for
employment shall be carried out in accordance with
relevant laws, regulations and ethics and shall be
proportional to the business requirements, the
classification of the information to be accessed and
the perceived risks. (A.7.1.1)
Terms and conditions
The contractual agreements with employees and
of employment
contractors shall state their and the organizations
responsibilities for information security. (A.7.1.2)
A.7.2 During employment
Management
Management shall require all employees and
responsibilities
contractors to apply information security in
accordance with the established policies and
procedures of the organization. (A.7.2.1)
RestrictedPage 197

Affairs
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
awareness, education
and training
Ministry of Home
All employees of the organization and, where

relevant, contractors shall receive appropriate
awareness education and training and regular
updates in organizational policies and procedures, as
relevant for their job function. (A.7.2.2)
Disciplinary process
There shall be a formal and communicated
disciplinary process in place to take action against
employees who have committed an information
security breach. (A.7.2.3)
A.7.3 Termination and change of employment
Termination or change Information security responsibilities and duties that
of employment
remain valid after termination or change of
responsibilities
employment shall be defined, communicated to the
employee or contractor and enforced. (A.7.3.1)
A.8.1 Responsibility for assets
Inventory of assets
Assets associated with information and information
processing facilities shall be identified and an
inventory of these assets shall be drawn up and
Ownership of assets
Assets maintained in the inventory shall be owned.
(A.8.1.2)
Acceptable use of
Rules for the acceptable use of information and of
assets
assets associated with information and information
processing facilities shall be identified, documented
and implemented. (A.8.1.3)
Return of assets
All employees and external party users shall return all
of the organizational assets in their possession upon
termination of their employment, contract or
agreement. (A.8.1.4)
A.8.2 Information classification
Classification of
Information shall be classified in terms of legal
information
requirements, value, criticality and sensitivity to
unauthorised disclosure or modification. (A.8.2.1)
Labelling of
An appropriate set of procedures for information
information
labelling shall be developed and implemented in
accordance with the information classification scheme
adopted by the organization. (A.8.2.2)
Handling of assets
Procedures for handling assets shall be developed and
implemented in accordance with the information
classification scheme adopted by the organization.
(A.8.2.3)
A.8.3 Media handling
Management of
Procedures shall be implemented for the management
removable
of removable media in accordance with the
media
classification scheme adopted by the organization.
(A.8.3.1)
Disposal of media
Media shall be disposed of securely when no longer
required, using formal procedures.(A.8.3.2)
Physical media
Media containing information shall be protected
transfer
against unauthorized access, misuse or corruption
during transportation. (A.8.3.3)
A.9.1 Business requirements of access control
RestrictedPage 198

Affairs
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
Access control policy
Ministry of Home
An access control policy shall be established,

documented and reviewed based on business and
information security requirements. (A.9.1.1)
Access to networks
Users shall only be provided with access to the
and network services
network and network services that they have been
specifically authorized to use. (A.9.1.2)
A.9.2 User access management
User registration and
A formal user registration and de-registration process
de-registration
shall be implemented to enable assignment of access
rights. (A.9.2.1)
User access
A formal user access provisioning process shall be
provisioning
implemented to assign or revoke access rights for all
user types to all systems and services. (A.9.2.2)
Management of
The allocation and use of privileged access rights shall
privileged
be restricted and controlled. (A.9.2.3)
access rights
Management of secret The allocation of secret authentication information
authentication
shall be controlled through a formal management
information of users
process.(A.9.2.4)
Review of user access
Asset owners shall review users access rights at
rights
regular intervals. (A.9.2.5)
Removal or
The access rights of all employees and external party
adjustment
users to information and information processing
of access rights
facilities shall be removed upon termination of their
employment, contract or agreement, or adjusted upon
change. (A.9.2.6)
A.9.3 User responsibilities
Use of secret
Users shall be required to follow the organizations
authentication
practices in the use of secret authentication
information
information. (A.9.3.1)
A.9.4 System and application access control
Information access
Access to information and application system
restriction
functions shall be restricted in accordance with the
access control policy. (A.9.4.1)
Secure log-on
Where required by the access control policy, access to
procedures
systems and applications shall be controlled by a
secure log-on procedure. (A.9.4.2)
Password
Password management systems shall be interactive
management
and shall ensure quality passwords. (A.9.4.3)
system
Use of privileged
The use of utility programs that might be capable of
utility
overriding system and application controls shall be
programs
restricted and tightly controlled. (A.9.4.4)
Access control to
Access to program source code shall be restricted.
program source code
(A.9.4.5)
A.10.1 Cryptographic controls
Policy on the use of
A policy on the use of cryptographic controls for
cryptographic controls protection of information shall be developed and
implemented. (A.10.1.1)
Key management
A policy on the use, protection and lifetime of
cryptographic keys shall be developed and
implemented through their whole lifecycle. (A.10.1.2)
A.11.1 Secure Areas
RestrictedPage 199

Affairs
42
Physical security
perimeter
43
Physical entry controls
44
Securing offices,
rooms and facilities
Protecting against
external and
environmental
threats
Working in secure
areas
Delivery and loading
areas
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
Ministry of Home
Security perimeters shall be defined and used to

protect areas that contain either sensitive or critical
information and information processing facilities.
(A.11.1.1)
Secure areas shall be protected by appropriate entry
controls to ensure that only authorized personnel are
allowed access. (A.11.1.2)
Physical security for offices, rooms and facilities shall
be designed and applied. (A.11.1.3)
Physical protection against natural disasters,
malicious attack or accidents shall be designed and
applied. (A.11.1.4)
Procedures for working in secure areas shall be
designed and applied. (A.11.1.5)
Access points such as delivery and loading areas and
other points where unauthorized persons could enter
the premises shall be controlled and, if possible,
isolated from information processing facilities to avoid
unauthorized access. (A.11.1.6)
A.11.2 Equipment
Equipment siting and
protection
Equipment shall be sited and protected to reduce the

risks from environmental threats and hazards, and
opportunities for unauthorized access. (A.11.2.1)
Supporting utilities
Equipment shall be protected from power failures and
other disruptions caused by failures in supporting
utilities. (A.11.2.2)
Cabling security
Power and telecommunications cabling carrying data
or supporting information services shall be protected
from interception, interference or damage. (A.11.2.3)
Equipment
Equipment shall be correctly maintained to ensure its
maintenance
continued availability and integrity. (A.11.2.4)
Removal of assets
Equipment, information or software shall not be taken
off-site without prior authorization. (A.11.2.5)
Security of equipment Security shall be applied to off-site assets taking into
and assets offaccount the different risks of working outside the
premises
organizations premises. (A.11.2.6)
Secure disposal or
All items of equipment containing storage media shall
reuse
be verified to ensure that any sensitive data and
of equipment
licensed software has been removed or securely
overwritten prior to disposal or re-use. (A.11.2.7)
Unattended user
Users shall ensure that unattended equipment has
equipment
appropriate protection. (A.11.2.8)
Clear desk and clear
A clear desk policy for papers and removable storage
screen policy
media and a clear screen policy for information
processing facilities shall be adopted. (A.11.2.9)
A.12.1 Operational procedures and responsibilities
Documented
Operating procedures shall be documented and made
operating
available to all users who need them. (A.12.1.1)
procedures
Change management
Changes to the organization, business processes,
information processing facilities and systems that
RestrictedPage 200

Affairs
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
Ministry of Home
affect information security shall be controlled.

(A.12.1.2)
Capacity management The use of resources shall be monitored, tuned and
projections made of future capacity requirements to
ensure the required system performance. (A.12.1.3)
Separation of
Development, testing, and operational environments
development, testing
shall be separated to reduce the risks of unauthorized
and operational
access or changes to the operational environment.
environments
(A.12.1.4)
A.12.2 Protection from malware
Controls against
Detection, prevention and recovery controls to protect
malware
against malware shall be implemented, combined
with appropriate user awareness. (A.12.2.1)
A.12.3 Backup
Information backup
Backup copies of information, software and system
images shall be taken and tested regularly in
accordance with an agreed backup policy. (A.12.3.1)
A.12.4 Logging and monitoring
Event logging
Event logs recording user activities, exceptions, faults
and information security events shall be produced,
kept and regularly reviewed. (A.12.4.1)
Protection of log
Logging facilities and log information shall be
information
protected against tampering and unauthorized
access. (A.12.4.2)
Administrator and
System administrator and system operator activities
operator logs
shall be logged and the logs protected and regularly
reviewed. (A.12.4.3)
Clock synchronisation
The clocks of all relevant information processing
systems within
an organization or security domain shall be
synchronised to a single reference time source.
(A.12.4.4)
A.12.5 Control of operational software
Installation of software Procedures shall be implemented to control the
on operational
installation of software on operational systems.
systems
(A.12.5.1)
A.12.6 Technical vulnerability management
Management of
Information about technical vulnerabilities of
technical
information systems being used shall be obtained in a
vulnerabilities
timely fashion, the organizations exposure to such
vulnerabilities evaluated and appropriate measures
taken to address the associated risk. (A.12.6.1)
Restrictions on
Rules governing the installation of software by users
software
shall be established and implemented. (A.12.6.2)
installation
A.12.7 Information systems audit considerations
Information systems
Audit requirements and activities involving
audit controls
verification of operational systems shall be carefully
planned and agreed to minimise disruptions to
business processes. (A.12.7.1)
A.13.1 Network security management
Network controls
Networks shall be managed and controlled to protect
RestrictedPage 201

Affairs
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
Ministry of Home
information in systems and applications. (A.13.1.1)

Security mechanisms, service levels and management
requirements of all network services shall be
identified and included in network services
agreements, whether these services are provided inhouse or outsourced. (A.13.1.2)
Segregation in
Groups of information services, users and information
networks
systems shall be segregated on networks. (A.13.1.3)
A 13.2 Information transfer
Information transfer
Formal transfer policies, procedures and controls shall
policies and
be in place to protect the transfer of information
procedures
through the use of all types of communication
facilities. (A.13.2.1)
Agreements on
Agreements shall address the secure transfer of
information transfer
business information between the organization and
external parties. (A.13.2.2)
Electronic messaging
Information involved in electronic messaging shall be
appropriately protected. (A.13.2.3)
Confidentiality or
Requirements for confidentiality or non-disclosure
nondisclosure
agreements reflecting the organizations needs for the
agreements
protection of information shall be identified, regularly
reviewed and documented. (A.13.2.4)
A.14.1 Security requirements of information systems
The information security related requirements shall be
requirements analysis
included in the requirements for new information
and specification
systems or enhancements to existing information
systems. (A.14.1.1)
Securing application
Information involved in application services passing
services on public
over public networks shall be protected from
networks
fraudulent activity, contract dispute and unauthorized
disclosure and modification. (A.14.1.2)
Protecting application
Information involved in application service
services transactions
transactions shall be protected to prevent incomplete
transmission, mis-routing, unauthorized message
alteration, unauthorized disclosure, unauthorized
message duplication or replay. (A.14.1.3)
A.14.2 Security in development and support processes
Secure development
Rules for the development of software and systems
policy
shall be established and applied to developments
within the organization. (A.14.2.1)
System change
Changes to systems within the development lifecycle
control
shall be controlled by the use of formal change control
procedures
procedures. (A.14.2.2)
Technical review of
When operating platforms are changed, business
applications after
critical applications shall be reviewed and tested to
operating platform
ensure there is no adverse impact on organizational
changes
operations or security. (A.14.2.3)
Restrictions on
Modifications to software packages shall be
changes to software
discouraged, limited to necessary changes and all
packages
changes shall be strictly controlled. (A.14.2.4)
Secure system
Principles for engineering secure systems shall be
engineering principles established, documented, maintained and applied to
Security of network
services
RestrictedPage 202

Affairs
86
Secure development
environment
87
Outsourced
development
System security
testing
System acceptance
testing
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
Ministry of Home
any information system implementation efforts.

(A.14.2.5)
Organizations shall establish and appropriately
protect secure development environments for system
development and integration efforts that cover the
entire system development lifecycle. (A.14.2.6)
The organization shall supervise and monitor the
activity of outsourced system development. (A.14.2.7)
Testing of security functionality shall be carried out
during development. (A.14.2.8)
Acceptance testing programs and related criteria shall
be established for new information systems, upgrades
and new versions. (A.14.2.9)
A.14.3 Test Data

Protection of test data
Test data shall be selected carefully, protected and

controlled. (A.14.3.1)
A. 15.1 Information security in supplier relationships
Information security requirements for mitigating the
policy for supplier
risks associated with suppliers access to the
relationships
organizations assets shall be agreed with the supplier
and documented. (A.15.1.1)
Addressing security
All relevant information security requirements shall be
within supplier
established and agreed with each supplier that may
agreements
access, process, store, communicate, or provide IT
infrastructure components for, the organizations
information. (A.15.1.2)
Information and
Agreements with suppliers shall include requirements
communication
to address the information security risks associated
technology
with information and communications technology
supply chain
services and product supply chain. (A.15.1.3)
A. 15.2 Supplier service delivery management
Monitoring and review Organizations shall regularly monitor, review and
of supplier services
audit supplier service delivery. (A.15.2.1)
Managing changes to
Changes to the provision of services by suppliers,
supplier services
including maintaining and improving existing
information security policies, procedures and controls,
shall be managed, taking account of the criticality of
business information, systems and processes involved
and re-assessment of risks. (A.15.2.2)
A.16.1 Management of information security incidents and
improvements
Responsibilities and
Management responsibilities and procedures shall be
procedures
established to ensure a quick, effective and orderly
response to information security incidents. (A.16.1.1)
Reporting information
Information security events shall be reported through
security events
appropriate management channels as quickly as
possible. (A.16.1.2)
Employees and contractors using the organizations
security weaknesses
information systems and services shall be required to
note and report any observed or suspected
information security weaknesses in systems or
RestrictedPage 203

Affairs
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
Assessment of and
decision on
information
security events
Response to
incidents
Learning from
incidents
Collection of evidence
Ministry of Home
services. (A.16.1.3)
Information security events shall be assessed and it
shall be decided if they are to be classified as
information security incidents. (A.16.1.4)
Information security incidents shall be responded to in

accordance with the documented procedures.
(A.16.1.5)
Knowledge gained from analysing and resolving
information security incidents shall be used to reduce
the likelihood or impact of future incidents. (A.16.1.6)
The organization shall define and apply procedures for
the identification, collection, acquisition and
preservation of information, which can serve as
evidence. (A.16.1.7)
A.17.1 Information security continuity
Planning information
The organization shall determine its requirements for
security continuity
information security and the continuity of information
security management in adverse situations, e.g.
during a crisis or disaster. (A.17.1.1)
Implementing
The organization shall establish, document,
information
implement and maintain processes, procedures and
security continuity
controls to ensure the required level of continuity for
information security during an adverse situation.
(A.17.1.2)
Verify, review and
The organization shall verify the established and
evaluate information
implemented
security continuity
information security continuity controls at regular
intervals in
order to ensure that they are valid and effective
during adverse situations. (A.17.1.3)
A.17.2 Redundancies
Availability of
Information processing facilities shall be implemented
information processing with redundancy sufficient to meet availability
facilities
requirements. (A.17.2.1)
A.18.1 Compliance with legal and contractual requirements
Identification of
All relevant legislative statutory, regulatory,
applicable legislation
contractual requirements and the organizations
and contractual
approach to meet these requirements shall be
requirements
explicitly identified, documented and kept up to date
for each information system and the organization.
(A.18.1.1)
Intellectual property
Appropriate procedures shall be implemented to
rights
ensure compliance with legislative, regulatory and
contractual requirements related to intellectual
property rights and use of proprietary software
products. (A.18.1.2)
Protection of records
Records shall be protected from loss, destruction,
falsification, unauthorized access and unauthorized
release, in accordance with legislator, regulatory,
contractual and business requirements. (A.18.1.3)
Privacy and protection Privacy and protection of personally identifiable
RestrictedPage 204

Affairs
112
113
114
115
of personally
identifiable
information
Regulation of
cryptographic controls
Ministry of Home
information shall be ensured as required in relevant

legislation and regulation where applicable. (A.18.1.4)
Cryptographic controls shall be used in compliance

with all relevant agreements, legislation and
regulations. (A.18.1.5)
A.18.2 Information security reviews
Independent review of The organizations approach to managing information
security and its implementation (i.e. control
objectives, controls, policies, processes and
procedures for information security) shall be reviewed
independently at planned intervals or when significant
changes occur. (A.18.2.1)
Compliance with
Managers shall regularly review the compliance of
security policies and
information processing and procedures within their
standards
area of responsibility with the appropriate security
policies, standards and any other security
requirements. (A.18.2.2)
Technical compliance
Information systems shall be regularly reviewed for
review
compliance with the organizations information
security policies and standards. (A.18.2.3)
B. ISO 27001:2005
S. No.
Primary Security
ISO 27001 Requirement (Reference)
Domain
A.5.1 Information security policy
An information security policy document shall be
policy document
approved by the management, published and
communicated to all employees and relevant external
parties. (A.5.1.1)
Review of the
The information security policy shall be reviewed and
revised at planned intervals or if significant changes
policy
occur to ensure its continuing suitability, adequacy,
and effectiveness. (A.5.1.2)
A.6.1 Internal organization
Management
Management shall actively support security within the
commitment to
organization through clear direction, demonstrated
commitment, explicit assignment, and
acknowledgment of information security
responsibilities. (A.6.1.1)
Information security activities shall be co-ordinated by
coordination
representatives from different parts of the
organization with relevant roles and job functions.
(A.6.1.2)
Allocation of
All information security responsibilities shall be clearly
defined. (A.6.1.3)
responsibilities
Authorization process
A management authorization process for new
for information
information processing facilities shall be defined and
processing facilities
implemented. (A.6.1.4)
RestrictedPage 205

Affairs
7
Confidentiality
agreements
Contact with
authorities
Contact with special
interest groups
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Independent review of
Ministry of Home
Requirements for confidentiality or non-disclosure

agreements reflecting the organizations needs for the
protection of information shall be identified and
regularly reviewed.(A.6.1.5)
Appropriate contacts with relevant authorities shall be
Appropriate contacts with special interest groups or
other specialist security forums and professional
associations shall be maintained (A.6.1.7)
The organizations approach to managing information
security and its implementation (i.e. control
objectives, controls, policies, processes, and
procedures for information security) shall be
reviewed independently at planned intervals, or when
significant changes to the security implementation
occur. (A.6.1.8)
A 6.2 External parties

Identification of risks
The risks to the organizations information and
related to external
information processing facilities from business
parties
processes involving external parties shall be identified
and appropriate controls implemented before granting
access. (A.6.2.1)
Addressing security
All identified security requirements shall be addressed
when dealing with
before giving customers access to the organizations
customers
information or assets. (A.6.2.2)
Addressing security in
Agreements with third parties involving accessing,
third party
processing, communicating or managing the
agreements
organizations information or information processing
facilities, or adding products or services to
information processing facilities shall cover all
relevant security requirements.(A.6.2.3)
A.7.1 Responsibility for assets
Inventory of assets
All assets shall be clearly identified and an inventory
of all important assets drawn up and maintained.
(A.7.1.1)
Ownership of assets
All information and assets associated with information
processing facilities shall be owned by a designated
part of the organization. (A.7.1.2)
Acceptable use of
Rules for the acceptable use of information and assets
assets
associated with information processing facilities shall
be identified, documented, and implemented.
(A.7.1.3)
A.7.2 Information classification
Classification
Information shall be classified in terms of its value,
guidelines
legal requirements, sensitivity and criticality to the
organization. (A.7.2.1)
Information labelling
An appropriate set of procedures for information
and handling
labelling and handling shall be developed and
implemented in accordance with the classification
scheme adopted by the organization. (A.7.2.2)
A.8.1 Prior to employment
RestrictedPage 206

Affairs
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Roles and
responsibilities
Ministry of Home
Security roles and responsibilities of employees,

contractors and third party users shall be defined and
documented in accordance with the organizations
information security policy.(A.8.1.1)
Screening
Background verification checks on all candidates for
employment, contractors, and third party users shall
be carried out in accordance with relevant laws,
regulations and ethics, and proportional to the
business requirements, the classification of the
information to be accessed, and the perceived risks.
(A.8.1.2)
Terms and conditions
As part of their contractual obligation, employees,
of employment
contractors and third party users shall agree and sign
the terms and conditions of their employment
contract, which shall state their and the organizations
responsibilities for information security. (A.8.1.3)
A.8.2 During employment
Management
Management shall require employees, contractors and
responsibilities
third party users to apply security in accordance with
established policies and procedures of the
organization.(A.8.2.1)
All employees of the organization and, where relevant,
awareness, education
contractors and third party users shall receive
and training
appropriate awareness training and regular updates in
organizational policies and procedures, as relevant for
their job function.(A.8.2.2)
Disciplinary process
There shall be a formal disciplinary process for
employees who have committed a security breach.
(A.8.2.3)
A.8.3 Termination or change of employment
Termination
Responsibilities for performing employment
responsibilities
termination or change of employment shall be clearly
defined and assigned. (A.8.3.1)
Return of assets
All employees, contractors and third party users shall
return all of the organizations assets in their
possession upon termination of their employment,
contract or agreement.(A.8.3.2)
Removal of access
The access rights of all employees, contractors and
rights
third party users to information and information
processing facilities shall be removed upon
termination of their employment, contract or
agreement, or adjusted upon change. (A.8.3.3)
A.9.1 Secure areas
Physical security
Security perimeters (barriers such as walls, card
perimeter
controlled entry gates or manned reception desks)
shall be used to protect areas that contain information
and information processing facilities. (A.9.1.1)
Physical entry controls Secure areas shall be protected by appropriate entry
controls to ensure that only authorized personnel are
allowed access.(A.9.1.2)
Securing offices,
Physical security for offices, rooms, and facilities shall
rooms and facilities
be designed and applied.(A.9.1.3)
RestrictedPage 207

Affairs
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
Protecting against
external and
environmental threats
Ministry of Home
Physical protection against damage from fire, flood,

earthquake, explosion, civil unrest, and other forms of
natural or man-made disaster shall be designed and
applied.(A.9.1.4)
Working in secure
Physical protection and guidelines for working in
areas
secure areas shall be designed and applied.(A.9.1.5)
Public access, delivery Access points such as delivery and loading areas and
and
other points where unauthorized persons may enter
loading areas
the premises shall be controlled and, if possible,
isolated from information processing facilities to avoid
unauthorized access.(A.9.1.6)
A.9.2 Equipment security
Equipment siting and
Equipment shall be sited or protected to reduce the
protection
risks from environmental threats and hazards, and
opportunities for unauthorized access.(A.9.2.1)
Supporting utilities
Equipment shall be protected from power failures and
other disruptions caused by failures in supporting
utilities.(A.9.2.2)
Cabling security
Power and telecommunications cabling carrying data
or supporting information services shall be protected
from interception or damage.(A.9.2.3)
Equipment
Equipment shall be correctly maintained to ensure its
maintenance
continued availability and integrity.(A.9.2.4)
Security of equipment
Security shall be applied to off-site equipment taking
off premises
into account the different risks of working outside the
organizations premises.(A.9.2.5)
Secure disposal or reAll items of equipment containing storage media shall
use of
be checked to ensure that any sensitive data and
equipment
licensed software has been removed or securely
overwritten prior to disposal.(A.9.2.6)
Removal of property
Equipment, information or software shall not be taken
off-site without prior authorization.(A.9.2.7)
A.10.1 Operational procedures and responsibilities
Documented operating Operating procedures shall be documented,
procedures
maintained, and made available to all users who need
them.(A.10.1.1)
Change management
Changes to information processing facilities and
systems shall be controlled.(A.10.1.2)
Duties and areas of responsibility shall be segregated
to reduce opportunities for unauthorized or
unintentional modification or misuse of the
organizations assets.(A.10.1.3)
Separation of
Development, test and operational facilities shall be
development, test and separated to reduce the risks of unauthorised access
operational facilities
or changes to the operational system.(A.10.1.4)
A.10.2 Third party service delivery management
Service delivery
It shall be ensured that the security controls, service
definitions and delivery levels included in the third
party service delivery agreement are implemented,
operated, and maintained by the third party.(A.10.2.1)
RestrictedPage 208

Affairs
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57

ofthird party services
Ministry of Home
The services, reports and records provided by the

third party shall be regularly monitored and reviewed,
and audits shall be carried out regularly.(A.10.2.2)
Managing changes to
Changes to the provision of services, including
third
maintaining and improving existing information
party services
security policies, procedures and controls, shall be
managed, taking account of the criticality of business
systems and processes involved and re-assessment of
risks.(A.10.2.3)
A.10.3 System planning and acceptance
Capacity management The use of resources shall be monitored, tuned, and
projections made of future capacity requirements to
ensure the required system performance.(A.10.3.1)
System acceptance
Acceptance criteria for new information systems,
upgrades, and new versions shall be established and
suitable tests of the system(s) carried out during
development and prior to acceptance.(A.10.3.2)
A.10.4 Protection against malicious and mobile code
Controls against
Detection, prevention, and recovery controls to
malicious
protect against malicious code and appropriate user
code
awareness procedures shall be implemented.
(A.10.4.1)
Controls against
Where the use of mobile code is authorized, the
mobile
configuration shall ensure that the authorized mobile
code
code operates according to a clearly defined security
policy, and unauthorized mobile code shall be
prevented from executing.(A.10.4.2)
A.10.5 Back-up
Information back-up
Back-up copies of information and software shall be
taken and tested regularly in accordance with the
agreed backup policy.(A.10.5.1)
A.10.6 Network security management
Network controls
Networks shall be adequately managed and
controlled, in order to be protected from threats, and
to maintain security for the systems and applications
using the network, including information in transit.
(A.10.6.1)
Security of network
Security features, service levels, and management
services
requirements of all network services shall be
identified and included in any network services
agreement, whether these services are provided inhouse or outsourced.(A.10.6.2)
A.10.7 Media handling
Management of
There shall be procedures in place for the
removable
management of removable media.(A.10.7.1)
media
Disposal of media
Media shall be disposed of securely and safely when
no longer required, using formal procedures.(A.10.7.2)
Information handling
Procedures for the handling and storage of
procedures
information shall be established to protect this
information from unauthorized disclosure or misuse.
(A.10.7.3)
RestrictedPage 209

Affairs
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
Ministry of Home
Security of system
System documentation shall be protected against
documentation
unauthorized access.(A.10.7.4)
A.10.8 Exchange of information
Information exchange
Formal exchange policies, procedures, and controls
policies and
shall be in place to protect the exchange of
procedures
information through the use of all types of
communication facilities.(A.10.8.1)
Exchange agreements Exchange agreements shall be established for the
exchange of information and software between the
organization and external parties.(A.10.8.2)
Physical media in
Media containing information shall be protected
transit
against unauthorized access, misuse or corruption
during transportation beyond an organizations
physical boundaries.(A.10.8.3)
Electronic messaging
Information involved in electronic messaging shall be
appropriately protected.(A.10.8.4)
Business information
Policies and procedures shall be developed and
systems
implemented to protect information associated with
the interconnection of business information systems.
(A.10.8.5)
A.10.9 Electronic commerce services
Electronic commerce
Information involved in electronic commerce passing
over public networks shall be protected from
fraudulent activity, contract dispute, and
unauthorized disclosure and modification.(A.10.9.1)
On-line transactions
Information involved in on-line transactions shall be
protected to prevent incomplete transmission, misrouting, unauthorized
message alteration, unauthorized disclosure,
unauthorized message duplication or replay.(A.10.9.2)
Publicly available
The integrity of information being made available on a
information
publicly available system shall be protected to
prevent unauthorized
modification.(A.10.9.3)
A.10.10 Monitoring
Audit logging
Audit logs recording user activities, exceptions, and
information security events shall be produced and
kept for an agreed period to assist in future
investigations and access control monitoring.
(A.10.10.1)
Monitoring system use Procedures for monitoring use of information
processing facilities shall be established and the
results of the monitoring activities reviewed regularly.
(A.10.10.2)
Protection of log
Logging facilities and log information shall be
information
protected against tampering and unauthorized
access.(A.10.10.3)
Administrator and
System administrator and system operator activities
operator
shall be logged.(A.10.10.4)
logs
Fault logging
Faults should be logged, analysed, and appropriate
action taken.(A.10.10.5)
RestrictedPage 210

Affairs
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
Ministry of Home
Clock synchronization
The clocks of all relevant information processing

systems within an organization or security domain
shall be synchronized with an agreed accurate time
source.(A.10.10.6)
A.11.1 Business requirement for access control
Access control policy
An access control policy shall be established,
documented, and reviewed based on business and
security requirements for access.(A.11.1.1)
A.11.2 User access management
User registration
There shall be a formal user registration and deregistration procedure in place for granting and
revoking access to all information systems and
services.(A.11.2.1)
Privilege management The allocation and use of privileges shall be restricted
and controlled.(A.11.2.2)
User password
The allocation of passwords shall be controlled
management
through a formal management process.(A.11.2.3)
Review of user access
Management shall review users access rights at
rights
regular intervals using a formal process.(A.11.2.4)
A.11.3 User responsibilities
Password use
Users shall be required to follow good security
practices in the
selection and use of passwords.(A.11.3.1)
Unattended user
Users shall ensure that unattended equipment has
equipment
appropriate protection.(A.11.3.2)
Clear desk and clear
A clear desk policy for papers and removable storage
screen
media and a clear screen policy for information
policy
processing facilities shall be adopted.(A.11.3.3)
A.11.4 Network access control
Policy on use of
Users shall only be provided with access to the
network
services that they have been specifically authorized
services
to use.(A.11.4.1)
User authentication
Appropriate authentication methods shall be used to
forexternal
control access by remote users.(A.11.4.2)
connections
Equipment
Automatic equipment identification shall be
identification in
considered as a means to authenticate connections
networks
from specific locations and equipment.(A.11.4.3)
Remote diagnostic and Physical and logical access to diagnostic and
configuration port
configuration ports shall be controlled.(A.11.4.4)
protection
Segregation in
networks
Network connection
control
Network routing
control
Groups of information services, users, and information

systems shall be segregated on networks.(A.11.4.5)
For shared networks, especially those extending
across the organizations boundaries, the capability of
users to connect to the network shall be restricted, in
line with the access control policy and requirements
of the business applications. (A.11.4.6)
Routing controls shall be implemented for networks to
ensure that computer connections and information
flows do not breach the access control policy of the
RestrictedPage 211

Affairs
Ministry of Home
business applications.(A.11.4.7)
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
A 11.5 Operating system access control

Secure log-on
Access to operating systems shall be controlled by a
procedures
secure log-on procedure.(A.11.5.1)
User identification and All users shall have a unique identifier (user ID) for
authentication
their personal use only, and a suitable authentication
technique shall be chosen to substantiate the claimed
identity of a user.(A.11.5.2)
Password
Systems for managing passwords shall be interactive
management
and shall ensure quality passwords.(A.11.5.3)
system
Use of system utilities
The use of utility programs that might be capable of
overriding system and application controls shall be
restricted and tightly controlled.(A.11.5.4)
Session time-out
Inactive sessions shall shut down after a defined
period of inactivity.(A.11.5.5)
Limitation of
Restrictions on connection times shall be used to
connection time
provide additional security for high-risk applications.
(A.11.5.6)
A.11.6 Application and information access control
Information access
Access to information and application system
restriction
functions by users and support personnel shall be
restricted in accordance with the defined access
control policy.(A.11.6.1)
Sensitive system
Sensitive systems shall have a dedicated (isolated)
isolation
computing environment.(A.11.6.2)
A.11.7 Mobile computing and teleworking
Mobile computing and A formal policy shall be in place, and appropriate
communications
security measures shall be adopted to protect against
the risks of using computing and communication
facilities.(A.11.7.1)
Teleworking
A policy, operational plans and procedures shall be
developed and implemented for Teleworking
activities.(A.11.7.2)
A.12.1 Security requirements of information systems
Security requirements
Statements of business requirements for new
analysis and
information systems, or enhancements to existing
specification
information systems shall specify the requirements for
security controls.(A.12.1.1)
A. 12.2 Correct processing in applications
Input data validation
Data input to applications shall be validated to ensure
that this data is correct and appropriate.(A.12.2.1)
Control of internal
Validation checks shall be incorporated into
processing
applications to detect any corruption of information
through processing errors or deliberate acts.(A.12.2.2)
Message integrity
Requirements for ensuring authenticity and protecting
message integrity in applications shall be identified,
and appropriate controls identified and implemented.
(A.12.2.3)
Output data validation Data output from an application shall be validated to
ensure that the processing of stored information is
RestrictedPage 212

Affairs
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
Ministry of Home
correct and appropriate to the circumstances.

(A.12.2.4)
A. 12.3 Cryptographic controls
Policy on the use of
A policy on the use of cryptographic controls for
cryptographic controls protection of information shall be developed and
implemented.(A.12.3.1)
Key management
Key management shall be in place to support the
organizations use of cryptographic techniques.
(A.12.3.2)
A.12.4 Security of system files
Control of operational
There shall be procedures in place to control the
software
installation of software on operational systems.
(A.12.4.1)
Protection of system
Test data shall be selected carefully, and protected
test
and controlled.(A.12.4.2)
data
Access control to
Access to program source code shall be restricted.
program
(A.12.4.3)
source code
A.12.5 Security in development and support processes
Change control
The implementation of changes shall be controlled by
procedures
the use of formal change control procedures.
(A.12.5.1)
Technical review of
When operating systems are changed, business
applications after
critical applications shall be reviewed and tested to
operating
ensure there is no adverse impact on organizational
system changes
operations or security.(A.12.5.2)
Restrictions on
Modifications to software packages shall be
changes to software
discouraged, limited to necessary changes, and all
packages
changes shall be strictly controlled.(A.12.5.3)
Information leakage
Opportunities for information leakage shall be
prevented.(A.12.5.4)
Outsourced software
Outsourced software development shall be supervised
development
and monitored by the organization.(A.12.5.5)
A.12.6 Technical Vulnerability Management
Control of technical
Timely information about technical vulnerabilities of
vulnerabilities
information systems being used shall be obtained, the
organization's exposure to such vulnerabilities
evaluated, and appropriate measures taken to
address the associated risk.(A.12.6.1)
A.13.1 Reporting information security events and weaknesses
Information security events shall be reported through
security events
appropriate management channels as quickly as
possible.(A.13.1.1)
Reporting security
All employees, contractors and third party users of
weaknesses
information systems and services shall be required to
note and report any observed or suspected security
weaknesses in systems or services.(A.13.1.2)
A.13.2 Management of information security incidents and
improvements
Responsibilities and
Management responsibilities and procedures shall be
procedures
established to ensure a quick, effective, and orderly
RestrictedPage 213

Affairs
Ministry of Home
response to information security incidents.(A.13.2.1)

117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
Learning from
information
security incidents
Collection of evidence
There shall be mechanisms in place to enable the

types, volumes, and costs of information security
incidents to be quantified and monitored.(A.13.2.2)
Where a follow-up action against a person or
organization after an information security incident
involves legal action (either civil or criminal),
evidence shall be collected, retained, and presented
to conform to the rules for evidence laid down in the
relevant jurisdiction(s).(A.13.2.3)
A.14.1 Information security aspects of business continuity
management
Including information
A managed process shall be developed and
security in the
maintained for business continuity throughout the
business
organization that addresses the information security
continuity
requirements needed for the organizations business
management
continuity.(A.14.1.1)
process
Business continuity
Events that can cause interruptions to business
and risk
processes shall be identified, along with the
assessment
probability and impact of such interruptions and their
consequences for information security.(A.14.1.2)
Developing and
Plans shall be developed and implemented to
implementing
maintain or restore operations and ensure availability
continuity
of information at the required level and in the
plans including
required time scales following interruption to, or
information
failure of, critical business processes.(A.14.1.3)
security
Business continuity
A single framework of business continuity plans shall
planningframework
be maintained to ensure all plans are consistent, to
consistently address information security
requirements, and to identify priorities for testing and
maintenance.(A.14.1.4)
Testing, maintaining
Business continuity plans shall be tested and updated
and reassessing
regularly to ensure that they are up to date and
business
effective.(A.14.1.5)
continuity plans
A.15.1 Compliance with legal requirements
Identification of
All relevant statutory, regulatory and contractual
applicable
requirements and the organizations approach to
legislation
meet these requirements shall be explicitly defined,
documented, and kept up to date for each information
system and the organization.(A.15.1.1)
Intellectual property
Appropriate procedures shall be implemented to
rights
ensure compliance with legislative, regulatory, and
(IPR)
contractual requirements on the use of material in
respect of which there may be intellectual property
rights and on the use of proprietary software
products.(A.15.1.2)
RestrictedPage 214

Affairs
126
Protection of
organizationalrecords
127
Data protection and

privacy
of personal
information
Prevention of misuse
of
information processing
facilities
Regulation of
cryptographic
controls
128
129
130
131
132
133
Ministry of Home
Important records shall be protected from loss,

destruction and falsification, in accordance with
statutory, regulatory, contractual, and business
requirements.(A.15.1.3)
Data protection and privacy shall be ensured as
required in relevant legislation, regulations, and, if
applicable, contractual clauses.(A.15.1.4)
Users shall be deterred from using information
processing facilities
for unauthorized purposes.(A.15.1.5)
Managers shall ensure that all security procedures

within their area of responsibility are carried out
correctly to achieve compliance with security policies
and standards.(A.15.1.6)
A.15.2 Compliance with security policies and standards, and technical
compliance
Compliance with
Audit requirements and activities involving checks on
security
operational systems shall be carefully planned and
policies and standards agreed to minimize the risk of disruptions to business
processes.(A.15.2.1)
Technical compliance
Access to information systems audit tools shall be
checking
protected to prevent any possible misuse or
compromise.(A.15.2.2)
A.15.3 Information System Audit Considerations
Information systems
Audit requirements and activities involving checks on
audit
operational
controls
systems shall be carefully planned and agreed to
minimize the risk
of disruptions to business processes. (A.15.3.1)
Protection of
Access to information systems audit tools shall be
information
protected to
systems audit tools
prevent any possible misuse or compromise.
(A.15.3.2)
For more information refer: http://www.iso.org/iso/home/standards/managementstandards/iso27001.htm
RestrictedPage 215

Affairs
Ministry of Home
Annexure 8 Mapping of NISP controls with global security

frameworks/ standards
NISP
Control
Number
C1
C2
NISP Control Title

Identification &
classification
Network diagram
C3
Network configuration
C4
Testing and
certification of network
& infrastructure device
C5
ISO
27001:20
05
A.7.1.1
SANS
20
Critical
S1, S7
A.7.1.1
S1, S7
A.11.4.3,
A.11.4.7
S4, S10
A.10.6.2
A.10.6.1,
A.10.6.2
NTRO 40
Critical
Controls
SA-8, CM-8,
CM-9, PM-5
SA-8, CM-8,
CM-9, PM-5
N36
N19
S5, S7
N9, N24,
N25
Network security
measures
C6
C7
Segmentation
A.11.4.5
S1, S5,
S7, S19
A.11.4.7
Network access control
S1,
S10,
S19
S16
S14
S7, S11,
S13,
S14
S3, S7,
S13
S1, S7,
S13
S1, S7,
S13
Firmware upgrade
S3, S4
Network traffic
segregation
LAN security
Wireless LAN security
Disabling unused ports
C13
C14
Personal Devices
Usage policy
Restricting access to
public network
C15
C16
S1, S19
A.10.6.2
Security zones
C10
C11
C12
AC-4, AC17, AC-18,

AC-19, IA-3
SA-9, SC-8,
SC-9
AC-4, AC17, AC-18,
AC-20, CA3, CP-8, PE5, SC-5, SC7, SC-8, SC9, SC-10,
SC-19, SC20, SC-21,
SC-22, SC23, SA-9
Security of IPv6 device
C8
C9
FISMA
Controls
A.11.4.6
N9
N36
N26
N36
AC-4, SA-8,
SC-7
CA-3, SC-7,
SC-8, SC-9,
PM-7, SA-8,
SA-9
AC-4, AC17, AC-18
AC-18
CM7, AC-18
RA-5, SI-3
N7, N26
N7, N26
N36
RestrictedPage 216
AC-3, AC-6,
AC-17, AC18, SC-7

Affairs
C17
C18
C19
C20
C21
Network change
management
Securing transmission
media
Default device
credentials
Connecting devices
A.10.1.2
Ministry of Home
S3, S4,
S7, S10
CM-1, CM-3,
CM-4, CM-5,
CM-9
S3
A.10.7.1
A.10.10.1
S1
S1
IA-5
N7
N20, N32,
N34
Audit and review
C22
C23
Extending connectivity
to third parties
Operational
requirement mapping
C24
Unique identity of each
user
C25
User access
management
C26
C27
A.10.7.4,
A.10.8.5
S13
A.12.1.1
S3
A.8.3.3,
A.11.2.1
N38
N13
A.8.3.3,
A.11.2.1
S12,
S16
N8, N13
A.8.3.3,
A.11.1.1,
A.10.2.2,
A.10.10.2
S12,
S16
N7, N8,
N13
A.11.2.2,
A.11.4.1
S9
N7, N8
A.10.2.2,
A.11.2.1,
A.11.2.2
S12,
S16
N8
Need to know
access
C28
Review of user
privileges
C29
C30
Special privileges
Authentication
mechanism for access
C31
A.11.5.2
A.11.2.1
Inactive accounts
C32
Acceptable usage of
Information assets &
systems
S12
S12
N8
N13
S12,
S16
A.7.1.3
RestrictedPage 217
MP-2, PE-16
AU-1, AU-2,
AU-3, AU-4,
AU-5, AU-8,
AU-11, AU12
MP-4, SA-5,
CA-1, CA-3
SA-1, SA-3,
SA-4
AC-1, AC-2,
AC-21, IA-5,
PE-1, PE-2,
PS-4, PS-5
AC-1, AC-2,
AC-21, IA-5,
PE-1, PE-2,
PS-4, PS-5
AC-1, AC-2,
AC-5, AC-6,
AC-17, AC18, AC-19,
CM-5, MP-1,
SI-9, AC-2,
PS-4, PS-5
AC-1, AC-2,
AC-5, AC-6,
AC-17, AC18, AC-20,
AC-21, PE1, PE-2, SI-9
SA-9, AC-1,
AC-2, AC-6,
AC-21, IA-5,
PE-1, PE-2,
SI-9
AC-6
IA-2, IA-4,
IA-5, IA-8
AC-1, AC-2,
AC-21, IA-5,
PE-1, PE-2
AC-20, PL-4

Affairs
C33
C34
C35
C36
C37
Password policy
Default device
credentials
Monitoring and
retention of logs
Unsuccessful login
attempts
Ad-hoc access to
systems
C38
A.11.2.3
Ministry of Home
S12
S10
N13
IA-5
IA-5
S6, S14
N15
PE-6, PE-8
A.9.2.5
MP-5, PE-17
A.11.4.2
AC-17, AC18, AC-20,

CA-3, IA-2,
IA-8
MP-2, AC19, AC-20
Remote access
C39
C40
C41
Provisioning of
personal devices
User awareness &
liability
C42
S3
A.8.2.1,
A.8.2.2
S8, S20
N5
PL-4, PS-6,
PS-7, SA-9,
AT-2, AT-3,
IR-2
A.9.1.4
N22, N23
A.9.1.4
N12, N22,
N23
AT-2, AT-3 ,
PL-4, PS-6,
PE-2, PE-3,
PE-4, PE-6,
PE-7, PE-8
AT-2, AT-3 ,
PL-4, PS-6,
PE-2, PE-3,
PE-4, PE-6,
PE-7, PE-8
PE-3, PE-5,
PE-6, PE-7
Map and
characteristics of
physical facilities
C43
Hazard assessment
C44
Hazard protection
C45
C46
C47
C48
C49
C50
C51
C52
C53
Securing gateways
Identity badges
Entry of visitors &
external service
providers
Visitor verification
Infrastructure
protection
Guarding facility
Vehicle entry
Correlation between
physical and logical
security
Monitoring &
A.9.1.2
S5
A.9.1.3
N9
N38
PE-3, PE-4,
PE-5
PE-7, PE-8
PE-9
A.9.2.3
A.9.1.1,
A.9.1.6
N12, N23
PE-3, PE-3 ,
PE-7, PE-16
A.9.1.6
N12
PE-3 , PE-7,
PE-16
AC-3, AC-6,
AC-17, AC18, PE-3,
MA-3, MA-4
PE-1, PE-18
A.11.4.4
A.9.2.1
S4
N12
N23
RestrictedPage 218

Affairs
C54
C55
C56
surveillance
Disposal of equipment
Protection of
information assets and
systems
Authorization for
change
C57
A.10.7.2
A.9.1.1,
A.10.7.3
S8
Ministry of Home
N20, N39
N12, N24
A.10.1.2
CM-1, CM-3,
CM-4, CM-5,
CM-9
AC-11, IA-2,
PE-3, PE-5,
PE-18, SC10, AC-11,
SC-10
A.11.3.2,
A.11.5.5
Inactivity timeout
C58
C59
C60
C61
Protection of access
keys
Shoulder surfing
Categorization of zones
Access to restricted
areas
C62
Visitor device
management
C63
N12, N24
A.9.1.3,
A.9.1.5,
A.9.2.7
S8
N7 , N12
AT-2, AT-3,
PL-4, PS-6,
PE-2, PE-3,
PE-4, PE-5,
PE-6, PE-7,
PE-8, PE-16,
MP-5,
MP-6
N34
CM-1, CM-2,
CM-3, CM-4,
CM-5, CM-9,
AU-1, AU-2,
AU-3, AU-4,
AU-5, AU-8,
AU-11, AU12
CM-3, CM-4,
CM-9, SI-2
N29
CM-3, CM-4,
CM-9, SI-2
N29
CA-2, CA-6,
CM-3, CM-4,
CM-9, SA11
CM-7, AC17, AC-17
NONE
A.9.2.6
A.10.1.2,
A.10.1.4,
A.10.10.1
Physical access
auditing and review
C64
process
A.12.5.2,
A12.4.1
C65
architecture
Application User
authentication
A.12.5.2
C66
C67
Secure configuration
C68
C69
C70
C71
C72
Input validation
Error handling
S2, S6
S6, S7
S2
A.10.3.2,
A.12.2.4
S2, S6
S11
Ports & services

Session management
MP-6
PE-3, MP-2,
SI-12
A.11.5.6,
A.11.5.5
A.12.2.1
A.12.2.4
A.10.1.4
S6, S7
S7
S6
N29
RestrictedPage 219
SI-10
NONE
CM-2

Affairs
Ministry of Home
testing
C73
A.10.4.1
N29
Code review
C74
C75
C76
C77
C78
Black box testing

Data handling
Least privileges
Secure software
development life-cycle
(SDLC) processes
C79
Application change
control
C80
C81
C82
C83
C84
Cryptography &
encryption
C85
Key management
C90
C91
C92
C93
A.11.5.4
A.10.1.3
A.10.1.4,
A.12.4.1,
A.12.4.2
S8, S9
S12
S6, S7
A.12.5.1,
A.12.5.3
S3, S6
Application
vulnerability
intelligence
Application logs &
monitoring
Data discovery
Data classification
C86
C87
C88
C89
S17
Data-at-rest
Data-masking
Database management
Public mail and
collaboration tools
External media &
printing devices
Preventing loss of
information
Backup
Data retention and
S6
A.7.1.2,
A.7.2.1,
A.7.2.2
A.10.9.2,
A.12.3.1
N16
N7
N29
N17
A.12.2.3,
A.12.3.2
S12,
N17
A.10.8.3
S12
N17
N17
A.10.8.4
S16
S15
A.8.3.2,
A.9.2.6,
A.10.7.1
A.8.3.2,
A.9.2.6,
A.12.5.4
A.10.5.1
AC-3, AC-6
AC-5
CM-1, CM-2,
CM-3, CM-4,
CM-5, CM-9,
PL-4, SA-6,
SA-7,
CM-1, CM-3,
CM-4, CM-5,
CM-9, SA10
N15
S15
S8,
S12,
S17
AC-19, AT-2,
SA-8, SC-2,
SC-3, SC-7,
SC-14, SI-3,
SI-7
RA-5
CM-8, CM-9,
PM-5, RA-2,
AC-16, MP2, MP-3, SC16
SC-3, SC-7,
SC-8, SC-9,
SC-12, SC13, SC-14,
IA-7
AU-10, SC8, SI-7, SC12, SC-17
MP-5
S5
S15
S8, S19
S6
N27
N39
RestrictedPage 220
PS-4, PS-5,
MP-6, AC-4,
PE-19
CP-9

Affairs
C94
C95
C96
C97
C98
C99
C100
C101
disposal
Third party access
Monitoring & review
Breach management
Training and Awareness
Authorizing access to
third parties
Acceptable use policies
Disciplinary processes
C102
C103
C104
C105
C106
C107
C108
C109
Ministry of Home
Record of authorized
users
Non- disclosure
agreements
Legal and contractual
obligations
Communication
Practices
Interdependence of
assets & systems
Standard operating
environment
A.8.2.2
N5
A.8.1.2
A.7.1.3
A.8.1.3,
A.8.2.3
S2, S9
S9
A.6.1.5
N5
N38
A.6.1.5
A.10.1.1,
A.10.1.2,
A.10.7.1
S3, S9
S10
Threat assessment
C110
S9, S20
A.6.2.1
S1, S2
C112
C113
C114
C115
C116
Vulnerabilities
knowledge
management
Changing threat
ecosystem
Threats emanated from
third parties
System hardening
Patch management
A.12.6.1
S10, S6
S4, S5
A.6.2.1,
A.6.2.3
A.12.2.2
A.10.4.1
Perimeter threat
protection
A.10.4.1
PL-4, PS-6,
SA-9
PL-4, PS-6,
SA-9
N35, N6,
N13
CA-3, PM-9,
RA-3, SA-1,
SA-9, SC-7,
CA-3, PS-7,
SA-9
N32, N30,
N16, N18
N35
S4, S12
S3
S3, S4
S5, S12,
S20
N31
N35
Malware protection
C117
AC-20, PL-4
AC-20, PL-4,
PS-6, PS-7,
PS-8
N6, N7
Integration with
external intelligence
C111
AT-2, AT-3,
IR-2
PS-3
S1,
S19, S4,
S10,
RestrictedPage 221
AC-19, AT-2,
SA-8, SC-2,
SC-3, SC-7,
SC-14, SI-3,
SI-7
AC-19, AT-2,
SA-8, SC-2,
SC-3, SC-7,

Affairs
Ministry of Home
S20
C118
C119
C120
C121
Protection from
fraudulent activity
Configuration of
endpoints
Remediation
Security incident
monitoring
C122
Incident management
C123
C124
C125
Incident evaluation
Escalation process
C126
C127
C128
C129
C130
C131
C132
Breach information
Configuring devices for
logging
S3
A.10.2.2
A.13.1.2,
A.13.2.1,
A.8.2.3
A.13.2.3
A.13.2.1
A.13.1.1,
A.13.2.2,
A.6.1.3,
A.6.1.2,
A.10.1.3
A.13.2.2,
A.13.2.3
A.10.10.4
Activity logging
Log information
Log information
correlation
Protecting Log
information
Deployment of skilled
resources
C133
SC-14, SI-3,
SI-7
A.10.10.3
A.10.10.3,
A.10.10.4
A.13.1.1,
A.13.1.2
S5
S5
N18 , N33
SA-9
S18
N10
S18
S18
S18
N10
N10
N10
S1, S7
N5
S4, S6
N15
S4, S6,
S14
S6, S14
N15
N15
AU-9
S18
N10, N18
AU-6, IR-1,
IR-6, SI-4,
SI-5, PL-4,
SI-2, SI-4,
SI-5
Incident reporting
C134
C135
Sharing of log
information with law
enforcement agencies
Communication of
incidents
PL-4, SI-2,
SI-4, SI-5,
IR-1
AU-9, IR-4
IR-1
AU-6, IR-1,
IR-6, SI-4,
SI-5, IR-4
N10, N18
RestrictedPage 222
IR-4, AU-9,
IR-4
AU-2, AU12

Affairs
Ministry of Home
Annexure 9 Mapping of NISP guidelines & controls with National

Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) cyber security
framework
NIST Cybersecurity Framework
NISPG
Category
IDENTIFY (ID)
Asset Management
(ID.AM): The data,
personnel, devices,
systems, and
facilities that enable
the organization to
achieve business
purposes are
identified and
managed consistent
with their relative
importance to
business objectives
and the
organizations risk
strategy.
Subcategory
Guidelines
ID.AM-1: Physical devices and systems

within the organization are inventoried
ID.AM-2: Software platforms and
applications within the organization are
inventoried
ID.AM-3: Organizational communication
and data flows are mapped
ID.AM-4: External information systems
are catalogued
ID.AM-5: Resources (e.g., hardware,
devices, data, and software) are
prioritized based on their classification,
criticality, and business value
ID.AM-6: Cybersecurity roles and
responsibilities for the entire workforce
and third-party stakeholders (e.g.,
suppliers, customers, partners) are
established
ID.BE-1: The organizations role in the
supply chain is identified and
communicated
ID.BE-2: The organizations place in
critical infrastructure and its industry
sector is identified and communicated
ID.BE-3: Priorities for organizational
mission, objectives, and activities are
established and communicated
ID.BE-4: Dependencies and critical
functions for delivery of critical services
are established
ID.BE-5: Resilience requirements to
support delivery of critical services are
established
ID.GV-1: Organizational information
security policy is established
ID.GV-2: Information security roles &
responsibilities are coordinated and
aligned with internal roles and external
partners
G1
Business
Environment (ID.BE):
The organizations
mission, objectives,
stakeholders, and
activities are
understood and
prioritized; this
information is used
to inform
cybersecurity roles,
responsibilities, and
risk management
decisions.
Governance (ID.GV):
The policies,
procedures, and
processes to manage
and monitor the
organizations
RestrictedPage 223
G64
G58
G35
Covered in
policy
section 8
Covered in
policy
Covered in
policy
G50
G55
Covered in
policy
Covered in
policy

Affairs
Ministry of Home
NISPG
Category
regulatory, legal,
risk, environmental,
and operational
requirements are
understood and
inform the
management of
cybersecurity risk.
Risk Assessment
(ID.RA): The
organization
understands the
cybersecurity risk to
organizational
operations (including
mission, functions,
image, or
reputation),
organizational
assets, and
individuals.
Subcategory
ID.GV-3: Legal and regulatory
requirements regarding cybersecurity,
including privacy and civil liberties
obligations, are understood and managed
ID.GV-4: Governance and risk
management processes address
cybersecurity risks
Guidelines
Covered in
policy
ID.RA-1: Asset vulnerabilities are

identified and documented
ID.RA-2: Threat and vulnerability
information is received from information
sharing forums and sources
ID.RA-3: Threats, both internal and
external, are identified and documented
ID.RA-4: Potential business impacts and
likelihoods are identified
ID.RA-5: Threats, vulnerabilities,
likelihoods, and impacts are used to
determine risk
ID.RA-6: Risk responses are identified and
prioritized
ID.RM-1: Risk management processes are
established, managed, and agreed to by
organizational stakeholders
ID.RM-2: Organizational risk tolerance is
determined and clearly expressed
ID.RM-3: The organizations
determination of risk tolerance is
informed by its role in critical
infrastructure and sector specific risk
analysis
G51, G54
PR.AC-1: Identities and credentials are

managed for authorized devices and
users
PR.AC-2: Physical access to assets is
managed and protected
PR.AC-3: Remote access is managed
PR.AC-4: Access permissions are
managed, incorporating the principles of
least privilege and separation of duties
G10, G11
Risk Management
Strategy (ID.RM):
The organizations
priorities,
constraints, risk
tolerances, and
assumptions are
established and used
to support
operational risk
decisions.
PROTECT (PR)
Access Control
(PR.AC): Access to
assets and
associated facilities
is limited to
authorized users,
processes, or
devices, and to
authorized activities
RestrictedPage 224
Covered in
policy
G53, G54
G54
G57
G57
G56
G95
G21
G14
G10, G15

Affairs
Ministry of Home
NISPG
Category
and transactions.
Subcategory
PR.AC-5: Network integrity is protected,
incorporating network segregation where
appropriate
PR.AT-1: All users are informed and
trained
PR.AT-2: Privileged users understand
roles & responsibilities
PR.AT-3: Third-party stakeholders (e.g.,
suppliers, customers, partners)
understand roles & responsibilities
PR.AT-4: Senior executives understand
roles & responsibilities
PR.AT-5: Physical and information security
personnel understand roles &
responsibilities
Guidelines
G4
PR.DS-1: Data-at-rest is protected

PR.DS-2: Data-in-transit is protected
PR.DS-3: Assets are formally managed
throughout removal, transfers, and
disposition
PR.DS-4: Adequate capacity to ensure
availability is maintained
PR.DS-5: Protections against data leaks
are implemented
PR.DS-6: Integrity checking mechanisms
are used to verify software, firmware, and
information integrity
PR.DS-7: The development and testing
environment(s) are separate from the
production environment
PR.IP-1: A baseline configuration of
information technology/industrial control
systems is created and maintained
PR.IP-2: A System Development Life Cycle
to manage systems is implemented
PR.IP-3: Configuration change control
processes are in place
G38
G38
G1, G38,
G50
Awareness and
Training (PR.AT): The
organizations
personnel and
partners are
provided
cybersecurity
awareness education
and are adequately
trained to perform
their information
security-related
duties and
responsibilities
consistent with
related policies,
procedures, and
agreements.
Data Security
(PR.DS): Information
and records (data)
are managed
consistent with the
organizations risk
strategy to protect
the confidentiality,
integrity, and
availability of
information.
Information
Protection Processes
and Procedures
(PR.IP): Security
policies (that
address purpose,
scope, roles,
RestrictedPage 225
G43
G46, G47
G40, G43
G43
G15
G38, G41,
G42
G34
G30, G32
G51
G32
G34, G38,
G49, G52

Affairs
Ministry of Home
NISPG
Category
responsibilities,
management
commitment, and
coordination among
organizational
entities), processes,
and procedures are
maintained and used
to manage
protection of
information systems
and assets.
Subcategory
PR.IP-4: Backups of information are
conducted, maintained, and tested
periodically
PR.IP-5: Policy and regulations regarding
the physical operating environment for
organizational assets are met
PR.IP-6: Data is destroyed according to
policy
PR.IP-7: Protection processes are
continuously improved
PR.IP-8: Effectiveness of protection
technologies is shared with appropriate
parties
PR.IP-9: Response plans (Incident
Response and Business Continuity) and
recovery plans (Incident Recovery and
Disaster Recovery) are in place and
managed
PR.IP-10: Response and recovery plans
are tested
PR.IP-11: Cybersecurity is included in
human resources practices (e.g.,
deprovisioning, personnel screening)
PR.IP-12: A vulnerability management
plan is developed and implemented
PR.MA-1: Maintenance and repair of
organizational assets is performed and
logged in a timely manner, with approved
and controlled tools
PR.MA-2: Remote maintenance of
organizational assets is approved,
logged, and performed in a manner that
prevents unauthorized access
Guidelines
G38
PR.PT-1: Audit/log records are

determined, documented, implemented,
and reviewed in accordance with policy
PR.PT-2: Removable media is protected
and its use restricted according to policy
PR.PT-3: Access to systems and assets is
controlled, incorporating the principle of
least functionality
G2, G10,
G41, G59,
G72, G98
G38
Maintenance
(PR.MA):
Maintenance and
repairs of industrial
control and
information system
components is
performed
consistent with
policies and
procedures.
Protective
Technology (PR.PT):
Technical security
solutions are
managed to ensure
the security and
resilience of systems
and assets,
RestrictedPage 226
G19
G38
G55, G58
G58, G62,
G63
G55, G56,
G102,
G103
G57, G103
G43
G55
G7, G8
G14
G10

Affairs
Ministry of Home
NISPG
Category
consistent with
related policies,
procedures, and
agreements.
DETECT (DE)
Anomalies and
Events (DE.AE):
Anomalous activity is
detected in a timely
manner and the
potential impact of
events is
understood.
Subcategory
PR.PT-4: Communications and control
networks are protected
Guidelines
G23, G24,
G25
DE.AE-1: A baseline of network

operations and expected data flows for
users and systems is established and
managed
DE.AE-2: Detected events are analyzed to
understand attack targets and methods
DE.AE-3: Event data are aggregated and
correlated from multiple sources and
sensors
DE.AE-4: Impact of events is determined
DE.AE-5: Incident alert thresholds are
established
DE.CM-1: The network is monitored to
detect potential cybersecurity events
G7
Security Continuous
Monitoring (DE.CM):
The information
system and assets
are monitored at
discrete intervals to
identify
cybersecurity events
and verify the
effectiveness of
protective measures.
Detection Processes
(DE.DP): Detection
processes and
procedures are
maintained and
tested to ensure
timely and adequate
awareness of
DE.CM-2: The physical environment is

monitored to detect potential
DE.CM-3: Personnel activity is monitored
to detect potential cybersecurity events
DE.CM-4: Malicious code is detected
DE.CM-5: Unauthorized mobile code is
detected
DE.CM-6: External service provider
activity is monitored to detect potential
DE.CM-7: Monitoring for unauthorized
personnel, connections, devices, and
software is performed
DE.CM-8: Vulnerability scans are
performed
DE.DP-1: Roles and responsibilities for
detection are well defined to ensure
accountability
DE.DP-2: Detection activities comply with
all applicable requirements
DE.DP-3: Detection processes are tested
DE.DP-4: Event detection information is
communicated to appropriate parties
RestrictedPage 227
G54, G57
G53, G54,
G57, G58
G57, G58
G56
G7, G8, G9,
G45, G48,
G54, G56
G20, G21
G23, G26,
G41, G71
G30, G32,
G33
G74
G38, G40,
G41, G54
G39, G41
G49, G54,
G55
G62, G70
G57, G58
G57, G58
G63, G64

Affairs
Ministry of Home
NISPG
Category
anomalous events.
Subcategory
DE.DP-5: Detection processes are
continuously improved
Guidelines
G58
RS.RP-1: Response plan is executed

during or after an event
G56
RS.CO-1: Personnel know their roles and

order of operations when a response is
needed
RS.CO-2: Events are reported consistent
with established criteria
RS.CO-3: Information is shared consistent
with response plans
RS.CO-4: Coordination with stakeholders
occurs consistent with response plans
RS.CO-5: Voluntary information sharing
occurs with external stakeholders to
achieve broader cybersecurity situational
awareness
RS.AN-1: Notifications from detection
systems are investigated
RS.AN-2: The impact of the incident is
understood
RS.AN-3: Forensics are performed
RS.AN-4: Incidents are categorized
consistent with response plans
RS.MI-1: Incidents are contained
RS.MI-2: Incidents are mitigated
RS.MI-3: Newly identified vulnerabilities
are mitigated or documented as
accepted risks
G62
RS.IM-1: Response plans incorporate

lessons learned
RS.IM-2: Response strategies are updated
G56, G57
RESPOND (RS)
Response Planning
(RS.RP): Response
processes and
procedures are
executed and
maintained, to
ensure timely
response to detected
cybersecurity
events.
Communications
(RS.CO): Response
activities are
coordinated with
internal and external
stakeholders, as
appropriate, to
include external
support from law
enforcement
agencies.
Analysis (RS.AN):
Analysis is
conducted to ensure
adequate response
and support recovery
activities
Mitigation (RS.MI):
Activities are
performed to
prevent expansion of
an event, mitigate
its effects, and
eradicate the
incident.
Improvements
(RS.IM):
Organizational
RestrictedPage 228
G64
G62, G64
G56, G52,
G62, G64
G53, G54,
G58
G56
G54, G56,
G57
G56, G58
G56
G56
G55, G56
G56, G57

Affairs
Ministry of Home
NISPG
Category
response activities
are improved by
incorporating
lessons learned from
current and previous
detection/response
activities.
Subcategory
Guidelines
RC.RP-1: Recovery plan is executed

during or after an event
G102,
G103,
G104,
G105
RC.IM-1: Recovery plans incorporate

lessons learned
RC.IM-2: Recovery strategies are updated
G103,
G105
G105
RC.CO-1: Public relations are managed

RC.CO-2: Reputation after an event is
repaired
RC.CO-3: Recovery activities are
communicated to internal stakeholders
and executive and management teams
G64
G64
RECOVER (RC)
Recovery Planning
(RC.RP): Recovery
processes and
procedures are
executed and
maintained to ensure
timely restoration of
systems or assets
affected by
cybersecurity
events.
Improvements
(RC.IM): Recovery
planning and
processes are
improved by
incorporating
lessons learned into
future activities.
Communications
(RC.CO): Restoration
activities are
coordinated with
internal and external
parties, such as
coordinating centers,
Internet Service
Providers, owners of
attacking systems,
victims, other
CSIRTs, and vendors.
RestrictedPage 229
G101,
G102,
G103

Affairs
RestrictedPage 230
Ministry of Home

Affairs
Ministry of Home
Annexure 10 Introduction to international standards and

frameworks
A. National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST)
cybersecurity framework
1.1. Improving Critical Infrastructure Cybersecurity was the subject of the
Executive Order 13636, issued by President Obama on February 12, 2013. It
vested the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) with the
responsibility of developing a voluntary cybersecurity framework. NIST
coordinated the industry-led effort that draws on existing standards,
guidelines, and best practices, to develop the Cybersecurity Framework. The
Framework, aimed at the owners and operators of the critical infrastructure,
is expected to help reduce cyber risks to critical infrastructure.
NIST began the development of the Cybersecurity Framework by issuing a
Request for Information (RFI) in February, 2013, to gather relevant input
from industry, academia, and other stakeholders to:
Identify existing cybersecurity standards, guidelines, frameworks, and best

practices that are applicable to increase the security of critical
infrastructure sectors and other interested entities;
Specify high-priority gaps for which new or revised standards are needed;
and
Collaboratively develop action plans by which these gaps can be addressed
1.1.1. The idea was to use existing standards, guidelines and best practices to
reduce cyber risk across sectors and develop capabilities to address the fullrange of quickly changing threats. The framework will provide a flexible
toolkit any business or other organization can use to gauge how well
prepared it is to manage cyber risks and what can be done to strengthen its
defenses
1.1.2. It is vital that companies understand their digital assets and accurately
assess the maturity of their cyber protections so they can properly allocate
resources. They need to continuously invest in maintaining awareness of
existing threats to preventing, detecting, and responding to attacks to
recovering from them.
1.1.3. The Framework to reduce Cyber Risks to Critical Infrastructure, after several
rounds of public consultation, was released in February, 2014
1.2. Outline of Cybersecurity Framework: The focus is on defining the
overall Framework and provides guidance on its usage. The Framework is
intended to be used throughout the organization.
1.2.1. Senior executives can use it to evaluate how prepared they are to deal with
potential cybersecurity-related impacts on their assets, and on their ability
to deliver their business services and products
RestrictedPage 231

Affairs
Ministry of Home
1.2.2. User guide will help organizations understand how to apply the Framework.
It is not a detailed manual; it will help users at different levels to:
1.2.2.1.
Understand and assess the cybersecurity capabilities,
readiness, and risks of their organizations
1.2.2.2.
Identify areas of strength and weakness and aspects of
cybersecurity on which they should productively focus, and learn what
informative standards, guidelines, and practices are available and
applicable to their organizations
1.3.
The Frameworks core structure:
1.3.1.Five major cybersecurity functions and their categories, subcategories, and information references. Key functions: Know, Prevent,
Detect, Respond, and Recover. Broken further into categories, e.g. prevent
categories: identity and access management, physical security, and training
and awareness. It further identifies underlying key sub-categories. Then
matches them with informative references such as existing standards,
guidelines, and practices for each sub-category. A matrix showing the
functions, categories, sub-categories, and informative references is
provided.
1.3.2. Three Framework Implementation Levels (FILs) associated with an
organizations cybersecurity functions and how well that organization
implements the framework. Three implementation levels reflect
organizational maturity. The approach rolls up functions and FILs in a way
that allows them to assess an organizations risk and readiness viewed
through their specific roles and responsibilities whether they are senior
executives, business process managers, or operations managers.
1.3.3. A compendium of informative references, existing standards,
guidelines, and practices to assist with specific implementation
1.4. The Framework has been designed and is intended to:
1.4.1.Be an adaptable, flexible, and scalable tool for voluntary use
1.4.2. Assist in assessing, measuring, evaluating, and improving an organizations
readiness to deal with cybersecurity risks
1.4.3. Be actionable across an organization
1.4.4. Be prioritized, flexible, repeatable, performance-based, and cost-effective to
rely on standards, methodologies, and processes that align with policy,
business, and technological approaches to cybersecurity
1.4.5. Complement rather than to conflict with current regulatory authorities
1.4.6. Promote, rather than to constrain, technological innovation in this dynamic
arena
1.4.7. Focus on outcomes
1.4.8. Raise awareness and appreciation for the challenges of cybersecurity but
also the means for understanding and managing the related risks
RestrictedPage 232

Affairs
Ministry of Home
1.4.9. Be consistent with voluntary international standards

1.5. The NIST cybersecurity framework (provides a language for expressing,
understanding and managing cybersecurity risk, both internally and
externally. It helps in identification and prioritization of actions for reducing
risk and provides a tool for aligning policy, business and technological
approaches to managing risk. The core framework consists of five functions:
1.5.1. Identify: develop visibility over systems, assets, data and capabilities
which need to be protected, in accordance with their criticality
1.5.2. Protect: develop and implement appropriate safeguards, prioritizing
through the organizations risk management process
1.5.3. Detect: develop and implement appropriate activities to identify
occurrence of a breach of event
1.5.4. Respond: develop and implement appropriate activities to take action
regarding a detected breach or event
1.5.5. Recover: develop and implement appropriate activities, to restore the
appropriate capabilities that we impaired through a breach or event
B. DSCI Security Framework

1.1. Numerous organizations worldwide have adopted widely accepted &
internationally recognized security frameworks and standards such as ISO
27001, which provide guidance & direction for establishing enterprise wide
security program, processes and procedures. But problem arises when
organizations channelize investments and resources to demonstrate
compliance to such standards (e.g. extensive documentation, huge
checklists) instead of identifying and mitigating real risks. Similar case has
been observed with FISMA implementation in the United States compliance
to it has taken precedence over real security concerns in the networks and
systems of the federal agencies. Thus focus has shifted towards the
compliance, leaving maturity aspect at bay.
1.2. Given the rate at which attack proliferation has happened, and data breach
incidents are increasing, organizations today need to develop and integrate
a comprehensive security program to stay at pace with the attackers and
attack vectors to stay secure. Threat environment in which we operate is
getting complex and dynamic; attackers are evolving innovative techniques.
In such a scenario, organizations cannot solely rely on certifications alone;
though it may help provide assurance and demonstrate organizations
commitment to their stakeholders and outside world. Though ISO 27001
standard, is a good starting point for organizations for implementing
security, it is not an end by itself. When organizations operate in a vibrant,
dynamic, evolving and competent environment be it business, regulatory
or threat environment as in case of security, organizations can only survive if
they are able to draw a roadmap for coming years that entails future
conditions & requirements, strategic options, building required
competencies, etc. and not just focus on the present. This is achieved by
RestrictedPage 233

Affairs
Ministry of Home
doing long term planning and drawing a strategy to achieve the defined
goals. But how many organizations today have a security strategy? How
many organizations have a 5 year vision for security? Unfortunately - not
many. Though, ISO 27001 has been phenomenal in establishing enterprise
wide security processes, it falls short in the following areas:
1.2.1. Long Term Strategic Planning in Security Today, security practitioners
strongly believe that security should be treated as a business enabler and
not as a hurdle adding value to business, by allowing business to offer
innovative solutions & services to international markets round the clock,
increasing productivity, reducing cost, providing customer delight, etc. If
such an approach needs to materialize, security needs to be revitalized by
working more closely with the business and IT and being given strategic
importance within the organization. Unfortunately, many standards are
controls based standard - controls that are static in nature, focused on
mitigating the existing risks, not focused on addressing the futuristic
requirements / risks that emerge from business expansion and innovation
1.2.2. Building Security Capability / Competence, using Maturity Criteria Security is a continuous journey, and no organization can be 100% secure.
However, it is important to measure the progress made / capabilities built
over a period of time to address the evolving and perennial threats. This
can be achieved by defining criteria against which an organization can
measure its capability maturity in security. Many standards on the other
hand promotes a yes/no kind of approach to security, wherein an
organization is certified as fully compliant if it has implemented the relevant
controls. It does not provide any maturity criteria, which organizations can
leverage to improve their security competence
1.2.3. Focus on Protecting Data Many standards follow an asset centric and
process oriented standard. Processes help provide guidelines for conducting
operational tasks in a pre-defined manner, but if too much focus is given on
processes, then it may happen that the objective for deploying a particular
process may get lost (outcome may not be achieved). This also at times
results in loss of productivity and is perceived as bureaucratic. In todays
digital world, data has an economic value attached to it. In fact, in some
industries like pharmaceutical, data is the life line of the organizations
operating in the sector. Hackers and rogue insiders vie for this critical data.
In such a scenario, the focus of all the security efforts should be on data,
with lean processes and intelligent technologies deployed to protect it
1.2.4. Tracking Security Evolution Security as a discipline has evolved over a
period of time. The stimuli have been many - the dynamic threat landscape,
strengthening regulatory regime, research & innovation, globalization,
business models, technologies, etc. For an organization to be secure it is
important that it keeps track of all the latest developments taking place in
the field of security be it skills, technologies or services. Today, specific
security disciplines have evolved with very specific approaches to address
the unique challenges faced. Specific trends and practices have been
RestrictedPage 234

Affairs
Ministry of Home
emerging to address the exact requirements of an individual discipline. The

security market, both technology products and services, has solution
offerings specific to an individual discipline. Security profession is also
charting a path of specialization in these individual security disciplines. For
e.g. Management of threats & vulnerabilities is a very critical discipline
today, requiring specific skills, technologies and practices. Similarly,
disciplines like Secure Content Management, Governance, Risk and
Compliance do not find their rightful place in ISO 27001 standard. It fails to
provide strategic and contemporary directions and guidance to
organizations that are implementing and maintaining security
1.2.5. Integration and Interdependencies Security disciplines, as explained
in the point above, have number of interdependencies and therefore there
is need for taking an integrated approach that links these disciplines
appropriately for better protection. For e.g. Security Incident Management
as a discipline requires inputs from Threat & Vulnerability Management,
Infrastructure Management, Application Development, etc. to be effective.
The ISO 27001 standard does not take such an integrative approach as it is
focused on individual controls that are described and deployed in silos
RestrictedPage 235

Affairs
Ministry of Home
1.2.6. There is a need to approach security differently - a way that helps overcome
the above shortcomings of ISO 27001 and enables an organization focus on
real threats in its environment, without worrying about compliance to
regulations. It should be able to assess organizations maturity in
implementing security in different areas with a view to continually improve
the same. Such an assessment should further help organization draw a
strategic plan based on evolution of different disciplines of security, and
their interdependencies, with continuous focus on protecting data.
Compliance should be the outcome along with dynamic and vibrant security
that enables quick response to threats, vulnerabilities and actual cyberattacks
1.3.
1.3.
1.3.
1.3.
1.3.
1.3.
1.3.
1.3.
1.3.
1.3.
1.3.
1.3.
1.3.
1.3.
1.3.
1.3.
1.3.
1.3.
1.3.
DSCI Security Framework (DSF) is based on the following three foundational
elements:
1.3.1. Security Principles: Starting point of DSF is a set of security principles
that an organization should seek to adhere to. These include information
visibility, vigilance, coverage & accuracy, discipline in defense;
focus on strategic, tactical and operational layers and compliance
demonstration. DSCI believes that approach to security which is based on
these principles helps remove the focus from extensive documentation,
checklists and controls, and enables an organization achieve dynamism in
security which gives it the agility to respond to threats and attacks.
1.3.2. Discipline Specific Approach: DSF view of security is disciplinespecific. Unlike other standards, it does not specify any controls. Instead, it
outlines best practices in these disciplines that are based on recent learning
by organizations, analysts, and technology and solution providers. It leaves
to the organization to select and implement controls specific to its operating
environment and business requirements
RestrictedPage 236

Affairs
Ministry of Home
1.3.3. It identifies maturity criteria in each of the 16 disciplines that form part of
DSF. While these disciplines are organized in four layers, it encourages
organizations to focus on each individual discipline of security by
implementing best practices, and moving up in maturity rating by using the
maturity criteria. Focus on individual disciplines, and striving to achieve
excellence in them is the path to real security.
1.3.4. Data-Centric Methodology. DSCI focuses on a Visibility exercise, which
brings a consolidated view of data at the central level. It analyses and
identifies the integrated view of the data within the findings. It creates a
risk profile that is data centric. DSCI makes uses of its Best Practices
approach to evaluate strategic options, both in terms of the processes and
technological solutions available for addressing these risks, and
strengthening the security posture. DSCI believes that once visibility over
data is created at the central level, it is easier to bring dynamism in the
security program as recent trends, vulnerabilities and incidents can be
considered and appropriate risk management measures can be taken on a
continuous basis.
1.3.5. Corollary to the visibility exercise is the establishment of privacy initiatives
in the organization, since the flow of personal information processed reveals
exposure to privacy risks at various stages. The DSCI Privacy Framework
(DPF), which has identified nine privacy principles for achieving privacy in
an organization, through the implementation of nine best practices which
are organized in three layers Privacy Strategy & Processes, Information
Usage, Access, Monitoring & Training and Personal Information Security for
establishing privacy initiatives in an organization, helps an organization do
that
1.4. Practices in each discipline of DSF have been articulated under the
following four sections:
1.4.1. Approach to the Security Discipline: DSCI believes that there is a
significant requirement of discussing the approaches, trends and practices
that are driving an individual discipline. This section in each discipline
articulates DSCI approach towards the discipline under discussion.
1.4.2. Strategy for the Security Discipline: DSCI also believes that each
security discipline deserves a strategic treatment that will not only mature
its endeavor but also optimize the resources and efforts deployed. For each
discipline, DSCI recommend approaches and processes that help take a
strategic review of an organizations initiatives. This section will help
managers to provide a strategic direction to the organizations initiatives in
each discipline.
1.4.3. Best Practices for the Security Discipline: DSCI recognizes a need for
providing a detailed guidance for systematically planning and implementing
security in the organization. This section, in each discipline, compiles the
best practices for the security implementer.
RestrictedPage 237

Affairs
Ministry of Home
1.4.4. Maturity of the Security Discipline: DSCI believes in assessment of

the outcomes and for fair assessment, comprehension of appropriate
parameters is necessary. The DSF has defined a total of 170 maturity
criteria for the 16 disciplines.
1.4.5. DSF especially through its maturity criteria can be used to determine an
organizations security capability in different disciplines of security. This can
be of particular relevance in outsourcing relationships where client
organizations want to determine the overall and / or Line of Service specific
security capability of service provider organizations.
RestrictedPage 238

Affairs
Ministry of Home
1.5. Framework Benefits

DSF offers key benefits as follows:
Offers a set of principles
for implementation of true
security
Helps align security to

current trends
understanding & practices
Focuses on bringing
relevance to security,
hence, realistic security
Provides means to improve

dynamism in security
Ensures
comprehensiveness &
coverage through the
disciplines
Provides strategic
directions to security
initiatives
Offers detailed guidance

for implementation
Supports maturity
improvement through
outcome based metrics
Promises revitalization of
security initiatives for data
security
Provides means for

integration, convergence &
collaboration
Content support to
manager, implementer,
consultant, auditor
Comprehensive and
structured ecosystem
around the framework
C. PCI DSS
1.1. The Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) is a set of
requirements designed to ensure that companies that process, store or
transmit credit card information maintain a secure environment and that
operations and transactions are secure
1.2. The Payment Card Industry Security Standards Council (PCI SSC) was
launched on September 7, 2006 to manage the ongoing evolution of the
Payment Card Industry (PCI) security standards with focus on improving
payment account security throughout the transaction process. The PCI DSS
is administered and managed by the PCI SSC
(www.pcisecuritystandards.org), an independent body that was created by
the major payment card brands (Visa, MasterCard, American Express,
Discover and JCB.). The Standard can be found
here: https://www.pcisecuritystandards.org/security_standards/pci_dss.shtml
1.3. PCI DSS 2.0 (Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard Version 2.0) is
the second version and was released in 2010. The third revision is due in
2014.It is important to note, the payment brands and acquirers are
responsible for enforcing compliance, not the PCI council.
1.4. The PCI DSS specifies and elaborates on six major objectives 1:
1.4.1. First, a secure network must be maintained in which transactions can be
conducted. This requirement involves the use of firewalls that are robust
enough to be effective without causing undue inconvenience to cardholders
or vendors. Specialized firewalls are available for wireless LANs, which are
1 http://searchfinancialsecurity.techtarget.com/definition/PCI-DSS-Payment-CardIndustry-Data-Security-Standard
RestrictedPage 239

Affairs
Ministry of Home
highly vulnerable to eavesdropping and attacks by malicious hackers. In

addition, authentication data such as personal identification numbers (PINs)
and passwords must not involve defaults supplied by the vendors.
Customers should be able to conveniently and frequently change such data
1.4.2. Second, cardholder information must be protected wherever it is stored.
Repositories with vital data such as dates of birth, mothers' maiden names,
Social Security numbers, phone numbers and mailing addresses should be
secure against hacking. When cardholder data is transmitted through public
networks, that data must be encrypted in an effective way. Digital
encryption is important in all forms of credit-card transactions, but
particularly in e-commerce conducted on the Internet
1.4.3. Third, systems should be protected against the activities of malicious
hackers by using frequently updated anti-virus software, anti-spyware
programs, and other anti-malware solutions. All applications should be free
of bugs and vulnerabilities that might open the door to exploits in which
cardholder data could be stolen or altered. Patches offered by software and
operating system (OS) vendors should be regularly installed to ensure the
highest possible level of vulnerability management
1.4.4. Fourth, access to system information and operations should be restricted
and controlled. Cardholders should not have to provide information to
businesses unless those businesses must know that information to protect
themselves and effectively carry out a transaction. Every person who uses a
computer in the system must be assigned a unique and confidential
identification name or number. Cardholder data should be protected
physically as well as electronically. Examples include the use of document
shredders, avoidance of unnecessary paper document duplication, and
locks and chains on dumpsters to discourage criminals who would otherwise
rummage through the trash
1.4.5. Fifth, networks must be constantly monitored and regularly tested to ensure
that all security measures and processes are in place, are functioning
properly, and are kept up-do-date. For example, anti-virus and anti-spyware
programs should be provided with the latest definitions and signatures.
These programs should scan all exchanged data, all applications, all
random-access memory (RAM) and all storage media frequently if not
continuously
1.4.6. Sixth, a formal information security policy must be defined, maintained, and
followed at all times and by all participating entities. Enforcement measures
such as audits and penalties for non-compliance may be necessary
1.5. The 12 requirements of PCI DSS are as follows:
1.5.1. Install and maintain a firewall configuration to protect cardholder data
1.5.2. Do not use vendor-supplied defaults for system passwords and other security
parameters
1.5.3. Protect stored cardholder data
RestrictedPage 240

Affairs
Ministry of Home
1.5.4. Encrypt transmission of cardholder data across open, public networks

1.5.5. Use and regularly update antivirus software
1.5.6. Develop and maintain secure systems and applications
1.5.7. Restrict access to cardholder data by business need-to-know
1.5.8. Assign a unique ID to each person with computer access
1.5.9. Restrict physical access to cardholder data
1.5.10. Track and monitor all access to network resources and cardholder data
1.5.11. Regularly test security systems and processes
1.5.12. Maintain a policy that addresses information security
RestrictedPage 241

Affairs
Ministry of Home
D. SANS 20 Controls
1.1. SANS has created the 20 Critical Security Controls as a way of providing
effective cyber defense against current and likely future Internet based
attacks. Following these 20 controls will help establish, in their words, a
prioritized baseline of information security measures and controls. The
target audience is Federal enterprise environments but it certainly could be
used by commercial organizations.
1.2. It is a set of recommendations developed by a consortium of companies
with the purpose of identifying specific controls that will make systems safer.
In addition, most of the controls can be automated to various degrees
through the use of tools.2
1.3. They offer a prioritized list of controls that have the greatest impact on
improving security posture against real-world threats. Consortium for
Cybersecurity Action (CCA) was established in 2012 to ensure that updated
versions of the Critical Controls incorporate the most relevant threat
information and to share lessons learned by organizations implementing
them. The Critical Controls encompass and amplify efforts over the last
decade to develop security standards, including the Security Content
Automation Program (SCAP) sponsored by the National Institute of Standards
and Technology (NIST) and the Associated Manageable Network Plan
Milestones and Network Security Tasks developed by the National Security
Agency (NSA).3
1.4. The presentation of each Critical Control includes:
1.4.1. Proof that the control blocks known attacks and an explanation of how
attackers actively exploit the absence of this control.
1.4.2. Listing of the specific actions that organizations are taking to implement,
automate, and measure effectiveness of this control. The sub-controls are
grouped into four categories:
1.4.3. Quick wins that provide solid risk reduction without major procedural,
architectural, or technical changes to an environment, or that provide such
substantial and immediate risk reduction against very common attacks that
most security-aware organizations prioritize these key controls.
1.4.4. Visibility and attribution measures to improve the process, architecture, and
technical capabilities of organizations to monitor their networks and
computer systems to detect attack attempts, locate points of entry, identify
already-compromised machines, interrupt infiltrated attackers' activities,
and gain information about the sources of an attack.
1.4.5. Improved information security configuration and hygiene to reduce the
number and magnitude of security vulnerabilities and improve the
2 http://systemexperts.com/media/pdf/SystemExperts-SANS20-1.pdf
3 http://www.sans.org/critical-security-controls/guidelines.php
RestrictedPage 242

Affairs
Ministry of Home
operations of networked computer systems, with a focus on protecting

against poor security practices by system administrators and end-users that
could give an attacker an advantage.
1.4.6. Advanced sub-controls that use new technologies that provide maximum
security but are harder to deploy or more expensive than commoditized
security solutions.
E. NIST 800-53
1.1. NIST Special Publication 800-53, "Recommended Security Controls for
Federal Information Systems and Organizations," catalogs security controls
for all U.S. federal information systems except those related to national
security. It is published by the National Institute of Standards and
Technology, which is a non-regulatory agency of the United States
Department of Commerce. NIST develops and issues standards, guidelines,
and other publications to assist federal agencies in implementing the Federal
Information Security Management Act of 2002 (FISMA) and to help with
managing cost effective programs to protect their information and
information systems
1.2. NIST Special Publication 800-53 is part of the Special Publication 800-series
that reports on the Information Technology Laboratorys (ITL) research,
guidelines, and outreach efforts in information system security, and on ITLs
activity with industry, government, and academic organizations. The catalog
of security controls in Special Publication 800-53 can be effectively used to
protect information and information systems from traditional and advanced
persistent threats in varied operational, environmental, and technical
scenarios
1.3. Specifically, NIST Special Publication 800-53 covers the steps in the Risk
Management Framework that address security control selection for federal
information systems in accordance with the security requirements in Federal
Information Processing Standard (FIPS) 200. This includes selecting an initial
set of baseline security controls based on a FIPS 199 worst-case impact
analysis, tailoring the baseline security controls, and supplementing the
security controls based on an organizational assessment of risk. The security
rules cover 17 areas including access control, incident response, business
continuity, and disaster recoverability
1.4. A key part of the certification and accreditation process for federal
information systems is selecting and implementing a subset of the controls
(safeguards) from the Security Control Catalog NIST 800-53, (Appendix F).
These controls are the management, operational, and technical safeguards
(or countermeasures) prescribed for an information system to protect the
confidentiality, integrity, and availability of the system and its information.
To implement the needed safeguards or controls, agencies must first
RestrictedPage 243

Affairs
Ministry of Home
determine the security category of their information systems in accordance

with the provisions of FIPS 199, Standards for Security Categorization of
Federal Information and Information Systems. The security categorization of
the information system (low, moderate or high) determines the baseline
collection of controls that must be implemented and monitored. Agencies
have the ability to adjust these controls and tailor them to fit more closely
with their organizational goals or environments
1.5. The guidelines have been developed to achieve more secure information
systems and effective risk management within the federal government by: 4
1.5.1. Facilitating a more consistent, comparable, and repeatable approach for
selecting and specifying security controls for information systems and
organizations;
1.5.2. Providing a stable, yet flexible catalog of security controls to meet current
information protection needs and the demands of future protection needs
based on changing threats, requirements, and technologies;
1.5.3. Providing a recommendation for security controls for information systems
categorized in accordance with FIPS Publication 199, Standards for Security
Categorization of Federal Information and Information Systems;
1.5.4. Creating a foundation for the development of assessment methods and
procedures for determining security control effectiveness; and
1.5.5. Improving communication among organizations by providing a common
lexicon that supports discussion of risk management concepts.
1.6. In addition to the security controls described above, this publication: i)
provides a set of information security program management controls that
are typically implemented at the organization level and not directed at
individual organizational information systems; ii) provides a set of privacy
controls based on international standards and best practices that help
organizations enforce privacy requirements derived from federal legislation,
directives, policies, regulations, and standards; and iii) establishes a linkage
and relationship between privacy and security controls for purposes of
enforcing respective privacy and security requirements which may overlap in
concept and in implementation within federal information systems,
programs, and organizations. Standardized privacy controls provide a more
disciplined and structured approach for satisfying federal privacy
requirements and demonstrating compliance to those requirements.
Incorporating the same concepts used in managing information security risk,
helps organizations implement privacy controls in a more cost-effective,
risked-based manner
F. COBIT
1.1. COBIT5 is an IT governance framework and supporting toolset that allows
managers to bridge the gap between control requirements, technical issues
4 http://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/SpecialPublications/NIST.SP.800-53r4.pdf
RestrictedPage 244

Affairs
Ministry of Home
and business risks. COBIT enables clear policy development and good
practice for IT control throughout organizations. COBIT emphasizes
regulatory compliance, helps organizations to increase the value attained
from IT, enables alignment and simplifies implementation of the COBIT
framework.
1.2. With COBIT 5, ISACA introduced a framework for information security. It
includes all aspects of ensuring reasonable and appropriate security for
information resources. Its foundation is a set of principles upon which an
organization should build and test security policies, standards, guidelines,
processes, and controls:
1.2.1. Meeting stakeholder needs
1.2.2. Covering the enterprise end-to-end
1.2.3. Applying a single integrated framework
1.2.4. Enabling a holistic approach
1.2.5. Separating governance from management
1.3. Principle 1: Meeting stakeholder needs6: A group of stakeholders includes
any individual or group affected by the current state or future state of a
process, system, policy, etc. Stakeholder analysis is the process of
identifying stakeholders so that their input can ensure outcomes match
requirements. This is an important step in both project planning and risk
management. Failure to involve all stakeholders, including InfoSec and audit
teams, usually results in less than optimum outcomes at best. Worst case
outcomes include failed projects or material audit deficiencies. Successful
stakeholder analysis results in maximizing benefits, minimizing risk to or
beyond expected outcomes, and optimizing resources. Further, ensuring
integration of business and information assurance requirements into the
development or acquisition of a solution is always preferable to trying to
hang something onto a finishedbut incompletesystem, network, or a
physical controls framework.
1.4. Principle 2: Covering the enterprise end-to-end: Information security is often
applied as series of point solutions, as defined in more detail in Principle 3.
However, general application of security and assurance best practices
requires security reviews as part of all business processes and IT
development and implementation activities. This isnt just a horizontal
integration. Rather, all levels of management must include InfoSec in every
business strategic and operational planning activity.
1.5. Principle 3: Applying a single integrated framework: Application of security
controls is often a point-and-shoot activity. Many organizations tend to fix
5 http://www.isaca.org/Knowledge-Center/COBIT/Pages/Overview.aspx
6 http://www.techrepublic.com/blog/it-security/cobit-5-for-information-securitythe-underlying-principles/#.
RestrictedPage 245

Affairs
Ministry of Home
specific issues without stepping back and applying policies and controls that
impact multiple vulnerabilities in network or system attack surfaces.
Designing a complete framework includes all aspects of information storage,
flow, and processing, providing a foundation for more efficient control
implementation.
1.6. Principle 4: Enabling a holistic approach: As support for developing an
integrated framework, its important to see information security as a set of
related components: not as set of silos. Each component is driven by
enablers and other factors affecting organization risk. COBIT 5 for
Information Security provides a list of enablers and describes how they
interrelate. Enablers help organizations integrate operations and security
into the outcomes of all principles defined here. As always, this is done in a
way to meet stakeholder requirements.
1.7. Principle 5: Separating governance from management: This principle
establishes a line between setting objectives and measuring outcomes.
According to COBIT 5 for Information Security:
Governance ensures that stakeholder needs, conditions, and options are
evaluated to determine balances, agreed-on enterprise objectives to be
achieved; setting direction through prioritization and decision making; and
monitoring performance and compliance against agreed-on direction and
objectives.
While governance and management are separate functions performed by
designated teams, they must support each other. Governance defines
outcomes and management implements technology and processes to meet
those outcomes. Governance then determines if outcomes are met and
provides feedback to help management make necessary adjustments.
RestrictedPage 246

Affairs
Ministry of Home
Annexure 11 Security as business imperative

1.1.
The Cost of Security: Traditionally, Information security has focused

resources to keep all assets within the environment of the government
ministry/department by building secure firewalls to ward off any attacks.
However, with an evolving threat landscape that includes social engineering,
spear phishing, etc., there may be several vulnerable attack points, which
make it imperative for the security function to be revitalized. If organizations
fail to understand the value of their own assets, risk becomes immaterial;
therefore it is important to put a value on information from several
perspectives. Information security should be seen as a solution that reduces
the fear by creating trust. Trust that the risk is taken away and used for
malicious intent and activities detrimental to the security and interests of
our nation
1.2.
Any security breach or loss of information may have an adverse impact on

the functioning of government organizations and may have an adverse
impact on national security or national interests. A breach in the United
States - referred to as wiki-leaks - led to public disclosure of thousands of
confidential government reports, documents, intelligence and diplomatic
cables; much to the embarrassment of the US government. A security
breach may not only cause loss of information and data, but also have a
daunting financial effect, loss of reputation and confidence of the public
against the government, which may lead to an overall decrease in trust in
the government, litigation or lead to adverse conditions for national security

and national interests. There have been similar incidents worldwide, as
illustrated in the table below.
1.3.
Other similar breaches have been reported worldwide and continue to

menace governments and the industry. To stay ahead of the evolving
security threat curve, government bodies need to be proactive, rather than
being reactive to incidents and breaches. The real benefits of a robust
security framework and practices and the return on investment made on
security may not be directly realized; however organizations need to
understand the importance and value of robust security architecture after an
RestrictedPage 247

Affairs
Ministry of Home
incident occurs which involves additional, avoidable costs to the

government. Global studies have indicated that in the majority of cases,
investment in quality, effective IT security would have been considerably
less than the costs incurred following a breach.
Annexure 12 Positioning of security division within the

organization
1.1. Security Division traditionally has been part of the IT department within an
organization. However, over a period of time, there emerged many elements
that needed attention of the security division, which fall outside the
boundaries of IT. Security requires organization wide efforts to bring different
functions together; establish collaboration that spreads awareness and seeks
cooperation; focuses on coordination while managing security affairs, and
requires integrated approach while analyzing and solving the problems.
Positioning of the security division matters a lot for its effectiveness and
security organization has to be independent of IT and perhaps report to the
board. Some of the key recommendation for establishing security
organization should be:
1.1.1. The growing complexity of managing security, increasing role of security in
the success of ventures, and rising exposure of a government organization
to these risks necessitates the elevation of security in an organizations
ecosystem. Security should be part of the strategic planning of organization
and should be involved in the compliance management or organizations risk
management functions. It should coordinate with other government
organizations such as departments/ ministry for ensuring security as part of
the service delivery
1.1.2. The key skills required by a successful security leader or CISO should be
more managerial, collaborative and communicative, rather than primarily
technical. She/he should have the ability to build consensus and influence
decisions, inside the organization and within IT
1.1.3. The Security leader or CISO should ensure that his team has the necessary
skill-set and competencies, both from procedural and technical aspects
across relevant security domains within the organization. He/she should
ensure that there is adequate number of qualified professionals; and
wherever required the gaps should be full-filled through services from
subject matter experts by options such as hiring 3rd
parties/contracts/offshore models
RestrictedPage 248

Affairs
Ministry of Home
Annexure 13 Risk Assessment for information security

1.1. Purpose
1.1.1. Risk assessments are a means of informing the management on information
security risks; provide insights into effectiveness of existing control
measures (including alternative plans); and help determine what is
necessary to reduce risks to information to a reasonable level
1.1.2. Risk assessment requires application of management policies, procedures
and practices to the tasks of identifying, analyzing, treating, and monitoring
risk and includes assessment of risk based on the context and criticality of
information assets to organizations
1.1.3. As reliance on computer systems and electronic data has grown,
information security risk has joined the array of risks that governments and
businesses must manage. Regardless of the types of risk being considered,
all risk assessments generally include the following elements:
1.1.3.1.
Identifying threats that could harm and, thus, adversely affect
classified information and information assets. Threats include such things
as intruders, criminals, disgruntled employees, terrorists, and natural
disasters
1.1.3.2.
Identify information security threats relevant to the information
they hold
1.1.3.3.
Assessing vulnerabilities, both internal and external to
organizations
1.1.3.4.
Estimating the likelihood that such threats will materialize based
on historical information
1.1.3.5.
Identifying the value, sensitivity, and criticality of the operations
and assets that could be affected should a threat materialize in order to
determine which operations and assets are the most important
1.1.3.6.
Estimating, the potential losses or damage that could occur if a
threat materializes, including recovery costs
1.1.3.7.
Analyzing impact (i.e., harm) to national security and internal
security, and the likelihood that harm will occur with disclosure, theft or
misuse of such information
1.1.3.8.
Identifying cost-effective actions to mitigate or reduce the risk.
These actions can include implementing new organizational policies and
procedures as well as technical or physical controls
1.1.3.9.
Deploying appropriate controls or measures which adequately
respond to information risk or reduce the impact or help in evaluating the
alternative courses of action or determine appropriate courses of action
consistent with organizational, and/or national risk acceptance
1.1.3.10.
Documenting the results and developing an action plan

RestrictedPage 249

Affairs
Ministry of Home
1.1.3.11.
Assessing the residual risks and undertake monitoring measures
for appropriate governance through determination of the effectiveness of
risk responses consistent with organizational risk frame and identify riskimpacting changes to organizational information systems
1.1.3.12.
Verifying that planned risk responses are implemented and
information security requirements derived from and traceable to
organizational functions, national security requirements, government
directives, regulations and guidelines are satisfied
1.2. Threats to information
1.2.1. Information systems are subject to threats because of either known or
unknown vulnerabilities or the change in the threat landscape or when
there are inadequate controls/measures over the known vulnerabilities.
1.2.2. Although addressing vulnerabilities in an operational ecosystem is the
primary reason for conducting risk assessment, organization should be
aware of the fact that any change in the current process/technological
ecosystem or addition of new components (process/technology) may
expose it to new security risk that may compromise national security.
1.2.3. The applicability of these threats depends on the details of the evaluation
of the vulnerabilities or newer or changed processes, and can have adverse
effects on operations and assets, individuals, organizations, and the nation,
through exploitation of both known and unknown vulnerabilities
compromising the confidentiality, integrity, or availability of the information
being processed, stored, or transmitted by those systems
1.2.4. Threats to information systems can include purposeful attacks to
information system, environmental disruptions, human/machine errors, and
structural technological integration issues, process failures, and can result
in harm to the national and economic security interests of the country
1.2.5. Therefore, it is imperative that leaders and managers at all levels
understand their responsibilities and are held accountable for managing
information security riskthat is, the risk associated with the operation and
use of information systems that support the IT and operational functions of
their organizations. One of the important mitigating factors is clear and
unambiguous responsibilities for each role, and positioning trained
personnel for that role
1.3. Risk Assessment Indicators
1.3.1. The Risk Assessment table below provides guidance to organizations on
indicators of key risks and advises them on the security impact that a
trigger might impose on the organization
1.3.2. The model below is indicative and only provides reference ideas for an
organization to make use of, while conducting risk assessment exercise
1.4. Scope and Applicability of Risk Assessments
RestrictedPage 250

Affairs
Ministry of Home
1.4.1. Risk assessment is a key part of effective information security management

and facilitates decision making at all tiers of operations including at
organization level, operational process level, and information
system level. Risk assessments are generally conducted throughout the
system development lifecycle, from pre-system acquisition (i.e., solution
analysis and technology development), system acquisition (i.e.,
development and production deployment), and on implementation (i.e.
operations/support).
1.4.2. There are no specific requirements with regard to level of detail that
characterizes any particular risk assessment. The methodologies 7, tools,
and techniques used to conduct such risk assessments or the format and
content of assessment results and any associated reporting mechanisms
vary from organization to organization depending on requirement and
information sensitivity.
1.4.3.Organizations should be cautioned that risk assessments are often not
precise instruments of measurement and reflect the limitations of the
specific assessment methodologies, tools, and techniques employed; the
subjectivity, quality, and trustworthiness of the data used; the
interpretation of assessment results; and the skills and expertise of those
individuals or groups conducting the assessments.
1.4.4. Risk assessments can support a wide variety of risk-based decisions and
activities by organizational officials across all three tiers in the risk
management. As organizational functions, processes, information systems,
threats, and environments of operation tend to change over time, the
validity and usefulness of any risk assessment is bounded with time.
7 Risk Assessment Methodologies: 1. OCTAVE - http://www.cert.org/octave/, 2. COSO http://www.coso.org/
3. FMEA - http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Failure_mode_and_effects_analysis
RestrictedPage 251

Affairs
Ministry of Home
Figure 4: Risk Assessment overview

1.5. Key Recommendations
1.5.1.Risk assessment is an important measure of organization effectiveness
towards information security and provides management requisite
information needed to determine appropriate courses of action in response
to identified risks. For providing a comprehensive view to the management,
it is imperative that security leaders perform the following:
1.5.1.1.
Work with management and department heads to identify
information and classify it based on its sensitive to information security.
They should develop information security policies and standards that
focus on protection of critical processes and technology that have
implication on organizational security
1.5.1.2.
Adopt a strategic Information risk management approach that
balances national requirements with the objectives of the organization.
They need to work with the management and department heads to
identify and resolve information risks arising from technology or
operational process on an ongoing basis
1.5.1.3.
Centralize Information security risk program to enable a
composite view of risk issues across the organization and its partner
ecosystem i.e. suppliers, vendors, service providers, etc. It needs to
establish consistent risk assessment and compliance processes that help
the organization understand its information security risk exposure
RestrictedPage 252

Affairs
Ministry of Home
1.5.1.4.
Establish clear accountability between the organization and IT for
Information security risk and define liabilities in case of breach of
information
1.6. Initiating a Risk Assessment
1.6.1. There are various models and methods for assessing risk, and the extent of
an analysis and the resources expended can vary depending on the scope
of the assessment and the availability of reliable data on risk factors
1.6.2.In addition, the availability of data can affect the extent to which risk
assessment results can be reliably quantified. A quantitative approach
should estimate the ramification towards national security and internal
security due to risk based on (1) the likelihood that a damaging event will
occur, or threats on classified information shall be realized, (2) the
importance of classified information towards national security and internal
security, and (3) the potential costs and consequence of mitigating actions
that could be taken
1.6.3.When reliable data is not available to draw such conclusions, a qualitative
approach can be taken by defining risk in more subjective and general
terms such as high, medium, and low. In this regard, qualitative
assessments depend more on the expertise, experience, and judgment of
those conducting the assessment. It is also possible to use a combination of
quantitative and qualitative methods
1.6.4. A few sample security risk assessment triggers are mentioned in the table
below:
Trigger
Details
Security aspects
Decisions
Known/unknown
vulnerability or
change in threat
landscape
Information that
may be sensitive
to national
security
Criticality of the
information
towards national
security
Is the information
under threat of
national concern?
What will be the
impact of loss?
Residents/
consumer
requirement
Operational needs
expand, leading to
increase in the
amount of threats
and vulnerability.
Activities/ tasks
that that may
expose information
of national
importance
How is the
consumer involved
in the operational
process?
What is the nature
of engagement of
the organization?
What actions of
consumer can lead
to threat to
information?
RestrictedPage 253

Affairs
Ministry of Home
Function/process
es
Process flow
Process design
Impact on process
& services
delivery, making
use of information
Sensitivity of
information use in
business processes
New possibilities of
exposure & leakage
of information
Cost of technology?
Risk of Failure
Implementation
challenges
Threat to business
Technology
adoption
Infrastructure
Applications
End points
Access
interfaces
Storage options
Web/cloud/mobil
e
Analytics
Impacted
Application
/product/ system/
interfaces using
information
Access/ transfer
/ports /protocol/
services
accessing
information
Information
Services provided
- On-premise,
cloud, mobile,
Social
Expectations of
information
security risk arising
due to
vulnerabilities &
threat from
technological
usage, their
configurations &
Integrations
Budget implication
of Efforts,
resources, process
& technology?
Resources
Leadership
SMEs
Vendor
arrangements
Outsourcing
Model
Type of skills (area

, level,
(process/technolo
gy) /
No. of resources,
experience
Inhouse/outsource
who handle
information
Geographical
/operating
location
Location Hazards/
Physical Access
and continuity
impacting
information
Integration issues
with legacy
systems
/applications/endpo
int
Security
architecture/
controls/ new
measures aligned
to security
Proportionality of
skilled resources to
information
security
requirements
Insider Threats,
Unintentional data
leakage
Physical and
Environmental
security issues
having an impact
on Information
access
RestrictedPage 254
Will control over

information hamper
transparency/
accountability for
the organization?
How will physical

and environmental
security be
hampered by
operating in a
specific location?

Affairs
Outsourcing
arrangement
External parties/
providers having
access to
information
Audit & Monitoring

issues; contractual
obligations
Compliance/
regulations
Liability/fines
demonstration
measure
Governance &
Legal Challenges
1.6.5. Security risk assessment sample areas
RestrictedPage 255
Ministry of Home
How do we ensure
security of
information in the
outsourced
environment?
What regulations/
compliance need to
be adhered with?

Affairs
Ministry of Home
Annexure 14 Glossary
S.no
.
Term
1.
Access Control Mechanism
2.
Access Type
3.
Adequate Security
4.
Administrative Account
5.
Advance Persistent Threat

(APT)
6.
AES
7.
AP
8.
Application
9.
Attribute-Based Access
Control
10.
Audit
Definition
Security safeguards i.e., hardware and software
features, physical controls, operating procedures,
management procedures, and various
combinations of these) designed to detect and
deny unauthorized access and permit authorized
access to an information system.
Privilege to perform action on an object. Read,
write, execute, append, modify, delete, and
create are examples of access types.
Security commensurate with the risk and the
magnitude of harm resulting from the loss,
misuse, or unauthorized access to or modification
of information.
A user account with full privileges on a computer
An adversary that possesses sophisticated levels
of expertise and significant resources which allow
it to create opportunities to achieve its objectives
by using multiple attack vectors e.g., cyber,
physical, and deception. These objectives
typically include establishing and extending
footholds within the information technology
infrastructure of the targeted organizations for
purposes of exfiltrating information, undermining
or impeding critical aspects of a mission,
program, or organization; or positioning itself to
carry out these objectives in the future. The
advanced persistent threat: i) pursue its
objectives repeatedly over an extended period of
time; ii) adapts to defenders efforts to resist it;
and iii) is determined to maintain the level of
interaction needed to execute its objectives.
Advanced Encryption Standard, is
a symmetric block data encryption technique.
A wireless Access Point (AP) is a device that
allows wireless devices to connect to a wired
network using Wi-Fi, or related standards.
A software program hosted by an information
system; Software program that performs a
specific function directly for a user and can be
executed without access to system control,
monitoring, or administrative privileges.
Access control based on attributes associated
with and about subjects, objects, targets,
initiators, resources, or the environment. An
access control rule set defines the combination of
attributes under which an access may take place.
Independent review and examination of records
and activities to assess the adequacy of system
RestrictedPage 256

Affairs
11.
Authentication
12.
Authorization
13.
Back Door
14.
Baseline Security
15.
BCP
16.
Black Box Testing
17.
Botnets
18.
Boundary Protection Device
19.
BS 25999
20.
Buffer overflow
Ministry of Home
controls, to ensure compliance with established

policies and operational procedures, and to
recommend necessary changes in controls,
policies, or procedures.
Verifying the identity of a user, process, or
device, often as a prerequisite to allowing access
to resources in an information system.
Access privileges granted to a user, program, or
process or the act of granting those privileges.
Typically unauthorized hidden software or
hardware mechanism used to circumvent security
controls.
The minimum security controls required for
safeguarding an IT system based on its identified
needs for confidentiality, integrity, and/or
availability protection.
Business continuity planning identifies an
organization's exposure to internal and external
threats and synthesizes hard and soft assets to
provide effective prevention and recovery for the
organization, while maintaining competitive
advantage and value system integrity.
A test methodology that assumes no knowledge
of the internal structure and implementation
detail of the assessment object.
Collection of computers that are infected with
small bits of code bots) that allows a remote
computer to control some or all of the functions
of the infected machines. The bot-master who
controls the infected computers has the ability to
manipulate them individually, or collectively as
bot armies that act in concert. Botnets are
typically used for disreputable purposes, such as
Denial of Service attacks, click fraud, and spam.
A device with appropriate mechanisms that: i)
facilitates the adjudication of different
interconnected system security policies e.g.,
controlling the flow of information into or out of
an interconnected system); and/or ii) provides
information system boundary protection.
BS 25999 is the British Standards Institution (or
BSI) standards for business continuity
management.
The result of a programming flaw. Some
computer programs expect input from the user
for example; a Web page form might accept
phone numbers from prospective customers). The
program allows some virtual memory for
accepting the expected input. If the programmer
did not write his program to discard extra input
e.g., if instead of a phone number, someone
submitted one thousand characters), the input
RestrictedPage 257

Affairs
21.
CMF
22.
CMS
23.
COBIT
24.
Code
25.
Code Review
26.
Common Control
27.
Confidentiality
28.
Configuration Control
29.
Criticality
30.
Cyber Attack
Ministry of Home
can overflow the amount of memory allocated for

it, and break into the portion of memory where
code is executed. A skillful hacker can exploit this
flaw to make someone's computer execute the
hacker's code. Used interchangeably with the
term, "buffer overruns."
A content management framework (CMF) is a
system that facilitates the use of reusable
components or customized software for managing
web content. It shares aspects of a web
application framework and a content
management system (CMS).
A content management system (CMS) is an
interface that allows users to publish content
directly to the Web. The process of adding
content pages directly to the Web is one step
ahead of creating and uploading pages from a
local machine because it allows a large number of
people to add and share the data remotely.
Control Objectives for Information and Related
Technology is a framework created by ISACA for
information technology management and IT
governance. It is a supporting toolset that allows
managers to bridge the gap between control
requirements, technical issues and business risks.
System of communication in which arbitrary
groups of letters, numbers, or symbols represent
units of plain text of varying length.
Code review is systematic examination of
computer source code. It is intended to find and
fix mistakes overlooked in the initial development
phase, improving both the overall quality of
software and the developers' skills.
A security control that is inherited by one or more
organizational information systems.
Preserving authorized restrictions on information
access and disclosure, including means for
protecting personal privacy and proprietary
information.
Process of controlling modifications to hardware,
firmware, software, and documentation to protect
the information system against improper
modification prior to, during, and after system
implementation.
A measure of the degree to which an organization
depends on the information or information
system for the success of a mission or of a
business function.
An attack, via cyberspace, targeting an
enterprises use of cyberspace for the purpose of
disrupting, disabling, destroying, or maliciously
controlling a computing
RestrictedPage 258

Affairs
Ministry of Home
environment/infrastructure; or destroying the

integrity of the data or stealing controlled
information.
31.
Cyber Incident
32.
Cyber Infrastructure
33.
Cyber Security
34.
DAST
35.
Data Security
36.
DB Security
37.
Defense-in-Depth
38.
Denial of service attacks/

distributed denial-of-service
(DDoS)
Actions taken through the use of computer

networks that result in an actual or potentially
adverse effect on an information system and/or
the information residing therein.
Includes electronic information and
communications systems and services and the
information contained in these systems and
services. Information and communications
systems and services are composed of all
hardware and software that process, store, and
communicate information, or any combination of
all of these elements. Processing includes the
creation, access, modification, and destruction of
information. Storage includes paper, magnetic,
electronic, and all other media types.
Communications include sharing and distribution
of information. For example: computer systems;
control systems e.g., supervisory control and data
acquisitionSCADA); networks, such as the
Internet; and cyber services e.g., managed
security services) are part of cyber infrastructure.
The ability to protect or defend the use of
cyberspace from cyber-attacks.
Dynamic application security testing
(DAST) technologies are designed to detect
conditions indicative of security vulnerability in
an application in its running state.
Protection of data from unauthorized accidental
or intentional modification, destruction, or
disclosure.
Database security concerns the use of a broad
range of information security controls to protect
databases (potentially including the data, the
database applications or stored functions, the
database systems, the database servers and the
associated network links) against compromises of
their confidentiality, integrity and availability.
Information security strategy integrating people,
technology, and operations capabilities to
establish variable barriers across multiple layers
and dimensions of the organization.
A type of attack aimed at making the targeted
system or network unusable, often by
monopolizing system resources. A distributed
denial of service (DDoS) involves many computer
systems, possibly hundreds, all sending traffic to
a few choice targets. The term "Denial of Service"
is also used imprecisely to refer to any outwardly-
RestrictedPage 259

Affairs
Ministry of Home
induced condition that renders a computer

unusable, thus "denying service" to its rightful
user.
39.
DHCP
40.
DLP
41.
DMZ
42.
DR
43.
DRM
44.
DSF
45.
Encryption
46.
End-to-End Security
The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol is a

standardized network protocol that is used by
network devices to configure the IP settings of
another device, such as a computer, laptop or
tablet.
Data loss/leak prevention solution is a system
that is designed to detect potential data breach /
data ex-filtration transmissions and prevent them
by monitoring, detecting and blocking sensitive
data while in-use (endpoint actions), inmotion (network traffic), and at-rest (data
storage).
Demilitarized zone is a computer host or small
network inserted as a "neutral zone" between a
company's private network and the outside public
network.
Disaster recovery (DR) the process, policies and
procedures that are related to preparing for
recovery or continuation of technology
infrastructure which are vital to an organization
after a natural or human-induced disaster.
Disaster recovery focuses on the IT or technology
systems that support business functions, as
opposed to business continuity, which involves
planning for keeping all aspects of a business
functioning in the midst of disruptive events.
Digital rights management (DRM) is a systematic
approach to copyright protection for digital
media. The purpose of DRM is to prevent
unauthorized redistribution of digital media and
restrict the ways consumers can copy content
they've purchased.
DSCI Security Framework is comprised of 16
disciplines that are organized in four layers. DSF
brings a fresh outlook to the security initiatives of
an organization by focusing on each individual
discipline of security.
Conversion of plaintext to cipher text through the
use of a cryptographic algorithm.
Safeguarding information in an information
system from point of origin to point of
destination.
RestrictedPage 260

Affairs
47.
External network
48.
Firewall
49.
Hashing
50.
HTTP
51.
IAM
52.
ICT Personnel
53.
Identification
54.
IDS
55.
IEEE
56.
Ministry of Home
Any network that can connect to yours, with

which you have neither a trusted or semi-trusted
relationship. For example, a company's
employees would typically be trusted on your
network, a primary vendor's network might be
semi-trusted, but the public Internet would be
untrusted hence, External.
A gateway that limits access between networks in
accordance with local security policy.
The process of using a mathematical algorithm
against data to produce a numeric value that is
representative of that data.
Hyper Text Transfer Protocol is the
underlying protocol used by the World Wide Web.
HTTP defines how messages are formatted and
transmitted, and what actions Web servers and
browsers should take in response to various
commands.
An identity access management (IAM) system is a
framework for business processes that facilitates
the management of electronic identities. IAM
technology can be used to initiate, capture,
record and manage user identities and their
related access permissions in an automated
fashion. This ensures that access privileges are
granted according to one interpretation of policy
and all individuals and services are properly
authenticated, authorized and audited.
An information and communication technology
personnel is responsible for the development,
management and support of the infrastructure at
an organization.
The process of verifying the identity of a user,
process, or device, usually as a prerequisite for
granting access to resources in an IT system.
Intrusion Detection systems - A class of
networking products devoted to detecting attacks
from hackers. Network-based intrusion detection
systems examine the traffic on a network for
signs of unauthorized access or attacks in
progress, while host-based systems look at
processes running on a local machine for activity
an administrator has defined as "bad."
The Institute of Electrical and Electronics
Engineers is dedicated to advancing
technological innovation and excellence
Protecting information and information systems
from unauthorized access, use, disclosure,
disruption, modification, or destruction in order to
provide 1) integrity, which means guarding
against improper information modification or
destruction, and includes ensuring information
RestrictedPage 261

Affairs
57.
Architecture
58.
Information Security Life

Cycle
59.
Information Security Policy
60.
Information Security Risk
61.
Information Type
62.
Integrity
63.
Intrusion
64.
IP
65.
IPS
66.
IPsec
Ministry of Home
nonrepudiation and authenticity; 2)

confidentiality, which means preserving
authorized restrictions on access and disclosure,
including means for protecting personal privacy
and proprietary information; and 3) availability,
which means ensuring timely and reliable access
to and use of information.
An embedded, integral part of the enterprise
architecture that describes the structure and
behavior for an enterprises security processes,
information security systems, personnel and
organizational sub-units, showing their alignment
with the enterprises mission and strategic plans.
The phases through which an information system
passes, typically characterized as initiation,
development, operation, and termination i.e.,
sanitization, disposal and/or destruction).
Aggregate of directives, regulations, rules, and
practices that prescribes how an organization
manages, protects, and distributes information.
The risk to organizational operations including
mission, functions, image, reputation),
organizational assets, individuals, other
organizations, and the Nation due to the potential
for unauthorized access, use, disclosure,
disruption, modification, or destruction of
information and/or information systems.
A specific category of information e.g., secret,
confidential, proprietary, investigative, public,
contractor sensitive, security management) etc.
defined by an organization.
The property that sensitive data has not been
modified or deleted in an unauthorized and
undetected manner.
Unauthorized act of bypassing the security
mechanisms of a system.
Internet Protocol is the principal communications
protocol in the Internet protocol suite for
relaying datagrams across network boundaries.
Its routing function enables internetworking, and
essentially establishes the Internet.
Intrusion prevention systems IPS), also known as
intrusion detection and prevention systems IDPS)
are network security appliances that monitor
network and/or system activities for malicious
activity. The main functions of intrusion
prevention systems are to identify malicious
activity, log information about this activity,
attempt to block/stop it, and report it
IP Security, a set of protocols developed by
the IETF to support secure exchange of packets at
the IP layer. IPsec has been deployed widely to
RestrictedPage 262

Affairs
Ministry of Home
implement Virtual Private Networks.
67.
ISO 27001
68.
ISO 27005
69.
MAC
70.
Malicious agents
71.
Management Security
Controls
72.
NAC
73.
Need-to-Know
74.
Network Hardening
75.
NIST 800
It is an information security management

system (ISMS) standard published by
the International Organization for
Standardization (ISO). ISO/IEC 27001:2005
formally specifies a management system that is
intended to bring information security under
explicit management control.
The purpose of ISO 27005 is to provide guidelines
for information security risk management. It
supports the general concepts specified in ISO
27001 and is designed to assist the satisfactory
implementation of information security based on
a risk management approach.
Media Access Control address
is a hardware address that uniquely identifies
each node of a network.
A person of malicious intent who researches,
develops, and uses techniques to defeat security
measures and invade computer networks.
The security controls i.e., safeguards or
countermeasures) for an information system that
focus on the management of risk and the
management of information systems security.
Network Access Control is an approach to
computer network security that attempts to
unify endpoint security technology (such
as antivirus, host intrusion prevention,
and vulnerability assessment), user or
system authentication and network security
enforcement
A method of isolating information resources
based on a users need to have access to that
resource in order to perform their job but no
more. The terms need-to know and least
privilege express the same idea. Need-to-know
is generally applied to people, while least
privilege is generally applied to processes.
Hardening is usually the process of securing a
system by reducing its surface of vulnerability. A
system has a larger vulnerability surface, the
more that it does; in principle a single-function
system is more secure than a multipurpose one.
Reducing available vectors of attack typically
includes the removal of unnecessary software,
unnecessary usernames or logins and the
disabling or removal of unnecessary services.
The NIST 800 Series is a set of documents that
describe United States federal government
computer security policies, procedures and
RestrictedPage 263

Affairs
Ministry of Home
guidelines.
76.
NIST 800-53
77.
OCATVE
78.
OSSTMM
79.
OTP
80.
OWASP
81.
Password
82.
Patch Management
83.
PCI-DSS
84.
Penetration Testing
NIST 800-53 is a publication that recommends

security controls for federal information systems
and organizations and documents security
controls for all federal information systems,
except those designed for national security.
Operationally Critical Threat, Asset, and
Vulnerability Evaluation are a suite of tools,
techniques, and methods for risk-based
information security strategic assessment and
planning.
The Open Source Security Testing Methodology
Manual (OSSTMM) was released by Pete Herzog
and is distributed by the Institute for Security and
Open Methodologies (ISECOM). This document is
concentrated on improving the quality of
enterprise security as well as the methodology
and strategy of testers.
One-time password is a password that is valid for
only one login session or transaction. OTPs avoid
a number of shortcomings that are associated
with traditional (static) passwords.
The Open Web Application Security Project is an
open-source web application security project. The
OWASP community includes corporations,
educational organizations, and individuals from
around the world.
A protected character string used to authenticate
the identity of a computer system user or to
authorize access to system resources.
The systematic notification, identification,
deployment, installation, and verification of
operating system and application software code
revisions. These revisions are known as patches,
hot fixes, and service packs.
The Payment Card Industry Data Security
Standard is a proprietary information
security standard for organizations that handle
cardholder information for the major
debit, credit, prepaid, e-purse, ATM,
and POS cards. Defined by the Payment Card
Industry Security Standards Council, the standard
was created to increase controls around
cardholder data to reduce credit card fraud via its
exposure.
Security testing in which evaluators mimic realworld attacks in an attempt to identify ways to
circumvent the security features of an
application, system, or network. Penetration
testing often involves issuing real attacks on real
RestrictedPage 264

Affairs
85.
Privilege Management
86.
Protocol
87.
Remote Access
88.
Role-Based Access Control

(RBAC)
89.
Sanitization
90.
SAST
91.
SDLC
92.
Secure Socket Layer (SSL)
Ministry of Home
systems and data, using the same tools and

techniques used by actual attackers. Most
penetration tests involve looking for combinations
of vulnerabilities on a single system or multiple
systems that can be used to gain more access
than could be achieved through a single
vulnerability.
The definition and management of policies and
processes that define the ways in which the user
is provided access rights to enterprise systems. It
governs the management of the data that
constitutes the users privileges and other
attributes, including the storage, organization and
access to information in directories.
Set of rules and formats, semantic and syntactic,
permitting information systems to exchange
information
The ability for an organizations users to access
its nonpublic computing resources from external
locations other than the organizations facilities.
A model for controlling access to resources where
permitted actions on resources are identified with
roles rather than with individual subject identities.
Process to remove information from media such
that information recovery is not possible. It
includes removing all labels, markings, and
activity logs.
Static application security testing (SAST) is a set
of technologies designed to analyze application
source code, byte code and binaries for coding
and design conditions that are indicative of
security vulnerabilities. SAST solutions analyze an
application from the inside out in a nonrunning
state.
The software development life cycle is a
framework defining tasks performed at each step
in the software development process. It consists
of a detailed plan describing how to develop,
maintain and replace specific software.
A protocol used for protecting private information
during transmission via the Internet. SSL works
by using a public key to encrypt data that's
transferred over the SSL connection. Most Web
browsers support SSL and many Web sites use
the protocol to obtain confidential user
information, such as credit card numbers. By
convention, URLs that require an SSL connection
start with https: instead of http:
RestrictedPage 265

Affairs
93.
Security Category
94.
Security Incident Breach
95.
Sensitivity
96.
Session hijacking
97.
SHA 2
98.
SIEM
99.
SNMP
100.
Social Engineering
101.
Spoofing
Ministry of Home
The characterization of information or an

information system based on an assessment of
the potential impact that a loss of confidentiality,
integrity, or availability of such information or
information system would have on organizational
operations, organizational assets, or individuals.
A security incident breach is defined as
unauthorized acquisition of data that
compromises the security, confidentiality, or
integrity of sensitive information maintained or
processed by the organization
A measure of the importance assigned to
information by its owner, for the purpose of
denoting its need for protection.
An intrusion technique whereby a hacker sends a
command to an already existing connection
between two machines, in order to wrest control
of the connection away from the machine that
initiated it. The hacker's goal is to gain access to
a server while bypassing normal authentication
measures.
Secure hash algorithm SHA-2 is a set
of cryptographic hash functions (SHA-224, SHA256, SHA-384, SHA-512, SHA-512/224, and SHA512/256) designed by the U.S. National Security
Agency (NSA) and published in 2001 by
the NIST as a U.S. Federal Information Processing
Standard (FIPS).
Security Information and Event
Management (SIEM) provides real-time analysis of
security alerts generated by network hardware
and applications. SIEM is sold as software,
appliances or managed services, and are also
used to log security data and generate reports for
compliance purposes.
Simple Network Management Protocol is an
"Internet-standard protocol for managing devices
on IP networks". It is used mostly in network
management systems to monitor networkattached devices for conditions that warrant
administrative attention
A general term for attackers trying to trick people
into revealing sensitive information or performing
certain actions, such as downloading and
executing files that appear to be benign but are
actually malicious.
Altering data packets to falsely identify the
originating computer. Spoofing is generally used
when a hacker wants to make it difficult to trace
where the attacks are coming from.
RestrictedPage 266

Affairs
102.
SSH
103.
SSID
104.
Standard
105.
Threat
106.
Threat Intelligence
107.
Threat Modeling
108.
TLS
109.
Traffic flood attacks
110.
UTM
111.
VPN
Ministry of Home
Secure Shell is a program to log into another

computer over a network, to execute commands
in a remote machine, and to move files from one
machine to another. It provides
strong authentication and secure communications
over insecure channels.
Service set identifier is a case sensitive, 32
alphanumeric character unique identifier
attached to the header of packets sent over a
wireless local-area network that acts as a
password when a device tries to connect to the
basic service set a component of the IEEE
802.11 WLAN architecture.
A published statement on a topic specifying
characteristics, usually measurable, that must be
satisfied or achieved in order to comply with the
standard.
Any circumstance or event with the potential to
adversely impact organizational operations
including mission, functions, image, or
reputation), organizational assets, individuals,
other organizations, or the Nation through an
information system via unauthorized access,
destruction, disclosure, modification of
information, and/or denial of service.
Threat intelligence is evidence-based knowledge,
including context, mechanisms, indicators,
implications and actionable advice, about an
existing or emerging menace or hazard to assets
that can be used to inform decisions regarding
the subject's response to that menace or hazard.
A set of discrete threat events, associated with a
specific threat source or multiple threat sources,
partially ordered in time.
Transport Layer Security, a protocol that
guarantees privacy and data integrity
between client/server applications
communicating over the Internet.
Traffic flooding attacks such as DoS/DDoS and
Internet Worm.
UTM combines multiple security features into a
single platform to protect against attacks,
viruses, Trojans, spyware and other malicious
threats. Complexity is reduced and management
is simplified because multiple layers of protection
are delivered under this single management
console.
Virtual private network is a network that is
constructed by using public wires usually the
Internet to connect to a private network, such
as a company's internal network. There are a
number of systems that enable to create
RestrictedPage 267

Affairs
Ministry of Home
networks using the Internet as the medium for

transporting data. These systems
use encryption and other security mechanisms to
ensure that only authorized users can access the
network and that the data cannot be intercepted.
112.
Vulnerability
113.
Vulnerability assessments
114.
WAF
115.
WLAN
116.
WLAN IPS
117.
WPA
118.
WPA-2
Weakness in an information system, system

security procedures, internal controls, or
implementation that could be exploited or
triggered by a threat source.
Vulnerability Assessment is the process of
identifying network and device vulnerabilities
before hackers can exploit the security holes. It
helps detect network and system vulnerabilities.
A web application firewall is a form
of firewall which controls input, output,
and/or access from, to, or by an application or
service. It operates by monitoring and potentially
blocking the input, output, or system service
calls which do not meet the configured policy of
the firewall.
A type of local-area network that uses highfrequency radio waves rather than wires to
communicate between nodes.
The primary purpose of a Wireless Intrusion
Prevention system is to prevent unauthorized
network access to local area networks and other
information assets by wireless devices. These
systems are typically implemented as an overlay
to an existing Wireless LAN infrastructure.
WPA is a security technology for Wi-Fi wireless
computer networks. WPA improves on the
authentication and encryption features of WEP
(Wired Equivalent Privacy).
Wi-Fi Protected Access 2, the follow on security
method to WPA for wireless networks that
provides stronger data protection and network
access control. It provides enterprise and
consumer Wi-Fi users with a high level of
assurance that only authorized users can access
their wireless networks.
RestrictedPage 268

Affairs
Ministry of Home
Annexure 15 Additional references

1. Glossary of Key Information Security Terms, NIST:
http://infohost.nmt.edu/~sfs/Regs/NISTIR7298_Glossary_Key_Infor_Security_Terms.pdf
2. Harvard: http://www.security.harvard.edu/glossary-terms
3. SANS: http://www.sans.org/security-resources/glossary-of-terms/
4. Cybersecurity Framework: http://www.nist.gov/itl/upload/preliminarycybersecurity-framework.pdf
5. NIST Special Publications in the 800 series:
http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/PubsSPs.html
6. DSCI Security Framework: http://www.dsci.in/taxonomypage/63
7. Federal Information Security Management Act FISMA):
www.csrc.nist.gov/drivers/documents/FISMA-final.pdf
8. Risk Assessment Methodologies: OCTAVE - http://www.cert.org/octave/
9. COSO - http://www.coso.org/
10.PCI standards documentation:
https://www.pcisecuritystandards.org/security_standards/
11.COBIT : http://www.isaca.org/COBIT/Pages/default.aspx
12.Open source architecture frameworks www.opensecurityarchitecture.org
RestrictedPage 269

NISPG v4.0 Draft

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

NISPG v4.0 Draft

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

NISPG v4.0 Draft

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

A.

National Information Security Policy and Guidelines |

Information and Communication Technology (ICT) has empowered the

1.1.3. The government organizations deploy a number of technologies and in the

National Information Security Policy and Guidelines |

significantly transformed through increasing use of technical innovations,

1.2.Key areas of national concern for ministries/ departments/

National Information Security Policy and Guidelines |

1.3.Ministries/ Departments/ Agencies/ Management commitment

National Information Security Policy and Guidelines |

1.4.Need for an information-centric approach

National Information Security Policy and Guidelines |

Figure 1: Domains impacting information security

1.5.Information Security focus areas

National Information Security Policy and Guidelines |

layers. Organization should be well equipped to overcome these aspects

National Information Security Policy and Guidelines |

1.5.5. Allocation of budgets: There is a need for an effective and responsive

National Information Security Policy and Guidelines |

Guidance to organizations to prioritize and focus attention and efforts in

Guidance to security staff of ministries, departments, agencies and their

Guidance to drive security implementation

National Information Security Policy and Guidelines |

2. Document distribution, applicability and review

3.3. NISPG review and update

National Information Security Policy and Guidelines |

4. Supplementary documents and references

National Information Security Policy and Guidelines |

6.2. Security risk assessment

6.3. Principles for establishing organization wide security

National Information Security Policy and Guidelines |

6.3.1. Core security goals: Information security frameworks should be designed

Architecture: Adequate steps must be taken for integrating information

6.3.2. Security division structure: The ministries, departments, agencies and

6.4. Security audit

National Information Security Policy and Guidelines |

Exception to implementation of recommended guidelines and

6.5.1. The ministries, departments, agencies and their subordinate organizations

Reason for non-conformance to guidelines

Risk evaluation reports detailing the risks due to non-conformance

Additional controls implemented, if any

Timeline for introduction of recommended controls

National Information Security Policy and Guidelines |

Figure 2: Each area encompasses information which has ramifications towards

National Information Security Policy and Guidelines |

6. Information classification guidelines

Information handling: Appropriate information handling procedures

National Information Security Policy and Guidelines |

7. Information security organization overview

1.2. Information security division & roles

National Information Security Officer (NISO): Responsible for cyber

National Information Security Policy and Guidelines |

Chief Information Security Officer (CISO): Responsible for cyber

Cyber Security Administrator (CSA): Responsible for technical

Information Security Officer (ISO): Responsible for administrative

System Administrator (SA): Responsible for performing functions, that

Network Security Administrator (NSA): Responsible for managing the

National Security Operations Center Head (NSOC): Responsible for

NSOC Administrator: Responsible for administration of the NSOC round

Information Security Steering Committee (ISSC)